Archives

Beyond Memory Loss: Mastering the Management of Behavioral Symptoms in Dementia-RECORDED WEBINAR

About this Course

This course is a recorded (home study version) of the 2024 CE Finale Encore Webinars.

 

Learning Objectives

Upon completion of this application based CE Activity, a pharmacist will be able to:

1.      Identify clinical characteristics of the behavioral symptoms of dementia (BSD) including agitation, psychosis, and sleep disturbances
2.      Discuss medications currently used in the management of BSD along with emerging pharmacologic therapy options
3.      Determine the most appropriate pharmacologic treatment option for a patient with behavioral symptoms of dementia based on patient-specific factors

Release and Expiration Dates

Released:  December 13, 2024
Expires:  December 13, 2027

Course Fee

$17 Pharmacist

ACPE UAN

0009-0000-24-048-H01-P

Session Code

24RW48-YXF98

Accreditation Hours

1.0 hours of CE

Additional Information

 

How to Complete Evaluation:  When you are ready to submit quiz answers, go to the BLUE take test/evaluation button.  Don't forget to use the session code above, or that was sent to you in your confirmation email NOT the one on the presentation!

Accreditation Statement

The University of Connecticut School of Pharmacy is accredited by the Accreditation Council for Pharmacy Education as a provider of continuing pharmacy education.

Pharmacists and Pharmacy Technicians are eligible to participate in this application-based activity and will receive up to 1.0 CE Hours (or 0.1 CEUs)  for completing the activity ACPE UAN 0009-0000-24-048-H01-P, passing the quiz with a grade of 70% or better, and completing an online evaluation. Statements of credit are available via the CPE Monitor online system and your participation will be recorded with CPE Monitor within 72 hours of submission.

Grant Funding

There is no grant funding for this activity.

Faculty

Kristin Waters, PharmD, BCPS, BCPP
Assistant Clinical Professor
UConn School of Pharmacy
Storrs, CT

Faculty Disclosure

In accordance with the Accreditation Council for Pharmacy Education (ACPE) Criteria for Quality and Interpretive Guidelines, The University of Connecticut School of Pharmacy requires that faculty disclose any relationship that the faculty may have with commercial entities whose products or services may be mentioned in the activity.

  • Dr. Waters is on the Johnson and Johnson speakers' bureau, but the information discussed here has no overlap. All financial relationships with ineligible companies have been mitigated.

Disclaimer

The material presented here does not necessarily reflect the views of The University of Connecticut School of Pharmacy or its co-sponsor affiliates. These materials may discuss uses and dosages for therapeutic products, processes, procedures and inferred diagnoses that have not been approved by the United States Food and Drug Administration. A qualified health care professional should be consulted before using any therapeutic product discussed. All readers and continuing education participants should verify all information and data before treating patients or employing any therapies described in this continuing education activity.

Content

Handouts

Post Test

    Behavioral Symptoms of Dementia Assessment Questions

    1. Which of the following is a symptom of agitation in dementia?
    1. Hallucinations
    2. Restless leg syndrome
    3. Throwing objects

     

    1. A 64-year-old patient has a PMH of AD, hypertension, urinary incontinence, and insomnia. Recently, they have been increasingly agitated throughout both the day and night. Symptoms primarily include pacing and verbally repeating the same phrases many times. Non-pharmacologic intervention is mildly effective, but the patient’s caregiver is requesting pharmacologic intervention as well.

    Current medications:

    Amlodipine 10 mg po daily

    Oxybutynin 10 mg po daily

    Diphenhydramine 25 mg po nightly prn insomnia

    Cetirizine 10 mg po daily

    Melatonin 6 mg po nightly Which of the following is the best first step in managing the patient’s agitation?

    1. Discontinue melatonin
    2. Reduce anticholinergic load
    3. Reduce dose of amlodipine

     

    3. The patient and caregiver agree to discontinuation of the cetirizine and diphenhydramine. They feel strongly that the oxybutynin improves their quality of life by allowing them to not become incontinent of urine overnight. Unfortunately, several weeks later the agitation symptoms persist. Which of the following is the best recommendations at this time?

    a. Initiate citalopram

    b. Initiate haloperidol

    c. Initiate risperidone

    1. A 71-year-old patient with vascular dementia recently started insisting that unknown people were living in his attic. He says he can hear the intruders talking during the night but they hide whenever someone goes up to check. The patient is extremely distressed about this and is trying to obtain a firearm to protect his family from these intruders.

    Which of the following pharmacologic recommendations may be appropriate?

    1. Brexpiprazole
    2. Trazodone
    3. Haloperidol

     

    1. The patient’s symptoms improve significantly after starting brexpiprazole. However, he is still very restless at night and wakes up frequently. He reports being “exhausted” each day. Which of the following would be the best pharmacologic option?
    1. Melatonin
    2. Eszopiclone
    3. Suvorexant

     

    6. Which medication approved for Parkinson’s disease psychosis has demonstrated the ability to prolong time to relapse of psychosis in Alzheimer’s disease?

    a. Brexpiprazole

    b. Pimavanserin

    c. Dexmedetomidine

     

    7. Which of the following behavioral symptoms of dementia is the most common?

    a. Apathy

    b. Psychosis

    c. Anxiety

    VIDEO

    DON’T SKIP A BEAT: TAKING THE PULSE OF ATRIAL FIBRILLATION

    Learning Objectives

      After completing this application-based continuing education activity, pharmacists will be able to
    •        Explain the definition, clinical presentation, and types of atrial fibrillation
    •        Discuss pharmacologic and non-pharmacologic treatment options for atrial fibrillation
    •        Describe the role of anticoagulation in atrial fibrillation management
    •        Identify interventions that could improve outcomes in atrial fibrillation patients
    After completing this application-based continuing education activity, pharmacy technicians will be able to:
    •        Explain the definition, clinical presentation, and types of atrial fibrillation
    •        Discuss pharmacologic and non-pharmacologic treatment options for atrial fibrillation
    •        Describe the role of anticoagulation in atrial fibrillation management
    •        Identify programs designed to promote medication adherence in patients with atrial fibrillation

    Anatomical structure of the heart centered in front of multiple electrocardiogram readings.

    Release Date:

    Release Date:  January 15, 2025

    Expiration Date: January 15, 2028

    Course Fee

    Pharmacist $7

    Pharmacy Technician $4

    There is no funding for this CPE activity.

    ACPE UANs

    Pharmacist: 0009-0000-25-001-H01-P

    Pharmacy Technician: 0009-0000-25-001-H01-T

    Session Codes

    Pharmacist:  25YC01-DSB29

    Pharmacy Technician:  25YC01-BSD92

    Accreditation Hours

    2.0 hours of CE

    Accreditation Statements

    The University of Connecticut School of Pharmacy is accredited by the Accreditation Council for Pharmacy Education as a provider of continuing pharmacy education.  Statements of credit for the online activity ACPE UAN 0009-0000-25-001-H01-P/T  will be awarded when the post test and evaluation have been completed and passed with a 70% or better. Your CE credits will be uploaded to your CPE monitor profile within 2 weeks of completion of the program.

     

    Disclosure of Discussions of Off-label and Investigational Drug Use

    The material presented here does not necessarily reflect the views of The University of Connecticut School of Pharmacy or its co-sponsor affiliates. These materials may discuss uses and dosages for therapeutic products, processes, procedures and inferred diagnoses that have not been approved by the United States Food and Drug Administration. A qualified health care professional should be consulted before using any therapeutic product discussed. All readers and continuing education participants should verify all information and data before treating patients or employing any therapies described in this continuing education activity.

    Faculty

    Brian L. Gaul, B.S., PharmD, RPh
    Freelance Medical Writer
    Gaul Communications
    Tomah, WI


     

    Faculty Disclosure

    In accordance with the Accreditation Council for Pharmacy Education (ACPE) Criteria for Quality and Interpretive Guidelines, The University of Connecticut School of Pharmacy requires that faculty disclose any relationship that the faculty may have with commercial entities whose products or services may be mentioned in the activity.

    Dr. Gaul has no financial relationships with ineligible companies.

    ABSTRACT

    Atrial fibrillation (AFib) is a growing problem in the United States and globally. AFib occurs when the electric impulses of the heart’s upper chambers become chaotic and irregular. The result is a fast heart rate, pooling of blood in the atria, and erratic pumping of blood by the ventricles. The treatments for AFib include rate-control medications, rhythm-control drugs, anticoagulants, and nonpharmacologic procedures. A standardized scoring system determines the need for anticoagulation, with direct oral anticoagulants preferred over warfarin in most cases. Providers choose rate-control medications like beta-blockers, calcium channel blockers, and digoxin in selected patients; however, they may opt for rhythm-control antiarrhythmics like flecainide, sotalol, and dofetilide for others. Nonpharmacologic options include cardiac ablation, Watchman LLA and AtriClip devices, and electrical cardioversion. Pharmacists are well-positioned to monitor therapy, adjust anticoagulant dosing, and assist in the diagnosis of patients with AFib. Pharmacy technicians can coordinate compliance mechanisms like medication synchronization and refill reminders.

    CONTENT

    Content

    INTRODUCTION

    “My heart feels like it is pounding out of my chest.”

    Dan Reeves, a 79-year-old white male, makes this statement to the pharmacy technician at the counter while waiting to pick up his prescriptions for flecainide and apixaban. He has his hand over his chest and states he feels tired and short of breath when doing any activity. The pharmacy technician requests help from the pharmacist, who notes that Daniel is showing signs of an arrhythmia. A check of his records shows that he is two weeks late for his refill of flecainide, a medicine to treat atrial fibrillation (AFib). Upon questioning by the pharmacist, Dan says the doctor has told him how important it is to take the medication properly. However, he admits that he sometimes forgets to take the second dose at bedtime.

     

    AFib is the most common type of sustained heart rhythm disorder, also called an arrhythmia.1 It occurs when the heart's electrical activity is abnormal or irregular, usually resulting in a fast heart rate.1 If the rate does not return to normal, it can lead to stroke, heart failure, or other medical problems.2 AFib is a leading cause of stroke.1

     

    An estimated 2.3 million people in the United States have AFib, according to the most recent data available.3 Given the association between advanced age and AFib occurrence, an estimated 5.6 million will experience AFib by the year 2050.3 It affects fewer than 1% of people under the age of 60 to 65 but 8% to 10% of those older than 80.3 It happens more often in males and Caucasians.1

     

    Risk factors for developing AFib include the following1:

    • Advancing age
    • Chronic Inflammation
    • Congenital heart disease
    • Endocrine disorders
    • Genetic factors
    • High blood pressure
    • Increased alcohol consumption
    • Neurological disorders
    • Obstructive sleep apnea
    • Underlying heart and lung disease.

     

    Athletes who overtrain in intense cardiovascular sports, like competitive bikers and marathon runners, also are at an increased risk of developing AFib (see SIDEBAR).

     

    SIDEBAR: IS OVERTRAINING TO BLAME FOR AFIB IN ATHLETES?

    According to studies, the prevalence of AFib in athletes is about 2 to 10 times higher than in the general population.4 Most cases occur in endurance athletes, such as marathoners, and may result from overtraining. In one study, a group of middle-aged men who ran marathons had a higher incidence of AFib than their sedentary counterparts.5 The disease also occurs five times more often in aging cyclists (average age of 66 years old) who continue training.6 The duration and intensity of exercise correlate to the development of paroxysmal AFib.4

     

    Reports cite “irrational” regimens involving overtraining as the primary factors, along with obesity and diabetes.4 Treatment consists of removing the physical stress and prescribing flecainide or propafenone.7 Athletes may return to training in four to six weeks but should remain on a beta-blocker to prevent recurrence.8,9 Providers should consider the cardioselectivity of the beta-blocker and the athlete’s sport when choosing a therapy.4 Prevention and treatment of future episodes may include a “pill-in-pocket” approach or cardiac ablation.7

     

    AFib occurs when electrical impulses in the heart’s upper chambers, called the atria, come from multiple foci, rather than just the sinoatrial (SA) node. The atrial and ventricular depolarization rate becomes rapid and chaotic rather than their normal, consistent firing and propagation (called normal sinus rhythm).10,11 When different atrial defibrillation waves collide, they cancel each other out meaning no one pacemaker exists. This causes the atrial chambers to quiver, or “fibrillate” instead of contracting in a normal manner from the top of the atria to the bottom. As a result, blood pools in the left atrial appendage (a tissue sack attached to the left atria) which can lead to blood clots. The clots may dislodge from the left atrial appendage, travel to the brain, and cause embolic strokes.11

     

    The atrial depolarizations bombard the atrioventricular (AV) node separating the atria from the ventricle with approximately 300 depolarization stimuli per minute. The AV node tries to prevent some of these depolarizations from reaching the ventricles, but the resulting ventricular contractions become faster than normal and irregularly spaced.11

     

    PATHOGENESIS

    In a normal heart, electrical impulses travel in a coordinated way through the heart’s pacemaker, the SA node, through the atrial tissue, and to the AV node.13 The AV node slows the impulse before it travels to and depolarizes the ventricles.14 When the SA node in a normal heart initiates a depolarization wave, it spreads across the atria from top to bottom. Once the cells depolarize, it cannot depolarize again for a while, and this is called the effective refractory period. Immediately after the refractory period, the tissue is in a vulnerable period because the electrical charge of the cells is normalized but the amount of sodium in the cell is too high and the potassium inside the cell is too low. If another depolarization stimuli hits tissue in the vulnerable period, fibrillation occurs. However, this is rare in normal hearts because it is impossible for the wave of depolarization to circle behind the effective refractory tissue to hit other tissue in the vulnerable period. However, when there is a mixing of electrically active and inactive cells together, the single wave of depolarization becomes fractionated into multiple wavelets in three-dimensional space and one of the wavelets can emerge and hit tissue in the vulnerable period.

     

    AFib originates in the pulmonary vein-atrial border 95% of the time because the pulmonary vein contains electrically active atrial cells and inactive pulmonary vein cells that are intermingled.12 However, in people with longstanding AFib, the stress kills atrial cells, which are replaced by electrically inactive connective tissue, and the anatomic milieu is created to have AFib generated in the body of the atria itself. Patients with AFib may present to healthcare providers with or without symptoms.1 Patients may experience chest pain, palpitations, a fast heart rate, shortness of breath, nausea, dizziness, sweating, or general fatigue when they have symptoms.1 The ventricular rate for a patient with AFib is 110 to 140 beats per minute (BPM).1

     

    When AFib occurs, the heart can usually quickly abolish it on its own but as periods of AFib continue to occur, subsequent AFib episodes last longer and longer until eventually AFib just continues.

     

    Providers classify AFib into five types1:

    • Paroxysmal AFib will revert to normal sinus rhythm in less than seven days with no antiarrhythmic medication or electrical cardioversion.
    • Persistent AFib occurs and then persists, requiring intervention with antiarrhythmic medication or electrical cardioversion.
    • Long-standing persistent AFib exists for longer than 12 months, either due to failure to attempt cardioversion or failure of cardioversion.
    • Permanent AFib is unresponsive to antiarrhythmic medication or electrical cardioversion and continues for the rest of the patient’s life.
    • Non-valvular occurs without rheumatic mitral valve disease, mitral valve repair, or prosthetic heart valves.

     

    AFib can be viewed on an electrocardiogram (ECG), which will show an “irregularly irregular” pattern with no discernable P-waves and irregular RR spacing during rest (see SIDEBAR).1 Failure to detect paroxysmal AFib on an ECG doesn’t preclude having the arrhythmia because normal sinus rhythm can intersperse between the arrhythmic episodes. In that case, a patient may wear a Holter monitor (a small portable ECG machine) continuously for a few days or a patch monitor with 30-day readouts to detect the arrhythmia.10,15

     

    SIDEBAR: ECG Interpretation 10116,17

    An ECG is a visual representation of the heart's electrical activity. For a 12 lead ECG, six electrodes are placed on the chest and four on the limbs before connecting them to an ECG machine, which produces a readout. A normal ECG consists of a small P-wave, a large and narrow QRS complex, and a T-wave. The P-wave is a small, positive, smooth wave that reflects atrial depolarization, which precedes contraction of the atria. The QRS complex represents depolarization of the ventricles which precedes ventricular contraction. The T-wave follows the QRS complex and reflects rapid repolarization.17 Abnormal results from an ECG are a sign of potential heart problems like arrhythmias, ischemia or infarction, or even ventricular hypertrophy.

     

    TREATMENT OF AFIB

    The goals for treating AFib include reducing symptoms, preventing clots, and reducing the risk of heart failure and other cardiac complications.10 According to the 2023 American Heart Association/American College of Cardiology/American College of Chest Physicians/Heart Rhythm Society (multi-society) guidelines, patient-specific factors direct the choice of antiarrhythmic agent.2 Among those factors is heart failure, cardiovascular disease, or other health conditions. Treatment also varies based on where providers discovered the AFib: in the inpatient or outpatient setting.2

     

    PHARMACOLOGIC AGENTS

    The multi-society guidelines divide the agents for treating AFib into rate control and rhythm control medications.2 Rate control agents control the ventricular rate when patients are in AFib for better symptom management.18 Rhythm control medications restore and maintain normal sinus rhythm.10

     

    PAUSE AND PONDER: What medications treat AFib symptoms most effectively?

     

    Providers may choose from a wide range of medications, with the treatment choice often determined by the patient’s clinical picture and the setting in which the AFib occurs.

     

    RATE CONTROL MEDICATIONS

    Rate control medications slow the impulses through the AV node, reducing the rate of contraction of the ventricles.18 While the number of ventricular contractions per minute decrease (allowing for better ventricular filling with blood during diastole), the RR spacing remains irregular. This irregularity coupled with the loss of atrial contraction in AFib reduces the cardiac output versus normal sinus rhythm. The goal is better symptom control with limited adverse effects. (See Table 1.)10

     

    Table 1. Rate Control Medications in AFib

    Class Drugs Notes
    Beta-blockers Atenolol

    Bisoprolol

    Carvedilol

    Metoprolol

    Nadolol

    Pindolol

    Propranolol

     

     

     

     

     

    l

    Metoprolol succinate (the XL form) and tartrate (the immediate release form), as well as bisoprolol are beta-1 selective; metoprolol succinate, bisoprolol, and carvedilol are preferred choices for patients with heart failure.
    Nondihydropyridine calcium channel blockers DilTIAZem

    Verapamil

    Dihydropyridine CCBs do not block the AV node.
    Cardiac glycosides Digoxin Not as effective as beta-blockers or non-DHP CCBs during exercise or stress and has a narrow therapeutic index; may use in combination with other rate control agents.
    Class III antiarrhythmic Amiodarone Has antiadrenergic effects similar to beta-blockers and non-DHP CCBs; many drug interactions and adverse effects; good choice in patients with heart failure.
    ABBREVIATIONS: CCBs = calcium channel blockers; DHP = dihydropyridine

     

    Beta-Blockers

    Beta-blockers inhibit the activity of the beta-1 adrenoceptor at the AV node, slowing conduction (negative dromotropic effect).18 Providers may choose from various options, including atenolol, bisoprolol, carvedilol, metoprolol (succinate and tartrate), and propranolol. Atenolol, bisoprolol, and metoprolol are the cardioselective beta-blockers, which means they less potently block the beta-2 adrenoceptors in the lungs.19 While all beta-blockers can cause drops in the Forced Expiratory Volume in 1-second (FEV-1) in asthmatic patients, the cardioselective agents do so to a lesser extent. Their effects are readily reversed with standard dosing of inhaled beta-2 agonists. All beta-blockers control the ventricular rate, and the multi-society guidelines consider them first-line therapy.2

     

    Non-Dihydropyridine Calcium Channel Blockers

    The multi-society guidelines also list non-dihydropyridine calcium channel blockers dilTIAZem and verapamil as first-line for treating AFib.2 They block the L-type calcium channel to produce their negative dromotropic effects and like the beta-blockers have negative chronotropic and inotropic effects, meaning they slow the SA nodal firing rate and decrease the force of muscle contraction, respectively.18 They provide reasonable rate control and improve AFib-related symptoms compared to beta-blockers.2 The multi-society guidelines note that dilTIAZem and verapamil are contraindicated in patients with pre-existing heart failure.18 However, if the signs and symptoms of heart failure are solely due to the AFib and no other underlying diseases, verapamil and dilTIAZem can be used.

     

    The Institute for Safe Medication Practices lists the generic name dilTIAZem on the look-alike sound-alike list due to the potential for confusion with diazePAM.20 The organization recommends the use of TALLman lettering to distinguish the two drugs.20

     

    Digoxin

    Digoxin provides a negative dromotropic and chronotropic effects but does not provide a negative inotropic effect. The inotropic effect can be neutral at serum concentration below 1.2 nanograms/mL but can be positive at higher concentrations.18 Since digoxin slows AV nodal conduction through enhancing the parasympathetic nervous system, it does not work as well in times of higher sympathetic outflow like exercise or stress. The multi-society guidelines indicate providers may use digoxin with other rate control medications because it will not augment the negative inotropic effects of beta-blockers or non-dihydropyridine calcium channel blockers.2 The guidelines also recommend digoxin in patients who do not tolerate or have an inadequate response from other rate control agents.2,18 It is a narrow therapeutic index medication, with the recommended serum digoxin level for AFib being <1.2 nanograms/mL.2 Providers should use digoxin cautiously with verapamil, since verapamil is a P-glycoprotein inhibitor and the combination may therefore increase digoxin levels (see SIDEBAR).18 However, digoxin may be a good initial choice for acute rate control in heart failure patients with AFib since the negative dromotropic effects of beta-blockers and nondihydropyridine calcium channel blockers could induce decompensated heart failure.2 If patients start with low dose beta-blockers and digoxin in heart failure patients, as the beta-blocker dose is increased to therapeutic levels (doubled every two weeks until therapeutic doses are achieved) the digoxin level can be reduced.  

     

    SIDEBAR: DIGOXIN IN AFIB: FRIEND OR FOE?

    Digoxin is the oldest medication used today in AFib, with records of its use as early as 1250 AD.21 Dr. William Withering first described its good and bad effects in 1785.22 Providers still prescribe it today; however, its use has decreased in the 21st century.23 In AFib, the multi-society guidelines recommend it as a rate control agent.2 The guidelines suggest using it with either beta-blockers or non-dihydropyridine calcium channel blockers or as a standalone medication if the other rate control options are not tolerated.2

     

    Digoxin has a wide variety of adverse effects triggered by toxicity. These include arrhythmias, GI symptoms like anorexia, fatigue, and nausea, and central nervous system issues like mental status changes and visual disturbances.24 Elevated drug levels cause the most toxic effects, often triggered by drug interactions. Other antiarrhythmics like amiodarone, dronedarone, flecainide, non-dihydropyridine calcium channel blockers, propafenone, and quinidine may block P-glycoprotein and increase digoxin blood levels as a result.25,26 Antibiotics like macrolides and tetracyclines may have similar effects.25

     

    According to reports, toxicity occurs in about 13 to 25 percent of digoxin patients.25 It happens more often with blood levels greater than 2.0 nanograms/milliliter.25 While providers may stop digoxin and provide supportive therapy in milder cases, severe cases require digoxin-specific antibody fragments (digoxin-fab).22 Derived from sheep, digoxin-fab is an intravenous medication that works in 30 to 45 minutes to reverse digoxin toxicity.27 According to reports, providers use it in about 20% of cases of digoxin toxicity.28

     

    Other Rate Control Options

    The multi-society guidelines recommend amiodarone, dronedarone, and sotalol for rate control, but only in extreme circumstances. Providers sometimes order amiodarone as a last resort in a hospital setting. Still, it should be used sparingly due to its many drug interactions and adverse effect profile.2 Dronedarone has a chemical structure similar to amiodarone, except that it does not contain iodine, making it safer.10 However, the guidelines do not recommend its use in patients with heart failure or permanent AFib due to the risk of death.2,18 Sotalol is both a beta-blocker and a potassium-channel blocker that also exerts rhythm control properties.18 While it is a negative dromotropic agent, it can also prolong the QTc interval on the ECG, which may lead to a life-threatening arrhythmia called Torsade de Pointes.18

     

    In Torsade de Pointes, the ventricles beat in a fast, irregular manner.29 Torsade de Pointes means “twisting of the points” in French. It refers to a characteristic twisting pattern of QRS complexes around the ECG baseline.29 QRS complexes are specific waves or deflections on the ECG, representing electrical activation of the ventricles.14 Symptoms of Torsade de Pointes may include dizziness, fainting, or palpitations, or it may not present with symptoms.29 The syndrome can be short-lived and self-limiting or life-threatening.29

     

    RHYTHM CONTROL MEDICATIONS

    The Vaughan Williams classification system divides commonly prescribed rhythm control agents into two classes.10 Miles Vaughan Williams, a British pharmacologist and fellow at Hertford College in Oxford, created the classification system in 1970.30 Medications in Class Ic block sodium channels in the heart.10 Class III medications alter potassium channels.10 (see Table 2.)

     

    Table 2. Rhythm Control Medications in AFib

    Agent Vaughan Williams

    Class

    Dose Notes
    Flecainide 1c 50-150 mg po q12h Not indicated in patients with structural heart disease* (may cause arrhythmias); pill-in-pocket dose: 300 mg
    Propafenone 1c 150-300 mg po q8h or 225-425 mg SR po q12h Weak calcium channel blocking and beta-blocking properties; not for use in patients with structural heart disease;* pill-in-pocket dose: 600 mg
    Amiodarone III 400-800 mg po daily for 3-4 weeks, then 100-400 mg daily Also has rate control action; toxicity and drug interactions a concern; IV dosing: 5-7 mg/kg up to 1500 mg every 24 hours
    Sotalol III 80-240 mg po q12h Also has beta-blocking action useful for rate control; requires dosing based on kidney function; potential for life-threatening arrhythmias
    Dofetilide III 125-500 mg po BID Strict dosing based on renal function, body size and age; started with patient in hospital on telemetry for 3 days
    Dronedarone III 400 mg po BID Contraindicated in patients with permanent AFib or decompensated heart failure
    ABBREVIATIONS: AFib = atrial fibrillation; BID = twice daily; IV = intravenous; SR = sustained release

    *Denotes heart failure, post-myocardial infarction, or left ventricular hypertrophy.

     

    Flecainide

    Flecainide, a Class 1c agent, is effective in treating paroxysmal AFib in patients without heart disease.10 However, it can trigger other arrhythmias; the multi-society guidelines recommend ECG monitoring at initiation and dose changes.2 Providers should avoid flecainide in patients with structural heart disease or enlarged left ventricles.10 Given twice daily for chronic use, it also may serve as a “pill-in-pocket” option at a larger, loading dose to convert an AFib episode to normal sinus rhythm.10

     

    Providers sometimes give patients “pill-in-pocket” prescriptions, which may be taken at the time of an acute AFib episode to return the heart rate to normal sinus rhythm.2 Typically, the approach is first tested under the supervision of a provider before the prescription is written for the patient. Providers instruct the patient to carry the dose with them and take it if and when symptoms occur.2

     

    Propafenone

    Providers use propafenone, another Class 1c agent, in paroxysmal and sustained AFib.10 It blocks sodium channels and has weak calcium channel-blocking and beta-blocking properties.10 Like flecainide, it can cause arrhythmias, and the multi-society guidelines recommend ECG monitoring at initiation, dosing changes, and periodically during treatment.2 Providers prescribe propafenone every 8 to 12 hours as a chronic medication. They may prescribe larger doses in a “pill-in-pocket” approach to convert recent-onset AFib to normal sinus rhythm.10

     

    Dofetilide

    Dofetilide is a Class III agent that blocks IKr, a key potassium channel in the heart.10 It limits the maximum frequency of electrical impulses without slowing conduction through the AV node.10 It can cause dangerous arrhythmias, including Torsade de Pointes.2 As a result, the multi-society guidelines recommend providers place patients under observation with ECG monitoring for three days when starting this medication.2 The initial period requires a hospitalization that lasts at least 12 hours after the patient converts to normal sinus rhythm.2 The guidelines indicate providers should monitor potassium and magnesium blood levels due to the risk of arrhythmia.2 Providers must dose dofetilide based on kidney function.10

     

    Sotalol

    Sotalol, another Class III antiarrhythmic, is a beta-1 and beta-2 blocker.10 It prolongs the length of electrical impulses to control heart rhythm.10 Like dofetilide, it can cause dangerous arrhythmias, including Torsade de Pointes.2 The multi-society guidelines recommend three days of inpatient ECG monitoring for patients who start sotalol. The guidelines also suggest regular monitoring of potassium and magnesium levels.2 Providers must dose sotalol based on renal function.10

     

    Amiodarone

    While amiodarone is more effective at preventing recurrent AFib episodes than sotalol, dotetilide, and dronedarone, the multi-society guidelines recommend these other options preferably for most patients, although it is a first line option (along with dofetilide) in heart failure.2 Amiodarone is a Class III drug that blocks both IKr and IKs potassium channels and exhibits rate control properties.10 It blocks sodium and calcium channels and displays antiadrenergic properties as well.10 The multi-society guidelines note that amiodarone has a long list of adverse effects and drug interactions, making it a poor choice for chronic therapy.2 The adverse effects include thyroid disorders (see SIDEBAR), lung toxicity, liver toxicity, photosensitivity, blue-green skin discoloration, corneal microdeposits, peripheral neuropathy, and the potential for Torsade de Pointes.16 However, the balance of IKr and IKs potassium channel blockade means it is less likely to cause Torsade de Pointes than Class III antiarrhythmics like dofetilide and sotalol.2 Amiodarone (like dronedarone) blocks many CYP P450 isoenzymes and P-glycoprotein. Notable drug interactions include atorvastatin, calcium-channel blockers, beta-blockers, digoxin, fluoroquinolone and macrolide antibiotics, phenytoin, simvastatin, and warfarin.35

     

    SIDEBAR: THE TROUBLESOME ‘I’ IN AMIODARONE

    The antiarrhythmic amiodarone comprises 37% iodine (element ‘I’ on the periodic chart) by weight.31 The iodine content and the molecule's shape can cause problems for patients prone to thyroid disorders.31 Depending on the patient’s susceptibility, amiodarone may cause low thyroid, called hypothyroidism, or a high thyroid condition, called thyrotoxicosis.31

     

    Each 200 mg of amiodarone contains 75 mg of iodine, with 7 mg of free iodine released when enzymes process the medicine.31 The free iodine is much more than the recommended daily requirement of 0.15-0.3 mg, which leads to iodine overload.31

     

    Iodine is critical in creating and processing thyroid hormones T3 and T4. Excess iodine in patients may lead to an overproduction of thyroid hormone, especially in the short to moderate term. Thyrotoxicosis may also occur due to direct damage to the thyroid, which is called thyroiditis.33 The consequences of thyrotoxicosis may be severe, including arrhythmias.33 Treatment of thyrotoxicosis depends on its subtype but may include methimazole, prednisone, or propylthiouracil.31,34

     

    With longer term use of amiodarone, the thyroid produces similar or slightly higher levels of T4 hormone but this T4 is shunted to reverse T3 (rT3) which is biologically inactive, instead of to T3 which is more potent than T4. It is this reduction in T3 that drives signs and symptoms of hypothyroidism in susceptible patients.31 The treatment of hypothyroidism is the use of levothyroxine, following guidelines for its use in low thyroid conditions.33 In cases in which providers stop amiodarone, thyroid function may return to normal.31

     

    Dronedarone

    Like amiodarone, dronedarone is a Class III antiarrhythmic that blocks sodium and calcium channels and features beta-blocking properties.10 It resembles amiodarone in chemical structure but lacks iodine. The absence of iodine makes it safer, removing or reducing thyroid, lung, and liver effects.10 Dronedarone has shown modest benefits for patients with non-permanent AFib.10 It is contraindicated in permanent AFib or New York Heart Association Class III to IV heart failure.2,10,18

     

    CONSIDERATIONS IN CHOICE OF RATE OR RHYTHM CONTROL

    Prescribers sometimes face difficult choices between rate control or rhythm control. Many factors affect the decision, including the patient’s clinical picture. How old is the patient? How severe are the symptoms? Does the patient have heart disease?

     

    PAUSE AND PONDER: In what situations would prescribers use rate and rhythm control?

     

    The goals of rate control include treating symptoms, preserving heart function, and improving quality of life.18 Providers prefer this strategy in older patients (age greater than 80 years) with no or mild symptoms.18 Rate control also may be the only option if rhythm control fails or the risks of it outweigh the benefits.18 Finally, rate control is more cost-effective due to the medications' wide availability and low cost.36

     

    However, the correct degree of rate control has been debated. Previous sources have recommended a goal ventricular rate of less than 80 bpm at rest in symptomatic patients, but newer recommendations suggest a more lenient approach of less than 110 bpm.2 A recent study showed no difference in outcomes with the more lenient strategy, which the multi-society guidelines currently favor.2,37 As a general rule, all AFib patients should have a ventricular rate less than 110 bpm; those who can tolerate lower heart rates should get the opportunity to see if this reduces their hemodynamic symptoms during AFib. Once a patient’s ventricular rate is below 80 bpm though, further heart rate reductions are unlikely to provide additional value and they should consider a rhythm control strategy.

     

    Rhythm control is preferred in most cases, even though it hasn’t shown an advantage over rate control in risk of death.1,10 It prevents stroke and improves quality of life but might increase the risk of hospitalization, especially due to ventricular arrhythmias such as Torsade de Pointes.38,39 Rhythm control is also the best option in patients with a recent diagnosis and in the case of AFib combined with heart failure.2 It reduces symptoms and slows disease progress from paroxysmal AFib to more sustained forms of the arrhythmia.2 Remember that rhythm control medication is overlaid upon rate control medication, one does not replace the other.

     

    ANTICOAGULANTS

    To reduce the risk of stroke in patients with AFib, the multi-society guidelines recommend the use of anticoagulation in select cases.2 Determining the need for anticoagulation involves a risk assessment using a scoring system – the CHA2D2-Vasc (see Table 3).2 In men, a score of 0 indicates low risk, 1 low-moderate risk, and 2 or more is moderate-high risk.1 In women, a score of 0 or 1 is low risk, a score of 2 is low-moderate risk, and a score of 3 or more is moderate-high risk.2 Providers should start anticoagulation in patients with moderate-high risk and consider it in patients with low-moderate risk.1 When uncertain about whether the benefits of anticoagulation are greater than the risk of bleeding, providers may use the HAS-BLED scoring system; however, the multi-society guidelines indicate it should not replace clinical judgment.2 HAS-BLED considers age, renal and kidney function, stroke history, and other factors to determine the risk of bleeding events with anticoagulation.40

     

    Table 3. CHA2DS2-VASc Scoring Considerations

    Condition Score
    Congestive Heart Failure 1
    Hypertension 1
    Age > 75 2
    Diabetes 1
    Stroke/TIA 2
    Vascular Disease 1
    Age 65-74 1
    Sex category (female sex) 1

     

    Providers prescribe direct oral anticoagulants (DOACs) and warfarin for anticoagulation (see Table 4).1,2 In patients with AFib and no signs of stroke, providers should start anticoagulation immediately.2 The standard for patients with a transient ischemic attack or stroke is the “1-3-6-12” rule. Providers should start anticoagulation in 1 day after a transient ischemic attack and 3, 6, and 12 days after mild, moderate, or severe strokes, respectively.41 This is because there is an increased risk of cerebral bleeding after a stroke for a short period of time and anticoagulation would exacerbate it.

     

    Table 4. Anticoagulants

    Class Agents Dosing Notes
    Vitamin K antagonists Warfarin Dependent on INR Frequent monitoring and dosing changes; drug and food interactions; required anticoagulant if patient has mitral stenosis or mechanical valves
    Direct oral anticoagulants (DOACs) Apixaban 5 mg po BID Renal dosing: 2.5 mg po BID in patients with > 2 of the following: age > 80 yr, body weight < 60 kg, creatinine level > 1.5 mg/dl
    Dabigatran 150 mg po BID Renal dosing: 75 mg po BID in patients with CrCl of 15-30 mL/min
    Edoxaban 60 mg po daily Renal dosing: 30 mg po daily in patients with CrCl of 15-50 mL/min
    Rivaroxaban 20 mg po daily Take with food; renal dosing: 15 mg po daily in patients with CrCl of 15-50 mL/min
    ABBREVIATIONS: BID = twice daily; CrCl = creatinine clearance; DOACs = direct oral anticoagulants; INR = international normalized ratio

     

    DOACs

    In most cases, providers prescribe DOACs, including apixaban, dabigatran, edoxaban, and rivaroxaban.2 Studies show that each is equal to, if not superior to, warfarin in preventing stroke and has less bleeding.2 DOACs have fewer drug and food adverse effects, cost more than warfarin, but do not have INR laboratory costs. Dabigatran binds to thrombin (Factor IIa) in the coagulation cascade, and prevents it from activating coagulation factors.42 Apixaban, edoxaban, and rivaroxaban are Factor Xa inhibitors and prevent the cleavage of prothrombin to thrombin.43-45

     

    Warfarin

    Warfarin is a Vitamin K antagonist.2 Researchers believe it competitively inhibits the vitamin K epoxide reductase complex 1 (VKORC1), which is important for activating Vitamin K in the body.46 Without active Vitamin K, Factors VII, IX, X, and II cannot be activated. Warfarin has long been a standard of anticoagulant therapy, although its many drug and food interactions and the need for regular monitoring make its use challenging for clinicians and patients alike.2 However, providers still use warfarin for the treatment of AFib in patients with mechanical heart valves or mitral stenosis.2 The goal international normalized ratio (INR) for AFib is 2.0 to 3.0 in most cases, except in the presence of certain mechanical heart valves where the INR is 2.5 to 3.5.10

     

    CONSIDERATIONS IN THE SELECTION OF ANTICOAGULANTS

    The choice of anticoagulant depends on several factors. Despite their high costs, the multi-society guidelines consider DOACs first-line therapy due to their advantages over warfarin.2 Compared to warfarin, DOACs have lower bleeding risks, fewer drug and food interactions, no dietary restrictions, and require less therapeutic monitoring.2 Providers must adjust DOACs based on renal function.2 However, warfarin is the only anticoagulant indicated for patients with mitral stenosis or mechanical heart valves.2 Multi-society guidelines do not recommend antiplatelet drugs such as aspirin or P2Y12 inhibitors as a substitute for anticoagulants in treating AFib.2

    In patients with both AFib and coronary artery disease, the use of an oral anticoagulant can be used alone to treat both. If the patient requires dual antiplatelet therapy (DAPT), after an acute coronary syndrome or the use of a drug eluting stent, but also has AFib, there is a new recommendation. Instead of 6-12 months of DAPT plus an anticoagulant, they recommend a single month of triple therapy, and then 5 months of the P2Y12 inhibitor + oral anticoagulant followed by the oral anticoagulant alone.

     

    PAUSE AND PONDER: What are the recommendations for reversing anticoagulation with warfarin and DOACs?

     

    Providers must also consider reversal of anticoagulation in the case of bleeding. Removal of the offending drug works in some cases, but providers have options in life-threatening instances. They may reverse warfarin by administering Vitamin K and 4-factor proprotein complex concentrate (PCC) in an acute setting.2 Reversal of DOACs occurs in only 2% to 4% of cases.2 Providers reverse dabigatran using idarucizumab.2 Andexanet-α reverses apixaban, edoxaban, and rivaroxaban.2 Providers administer PCC, idarucizumab, and andexanet-α intravenously.

     

    NONPHARMACOLOGIC INTERVENTIONS

    Electrical Cardioversion

    Providers may attempt electrical cardioversion in emergencies or when medications fail to treat AFib adequately.2 The procedure is completed in an outpatient facility. Providers place electrode pads on the patient’s chest and back and connect them to a cardioversion machine.47 The patient receives anesthesia, and providers administer a high-voltage shock. The shock resets the heart to its normal sinus rhythm. Providers monitor patients for several hours and then patients may go home if they experience no complications.47

    The multi-society guidelines recommend anticoagulation therapy three weeks before and four weeks after electrical cardioversion if AFib has been present for more than 48 hours (or an unknown period).2 The anticoagulant reduces the risk that a clot may be formed during or after the procedure that can be dislodged and cause medical problems.48 Even after the AFib is shocked to normal sinus rhythm, it takes a few weeks for the atria to fully start contracting normally again.

     

    Catheter Ablation

    Catheter ablation involves the insertion of small tubes directed through the veins to the heart. The ends of the tubes contain electrodes that damage the diseased heart tissue that is causing abnormal electrical pulses.49 Heat (radiofrequency ablation) or cold (cryoablation) from the electrodes destroy the tissue.50 As a result, ectopic foci or re-entry circuits are eliminated, and normal electrical conduction resumes. Young, healthy patients are good candidates for catheter ablation and the procedure is much more effective in patients with paroxysmal AFib.10 The multi-society guidelines recommend catheter abation when antiarrhythmic therapy is ineffective, not tolerated, or non-preferred.2 Catheter ablation can be curative of AFib in 70% of cases but may take as many as three attempts to fully resolve the arrhythmia.10 Providers should continue anticoagulation during and after the procedure unless it is clear that the procedure was curative months down the line.2

     

    Watchman LAA Device and AtriClip

    In patients who require anticoagulation, but the risk of bleeding outpaces the potential benefits, there are devices that occlude the left atrial appendage (LAA, the pouch on the left atria where most of the clots form in AFib). The Watchman LAA device is placed inside the atria and then opens like an umbrella to block off the LAA. The AtriClip is a clamp that is applied to close off the LAA from the outside of the heart during open heart surgery. In this case, the clots still form in the LAA but cannot get out in the circulation. If a patient is having nonadherence to oral anticoagulation due to bleeding, this is a potential option that a pharmacist could recommend a patient discuss with their cardiologist.

     

    TREATMENT IN THE ACUTE SETTING

    Providers in an acute setting order beta-blockers or non-dihydropyridine calcium channel blockers as the first-line treatment.2 If ineffective, digoxin is the next choice. Amiodarone is also an option, but only if the previous treatments fail. Providers should not use dilTIAZem and verapamil in patients with poor left ventricular function or heart failure.2

     

    Providers may attempt electrical or pharmacologic cardioversion in the acute setting, especially in unstable patients.2 Providers use one of three intravenous medications in pharmacologic conversion. The multi-society guidelines recommend ordering ibutilide if patients do not have reduced ventricular function or risk for Torsade de Pointes.2 Ibutilide is a Class III antiarrhythmic available only in an intravenous form that quickly restores normal sinus rhythm.10 Providers may also order amiodarone; however, converting to sinus rhythm takes longer than other antiarrhythmics (8 to 12 hours).2 The multi-society guidelines suggest procainamide as another option.2 It is a Class 1a antiarrhythmic that quickly restores normal sinus rhythm; however, the multi-society guidelines discourage its long-term use due to its many adverse effects.2,10 Procainamide may cause low blood pressure, nausea, vomiting, and a Lupus-like syndrome.10 Providers should avoid using it in patients with heart failure, and it can prolong the QTc interval, potentially leading to Torsade de Pointes.10

     

    LIFESTYLE MODIFICATIONS

    The multi-society guidelines recommend lifestyle modifications for patients with factors that may influence the disease course.2 Providers should recommend weight loss in overweight and obese patients and moderate to vigorous exercise for all AFib patients. The guidelines also recommend screening for sleep apnea with appropriate treatment if it is found. Finally, providers should counsel patients to reduce or eliminate alcohol and tobacco use.2

     

    AFIB AND HEART FAILURE

    Several factors complicate the management of AFib in the presence of heart failure.2 Providers should consider the degree of left ventricular dysfunction, which determines the type of heart failure and limits the choice of antiarrhythmic.2,51

     

    The multi-society guidelines recommend rhythm control over rate control in AFib with heart failure.2 However, the multi-society guidelines recommend against certain rhythm control agents—namely, flecainide, dronedarone, and propafenone—in patients with heart failure.2 Digoxin may be an appropriate choice for rate control, as it has a role in treating both diseases while non-dihydropyridine calcium channel blockers should not be used.2 Beta-blockers can be used, and actually provide enhanced survival in heart failure patients, but need to be started with low doses and then slowly titrated up to therapeutic doses.

     

    Besides treating AFib, an evaluation of the patient should reveal whether their profile meets guideline-directed medical therapy for heart failure.2 In the case of heart failure with reduced ejection fraction, this includes one of three approved beta-blockers: bisoprolol, metoprolol, or carvedilol.51 It also includes mineralocorticoid antagonists like spironolactone, a sodium-glucose cotransporter-2 inhibitor, and either an angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitor, angiotensin II receptor blocker, or sacubitril/valsartan.51

     

    DIGITAL HEALTH AND AFIB

    Smartphones, smartwatches, and handheld devices show promise for uncovering asymptomatic AFib.52 In approximately one-quarter of patients with asymptomatic disease, providers do not discover AFib until patients suffer a stroke.53 In recent years, smart devices have provided a solution – ECG monitors. The devices use a technology called photoplethysmography (PPG) sensor technology.52 Reflected light from the device measures changes in blood flow from the irregular heart rate.52

     

    Specific versions of the Apple Watch, the Garmin Venu, and the Samsung Galaxy all use PPG technology to look for irregular heart rhythms.52 Fitbit also has PPG capabilities in its Charge and Sense models.52 A meta-analysis showed that smartphones detect AFib with a sensitivity of 94% and a specificity of 96%.54 Sensitivity means that if a patient is having AFib, the device will detect it 94% of the time. Specificity means that in 4% of cases, when AFib is found, it is due to something other than AFib. PPG technology is equally as effective at detecting AFib as a single-lead ECG.54 Another meta-analysis confirmed that smartwatches were not inferior to medical-grade devices.55

     

    Some limitations of using smart devices in ECG monitoring include the potential for false positives, disparities in access, and the possibility patients will overload providers with consumer data. ECG monitors may incorrectly indicate positives, especially for young, healthy patients.53 AFib patients older than 65 with a low educational and socioeconomic status often do not own smart devices.56 Experts also worry about the possibility of consumer data overwhelming the overworked healthcare system.52

     

    Investigators are examining the possibility that mobile ECG monitoring can reduce stroke risk?52. A large initial trial of 75-year-old patients using a Zenicor-ECG device twice daily for two weeks revealed a small but significant reduction in endpoints, which included strokes, at five-year follow-up.57

     

    Application stores feature digital apps to help manage AFib.58 The apps allow patients to record appointments, feelings, symptoms, and questions for their doctors, among other things. App quality varies, and providers should advise patients to check ratings and reviews and provide recommendations.58

     

    PHARMACY TEAM IMPACT ON AFIB MANAGEMENT

    Nearly 90% of Americans live within five miles of a community pharmacy.59 That fact makes pharmacists one of the most accessible healthcare providers.60 Pharmacists and technicians can leverage their familiarity with their customers in several ways.

     

    For pharmacists, managing and monitoring anticoagulation is the most obvious intervention that can improve outcomes. Providers and administrators often ask pharmacists to dose INRs for warfarin patients in clinics, hospitals, and outpatient settings. Pharmacists may monitor for bleeding complications, both with warfarin and DOACs.

     

    Pharmacist medication review activities may catch meaningful drug-drug and drug-food interactions in AFib patients. Pharmacists can also monitor for the toxic effects of medications like digoxin and amiodarone and report any observations to providers. Even common agents like beta-blockers and calcium channel blockers may cause troublesome interactions in patients with complicated clinical pictures. Pharmacists may catch these problems and intervene with the prescriber.

     

    Pharmacists can collaborate with pharmacy technicians to improve patient adherence to medications. While technicians may coordinate the adherence programs, pharmacists counsel patients on the importance of following providers’ medication orders and communicate nonadherence to the prescriber.

     

    Pharmacists also may counsel patients on lifestyle modifications. If a pharmacy has a smoking cessation program, for example, the pharmacist may refer AFib patients to it. The pharmacist may also counsel on the need for weight loss or exercise and help the patient set goals.

     

    Finally, the advent of portable ECG monitors allows pharmacists to set up screening programs for asymptomatic or suspected AFib. The AliveCor KardiaMobile is a single-lead ECG that connects through a smartphone. Pharmacists may use it to collect ECGs and triage patients. A cardiologist then confirms any positive result and refers the patient for treatment.61

     

    Pharmacy technicians may also help manage AFib. Technicians often coordinate medication adherence programs, such as automated refill reminders, medication synchronization, and compliance packaging. Pharmacy technicians can then inform the pharmacist of cases of nonadherence.

     

    Technicians may also coordinate filling pill-in-pocket prescriptions for medications like flecainide or propafenone. They can also use TALLman lettering for sound-alike look-alike medications and place dosing labels on shelving for narrow therapeutic index medications like warfarin or digoxin.20

     

    Finally, technicians can inform pharmacists when AFib patients try to purchase inappropriate over-the-counter or herbal medications. Decongestants like pseudoephedrine can increase heart rate, and herbals like St. John's wort and hawthorn can interact with antiarrhythmics.62,63 Medications like non-steroidal anti-inflammatory medications, aspirin, and herbals like vitamin E supplements, ginseng, and ginkgo biloba may interfere with anticoagulation.62,631

     

    Finally, pharmacies can foster knowledge and understanding of the disease by hosting community events in coordination with local healthcare providers. For example, a pharmacy could hold an event during AFib awareness month in September. Pharmacy staff could invite representatives from local clinics and cardiologists’ offices.

     

    CONCLUSION

    AFib is the most common type of heart rhythm disorder or arrhythmia, and its incidence and prevalence continue to grow as the population ages. Goals for AFib patients include prevention of stroke, control of heart failure symptoms, and improvement in quality of life. Rate and rhythm control antiarrhythmics can treat AFib. The rate control strategies help with symptoms by controlling the ventricular rate. Rhythm control medications restore the normal sinus rhythm, but providers must carefully choose and monitor them due to their side effects and contraindications. Providers prefer rhythm control agents in many patients due to their ability to reduce the risk of stroke and improve quality of life. Anticoagulation is indicated in cases of higher stroke risk; providers should choose DOACs over warfarin in most cases, except for patients with mitral stenosis or mechanical heart valves.

     

    Beta-blockers and calcium channel blockers are the first choices in the acute setting, followed by digoxin. Providers have limited options in both rate and rhythm control in patients with heart failure. Beta-blockers, digoxin, dofetilide, sotalol, and amiodarone provide options. Pharmacists can play essential roles in managing and monitoring anticoagulation, performing drug use reviews and adherence monitoring, and screening patients for asymptomatic cases. Pharmacy technicians can aid pharmacists by coordinating adherence mechanisms, filling pill-in-pocket refills, and notifying the pharmacist of patients' improper OTC or herbal selections.

     

    Now let’s return to our patient case. Dan’s uncontrolled AFib requires a quick call to his cardiologist, who suggests he go to a local emergency room for examination. The pharmacy staff offers to put his apixaban, flecainide, and other medications on a medication synchronization program with refill reminders. They also suggest that he invest in a digital device that monitors ECG. He promises to go straight to the emergency room.

    Pharmacist Post Test (for viewing only)

    Pharmacist Post-Test
    After completing this education activity, pharmacists will be able to
    1. Explain the definition, clinical presentation, and types of atrial fibrillation
    2. Discuss pharmacologic and non-pharmacologic treatment options for atrial fibrillation
    3. Describe the role of anticoagulation in atrial fibrillation management
    4. Identify interventions that could improve outcomes in atrial fibrillation patients

    1. What symptoms do patients experience from the heart's abnormal or irregular electrical activity that is seen in atrial fibrillation?
    A. slow heart rate
    B. fast heart rate
    C. fewer clots

    2. What is the type of atrial fibrillation that recurs and persists, requiring intervention with medications or procedures?
    A. persistent
    B. paroxysmal
    C. permanent

    3. Beta-blockers and non-dihydropyridine calcium channel blockers like dilTIAZem and verapamil are first-line rate control medications for atrial fibrillation. If they fail or are contraindicated, what is the next best choice for rate control?
    A. digoxin
    B. flecainide
    C. amlodipine

    4. Which Class III antiarrhythmic blocks a key potassium channel and requires 3 days of observation with ECG monitoring when it is started?
    A. flecainide
    B. propafenone
    C. dofetilide

    5. What Class III antiarrhythmic is considered a last resort despite its rate and rhythm-control properties due to its drug interactions and adverse effects, including triggering thyroid disease?
    A. metoprolol succinate
    B. dronedarone
    C. amiodarone

    6. What does the CHA2D2-VASc scoring system measure?
    A. Risk of heart failure with atrial fibrillation
    B. Proper starting dose of warfarin
    C. Risk of stroke in atrial fibrillation

    7. You are a pharmacist dosing and monitoring warfarin in an anticoagulation clinic. Alfred Pennington arrives for his international normalized ratio (INR) test and warfarin dosing adjustment. You notice that he has atrial fibrillation, but he does not have mitral stenosis or mechanical heart valves. What is the next step?
    A. Contact his provider and suggest switching to a DOAC like apixaban
    B. Do nothing special; check his INR and change the dose if necessary
    C. Counsel Alfred on the drug and food interactions with warfarin without calling his provider

    8. Which of the following is an advantage of direct oral anticoagulants over warfarin in atrial fibrillation patients?
    A. fewer drug and food interactions
    B. lower cost
    C. more therapeutic monitoring

    9. Which medication quickly restores normal sinus rhythm during a pharmacological cardioversion in the acute setting?
    A. Digoxin
    B. Ibutilide
    C. Verapamil

    10. Judy James is in the pharmacy to pick up her prescription for Verapamil when she asks for the pharmacist. She states that she has been feeling nauseated (nauseous?) and fatigued lately and that her vision “isn’t right.” You check her profile and note that she is an atrial fibrillation patient who is also on digoxin. What do you do next?
    A. You tell her to discontinue the digoxin as it may be causing an interaction with the verapamil.
    B. Since you suspect digoxin toxicity, you call Judy’s provider and suggest that they do a digoxin level test (?)
    C. You tell Judy that these are normal side effects of her medications and that she shouldn’t worry about them

    Pharmacy Technician Post Test (for viewing only)

    Pharmacy Technician Post-Test
    After completing this education activity, pharmacy technicians will be able to
    1. Explain the definition, clinical presentation, and types of atrial fibrillation
    2. Discuss pharmacological and non-pharmacological treatment options for atrial fibrillation
    3. Describe the role of anticoagulation in atrial fibrillation management
    4. Identify programs designed to promote medication adherence in patients with atrial fibrillation
    1. What symptoms do patients experience from the heart's abnormal or irregular electrical activity that is seen in atrial fibrillation?
    A. slow heart rate
    B. fast heart rate
    C. fewer clots

    2. What is the type of atrial fibrillation that recurs and persists, requiring intervention with medications or procedures?
    A. persistent
    B. paroxysmal
    C. permanent

    3. Beta-blockers and non-dihydropyridine calcium channel blockers like dilTIAZem and verapamil are first-line rate control medications for atrial fibrillation. If they fail or are contraindicated, what is the next best choice for rate control?
    A. digoxin
    B. flecainide
    C. amlodipine

    4. Which Class III antiarrhythmic blocks a key potassium channel and requires 3 days of observation with ECG monitoring when it is started?
    A. flecainide
    B. propafenone
    C. dofetilide

    5. What Class III antiarrhythmic is considered a last resort due to its drug interactions and adverse effects, including triggering thyroid disease?
    A. metoprolol succinate
    B. dronedarone
    C. amiodarone

    6. What does the CHA2D2-VASc scoring system measure?
    A. Risk of heart failure with atrial fibrillation
    B. Proper starting dose of warfarin
    C. Risk of stroke in atrial fibrillation

    7. Wayne Peters comes to the pharmacy counter to pick up his prescription for apixaban. You know that Wayne has had problems with atrial fibrillation in the past, and the pharmacist has told you that apixaban reduces his risk of stroke. Wayne mentions that he occasionally forgets to take the second dose of apixaban. What can you suggest to help him remember?
    A. Ask his wife to remind him to take his second daily dose
    B. Suggest he enroll in the pharmacy’s compliance packaging system
    C. Tell him to set a reminder on his phone

    8. Which of the following is an advantage of direct oral anticoagulants over warfarin in atrial fibrillation patients?
    A. fewer drug and food interactions
    B. lower cost
    C. more therapeutic monitoring
    9. Which medication quickly restores normal sinus rhythm during a pharmacological cardioversion in the acute setting?
    A. Digoxin
    B. Ibutilide
    C. Verapamil

    10. You are coordinating the week’s medication synchronization patients, and you notice that John Denner’s dofetilide is not synced with his other medications. The pharmacist has told you he has both atrial fibrillation and heart failure. The pharmacist said the dofetilide controls his heart rhythm and prevents his heart failure from worsening. What is the next step?
    A. Coordinate with the pharmacist on next steps to determine if he should be taking the medication
    B. Assume he should be on the dofetilide and sync with his other medications
    C. Assume the medication has been discontinued and don’t include it in the sync

    References

    Full List of References

    REFERENCES

      1. Nesheiwat Z, Goyal A, Jagtap M. Atrial Fibrillation. In: StatPearls. Treasure Island (FL): StatPearls Publishing; April 26, 2023.
      2. Joglar JA, Chung MK, Armbruster AL, et al. 2023 ACC/AHA/ACCP/HRS Guideline for the Diagnosis and Management of Atrial Fibrillation: A Report of the American College of Cardiology/American Heart Association Joint Committee on Clinical Practice Guidelines [published correction appears in Circulation. 2024 Jan 2;149(1):e167. doi: 10.1161/CIR.0000000000001207] [published correction appears in Circulation. 2024 Feb 27;149(9):e936. doi: 10.1161/CIR.0000000000001218] [published correction appears in Circulation. 2024 Jun 11;149(24):e1413. doi: 10.1161/CIR.0000000000001263]. Circulation. 2024;149(1):e1-e156. doi:10.1161/CIR.0000000000001193
      3. Kannel WB, Benjamin EJ. Current perceptions of the epidemiology of atrial fibrillation. Cardiol Clin. 2009;27(1):13-vii. doi:10.1016/j.ccl.2008.09.015
      4. Achkasov E, Bondarev S, Smirnov V, et al. Atrial Fibrillation in Athletes-Features of Development, Current Approaches to the Treatment, and Prevention of Complications. Int J Environ Res Public Health. 2019;16(24):4890. Published 2019 Dec 4. doi:10.3390/ijerph16244890
      5. Molina L, Mont L, Marrugat J, et al. Long-term endurance sport practice increases the incidence of lone atrial fibrillation in men: a follow-up study. Europace. 2008;10(5):618-623. doi:10.1093/europace/eun071
      6. Baldesberger S, Bauersfeld U, Candinas R, et al. Sinus node disease and arrhythmias in the long-term follow-up of former professional cyclists. Eur Heart J. 2008;29(1):71-78. doi:10.1093/eurheartj/ehm555
      7. Rao P, Shipon D. American College of Cardiology. Latest in Cardiology: Atrial Fibrillation in Competitive Athletes. Accessed 9/9/2024. https://www.acc.org/Latest-in-Cardiology/Articles/2019/08/16/08/20/Atrial-Fibrillation-in-Competitive-Athletes
      8. Bondarev, S.A. Drug correction of a pathological sports heart. Therapeutist 2018, 5, 36–43.
      9. Wheeler MT, Heidenreich PA, Froelicher VF, Hlatky MA, Ashley EA. Cost-effectiveness of preparticipation screening for prevention of sudden cardiac death in young athletes. Ann Intern Med. 2010;152(5):276-286. doi:10.7326/0003-4819-152-5-201003020-00005
      10. Al-Khatib SM. Atrial Fibrillation [published correction appears in Ann Intern Med. 2023 Sep;176(9):1288. doi: 10.7326/L23-0291]. Ann Intern Med. 2023;176(7):ITC97-ITC112. doi:10.7326/AITC202307180
      11. What is Afib? John Hopkins Medicine. Accessed 9/10/2024. https://www.hopkinsmedicine.org/health/conditions-and-diseases/atrial-fibrillation
      12. Brundel BJJM, Ai X, Hills MT, Kuipers MF, Lip GYH, de Groot NMS. Atrial fibrillation. Nat Rev Dis Primers. 2022;8(1):21. Published 2022 Apr 7. doi:10.1038/s41572-022-00347-9
      13. Heart Conduction System (Cardiac Conduction). Cleveland Clinic. Accessed 9/11/2024. https://my.clevelandclinic.org/health/body/21648-heart-conduction-system
      14. Priest BT, McDermott JS. Cardiac ion channels. Channels (Austin). 2015;9(6):352-359. doi:10.1080/19336950.2015.1076597
      15. Zimetbaum P, Goldman A. Ambulatory arrhythmia monitoring: choosing the right device. Circulation. 2010;122(16):1629-1636. doi:10.1161/CIRCULATIONAHA.109.925610
      16. Electrocardiogram. John Hopkins Medicine. Accessed 9/27/2024. https://www.hopkinsmedicine.org/health/treatment-tests-and-therapies/electrocardiogram
      17. ECG Interpretation: Characteristics of the Normal ECG (P-wave, QRS complex, ST segment, T-wavve) EKG and ECHO Learning. Accessed 9/12/2024 https://ecgwaves.com/topic/ecg-normal-p-wave-qrs-complex-st-segment-t-wave-j-point/
      18. Alobaida M, Alrumayh A. Rate control strategies for atrial fibrillation. Ann Med. 2021;53(1):682-692. doi:10.1080/07853890.2021.1930137
      19. Tucker WD, Sankar P, Theetha Kariyanna P. Selective Beta-1 Blockers. In: StatPearls. Treasure Island (FL): StatPearls Publishing; January 30, 2023.
      20. FDA and ISMP Lists of Look-Alike Drug Names with Recommended Tall Man Letters. Institute for Safe Medication Practices. Accessed 9/12/24. https://www.ismp.org/sites/default/files/attachments/2017-11/tallmanletters.pdf
      21. Khandelwal R, Vagha JD, Meshram RJ, Patel A. A Comprehensive Review on Unveiling the Journey of Digoxin: Past, Present, and Future Perspectives. Cureus. 2024;16(3):e56755. Published 2024 Mar 23. doi:10.7759/cureus.56755
      22. Crane AD, Militello M, Faulx MD. Digoxin is still useful, but is still causing toxicity. Cleve Clin J Med. 2024;91(8):489-499. Published 2024 Aug 1. doi:10.3949/ccjm.91a.23105
      23. Angraal S, Nuti SV, Masoudi FA, et al. Digoxin Use and Associated Adverse Events Among Older Adults. Am J Med. 2019;132(10):1191-1198. doi:10.1016/j.amjmed.2019.04.022
      24. Beller GA, Smith TW, Abelmann WH, Haber E, Hood WB Jr. Digitalis intoxication. A prospective clinical study with serum level correlations. N Engl J Med. 1971;284(18):989-997. doi:10.1056/NEJM197105062841801
      25. Smith TW, Antman EM, Friedman PL, Blatt CM, Marsh JD. Digitalis glycosides: mechanisms and manifestations of toxicity. Part I. Prog Cardiovasc Dis. 1984;26(5):413-458. doi:10.1016/0033-0620(84)90012-4
      26. Fromm MF, Kim RB, Stein CM, Wilkinson GR, Roden DM. Inhibition of P-glycoprotein-mediated drug transport: A unifying mechanism to explain the interaction between digoxin and quinidine [seecomments]. Circulation. 1999;99(4):552-557. doi:10.1161/01.cir.99.4.552
      27. Chan BS, Buckley NA. Digoxin-specific antibody fragments in the treatment of digoxin toxicity. Clin Toxicol (Phila). 2014;52(8):824-836. doi:10.3109/15563650.2014.943907
      28. Hauptman PJ, Blume SW, Lewis EF, Ward S. Digoxin Toxicity and Use of Digoxin Immune Fab: Insights From a National Hospital Database. JACC Heart Fail. 2016;4(5):357-364. doi:10.1016/j.jchf.2016.01.011
      29. Cohagan B, Brandis D. Torsade de Pointes. In: StatPearls. Treasure Island (FL): StatPearls Publishing; August 8, 2023.
      30. Edward Miles Vaughan Williams. Royal College of Physicians. Accesssed 9/12/2024. https://history.rcplondon.ac.uk/inspiring-physicians/edward-miles-vaughan-williams
      31. Ylli D, Wartofsky L, Burman KD. Evaluation and Treatment of Amiodarone-Induced Thyroid Disorders. J Clin Endocrinol Metab. 2021;106(1):226-236. doi:10.1210/clinem/dgaa686
      32. Cohen-Lehman J, Dahl P, Danzi S, Klein I. Effects of amiodarone therapy on thyroid function. Nat Rev Endocrinol. 2010;6(1):34-41. doi:10.1038/nrendo.2009.225
      33. Jonklaas J, Bianco AC, Bauer AJ, et al. Guidelines for the treatment of hypothyroidism: prepared by the american thyroid association task force on thyroid hormone replacement. Thyroid. 2014;24(12):1670-1751. doi:10.1089/thy.2014.0028
      34. Bogazzi F, Tomisti L, Rossi G, et al. Glucocorticoids are preferable to thionamides as first-line treatment for amiodarone-induced thyrotoxicosis due to destructive thyroiditis: a matched retrospective cohort study. J Clin Endocrinol Metab. 2009;94(10):3757-3762. doi:10.1210/jc.2009-0940
      35. Cordarone. Prescribing Information. Pfzier Wyeth Pharmaceuticals Inc. Accessed 9/11/2024. https://www.accessdata.fda.gov/drugsatfda_docs/label/2018/018972s054lbl.pdf
      36. Perez A, Touchette DR, DiDomenico RJ, Stamos TD, Walton SM. Comparison of rate control versus rhythm control for management of atrial fibrillation in patients with coexisting heart failure: a cost-effectiveness analysis. Pharmacotherapy. 2011;31(6):552-565. doi:10.1592/phco.31.6.552
      37. Smit MD, Crijns HJ, Tijssen JG, et al. Effect of lenient versus strict rate control on cardiac remodeling in patients with atrial fibrillation data of the RACE II (RAte Control Efficacy in permanent atrial fibrillation II) study. J Am Coll Cardiol. 2011;58(9):942-949. doi:10.1016/j.jacc.2011.04.030
      38. Tsadok MA, Jackevicius CA, Essebag V, et al. Rhythm versus rate control therapy and subsequent stroke or transient ischemic attack in patients with atrial fibrillation. Circulation. 2012;126(23):2680-2687. doi:10.1161/CIRCULATIONAHA.112.092494
      39. Ha AC, Breithardt G, Camm AJ, et al. Health-related quality of life in patients with atrial fibrillation treated with rhythm control versus rate control: insights from a prospective international registry (Registry on Cardiac Rhythm Disorders Assessing the Control of Atrial Fibrillation: RECORD-AF). Circ Cardiovasc Qual Outcomes. 2014;7(6):896-904. doi:10.1161/HCQ.0000000000000011
      40. Gorman EW, Perkel D, Dennis D, Yates J, Heidel RE, Wortham D. Validation Of The HAS-BLED Tool In Atrial Fibrillation Patients Receiving Rivaroxaban. J Atr Fibrillation. 2016;9(2):1461. Published 2016 Aug 31. doi:10.4022/jafib.1461
      41. Fischer U, Koga M, Strbian D, et al. Early versus Later Anticoagulation for Stroke with Atrial Fibrillation. N Engl J Med. 2023;388(26):2411-2421. doi:10.1056/NEJMoa2303048
      42. Pradaxa. Prescribing Information. Boehringer-Ingelheim Pharmaceuticals Inc. Accessed 9/10/2024. https://content.boehringer-ingelheim.com/DAM/c669f898-0c4e-45a2-ba55-af1e011fdf63/pradaxa%20capsules-us-pi.pdf
      43. Eliquis. Prescribing Information. Bristol-Myers Squibb. Accessed 9/10/2024. https://packageinserts.bms.com/pi/pi_eliquis.pdf
      44. Savaysa. Prescribing Information. Daiichi Sankyo, Inc. Accessed 9/10/2024. https://daiichisankyo.us/prescribing-information-portlet/getPIContent?productName=Savaysa&inline=true
      45. Xarelto. Prescribing Information. Janssen Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Accessed 9/10/2024. https://www.janssenlabels.com/package-insert/product-monograph/prescribing-informatio.RELTO-pi.pdf
      46. Coumadin. Prescribing Information. Bristol-Myers Squibb. Accessed 9/10/2024. https://www.accessdata.fda.gov/drugsatfda_docs/label/2011/009218s107lbl.pdf
      47. Electrical Cardioversion. John Hopkins Medicine. Accessed 9/11/2024. https://www.hopkinsmedicine.org/health/treatment-tests-and-therapies/electrical-cardioversion
      48. Lucà F, Giubilato S, Di Fusco SA, et al. Anticoagulation in Atrial Fibrillation Cardioversion: What Is Crucial to Take into Account. J Clin Med. 2021;10(15):3212. Published 2021 Jul 21. doi:10.3390/jcm10153212
      49. Ghzally Y, Ahmed I, Gerasimon G. Catheter Ablation. In: StatPearls. Treasure Island (FL): StatPearls Publishing; July 30, 2023.
      50. Catheter Ablation. Cleveland Clinic. Accessed 9/12/2024. https://my.clevelandclinic.org/health/treatments/16851-catheter-ablation
      51. Heidenreich PA, Bozkurt B, Aguilar D, et al. 2022 AHA/ACC/HFSA Guideline for the Management of Heart Failure: A Report of the American College of Cardiology/American Heart Association Joint Committee on Clinical Practice Guidelines [published correction appears in Circulation. 2022 May 3;145(18):e1033. doi: 10.1161/CIR.0000000000001073] [published correction appears in Circulation. 2022 Sep 27;146(13):e185. doi: 10.1161/CIR.0000000000001097] [published correction appears in Circulation. 2023 Apr 4;147(14):e674. doi: 10.1161/CIR.0000000000001142]. Circulation. 2022;145(18):e895-e1032. doi:10.1161/CIR.0000000000001063
      52. Mohamoud A, Jensen J, Buda KG. Consumer-grade wearable cardiac monitors: What they do well, and what needs work. Cleve Clin J Med. 2024;91(1):23-29. Published 2024 Jan 2. doi:10.3949/ccjm.91a.23030
      53. Jaakkola J, Mustonen P, Kiviniemi T, et al. Stroke as the First Manifestation of Atrial Fibrillation. PLoS One. 2016;11(12):e0168010. Published 2016 Dec 9. doi:10.1371/journal.pone.0168010
      54. Prasitlumkum N, Cheungpasitporn W, Chokesuwattanaskul A, et al. Diagnostic accuracy of smart gadgets/wearable devices in detecting atrial fibrillation: A systematic review and meta-analysis. Arch Cardiovasc Dis. 2021;114(1):4-16. doi:10.1016/j.acvd.2020.05.015
      55. Elbey MA, Young D, Kanuri SH, et al. Diagnostic Utility of Smartwatch Technology for Atrial Fibrillation Detection - A Systematic Analysis. J Atr Fibrillation. 2021;13(6):20200446. Published 2021 Apr 30. doi:10.4022/jafib.20200446
      56. Dhingra LS, Aminorroaya A, Oikonomou EK, et al. Use of Wearable Devices in Individuals With or at Risk for Cardiovascular Disease in the US, 2019 to 2020. JAMA Netw Open. 2023;6(6):e2316634. Published 2023 Jun 1. doi:10.1001/jamanetworkopen.2023.16634
      57. Svennberg E, Friberg L, Frykman V, Al-Khalili F, Engdahl J, Rosenqvist M. Clinical outcomes in systematic screening for atrial fibrillation (STROKESTOP): a multicentre, parallel group, unmasked, randomised controlled trial. Lancet. 2021;398(10310):1498-1506. doi:10.1016/S0140-6736(21)01637-8
      58. Turchioe MR, Jimenez V, Isaac S, Alshalabi M, Slotwiner D, Creber RM. Review of mobile applications for the detection and management of atrial fibrillation [published correction appears in Heart Rhythm O2. 2021 Feb 19;2(1):111-112. doi: 10.1016/j.hroo.2020.12.001]. Heart Rhythm O2. 2020;1(1):35-43. doi:10.1016/j.hroo.2020.02.005
      59. National Association of Chain Drug Stores. Re: Health Care Workshop, Project No. P131207. Accessed 10/3/2024. https://www.nacds.org/ceo/2014/0508/supplemental_comments.pdf
      60. Kelling, Sarah K. Exploring Accessibility of Community Pharmacy Services. Innov. Pharm. 2015;6(3):1-4. doi:10.24926/iip.v6i3.392
      61. Ritchie LA, Penson PE, Akpan A, Lip GYH, Lane DA. Integrated Care for Atrial Fibrillation Management: The Role of the Pharmacist. Am J Med. 2022;135(12):1410-1426. doi:10.1016/j.amjmed.2022.07.014
      62. 6 Drugs to Avoid if You Have Atrial Fibrillation. My Heart Disease Team. Accessed 9/12/2024. https://www.myheartdiseaseteam.com/resources/drugs-to-avoid-if-you-have-atrial-fibrillation
      63. What supplements should you not take with Afib. Medical News Today. Accessed 9/12/2024. https://www.medicalnewstoday.com/articles/supplements-to-avoid-with-afib

       

       

       

       

      Hemorrhoids: A Sensitive Subject

      Learning Objectives

        After completing this application-based continuing education activity, pharmacists will be able to
      1. DISCUSS the diverse types of hemorrhoids and the grading system of hemorrhoid severity
      2. RECALL chronic and acute medical conditions and disease states that may contribute to the frequency and severity of hemorrhoids
      3. DESCRIBE pharmacotherapy and procedures available for the treatment of hemorrhoidal disease
      4. ANALYZE a patient's need for referral to a medical professional or self-care based on patient interview
      After completing this application-based continuing education activity, pharmacy technicians will be able to:
      1. DESCRIBE the diverse types of hemorrhoids and the associated signs and symptoms
      2.RECALL available over the counter and prescription treatment options
      3.DISCUSS lifestyle modifications, dietary changes, and self-care options to relieve symptoms and reduce occurrences of hemorrhoids
      4. EMPLOY interview techniques to assess a patient's need for referral to a health care professional for evaluation

      Male pharmacist counseling an elderly female patient on a medication.

      Release Date:

      Release Date:  December 15, 2024

      Expiration Date: December 15, 2027

      Course Fee

      Pharmacist $7

      Pharmacy Technician $4

      There is no funding for this CPE activity.

      ACPE UANs

      Pharmacist: 0009-0000-24-052-H01-P

      Pharmacy Technician: 0009-0000-24-052-H01-T

      Session Codes

      Pharmacist:  24YC52-HLK20

      Pharmacy Technician:  24YC52-KLH18

      Accreditation Hours

      2.0 hours of CE

      Accreditation Statements

      The University of Connecticut School of Pharmacy is accredited by the Accreditation Council for Pharmacy Education as a provider of continuing pharmacy education.  Statements of credit for the online activity ACPE UAN 0009-0000-24-052-H01-P/T  will be awarded when the post test and evaluation have been completed and passed with a 70% or better. Your CE credits will be uploaded to your CPE monitor profile within 2 weeks of completion of the program.

       

      Disclosure of Discussions of Off-label and Investigational Drug Use

      The material presented here does not necessarily reflect the views of The University of Connecticut School of Pharmacy or its co-sponsor affiliates. These materials may discuss uses and dosages for therapeutic products, processes, procedures and inferred diagnoses that have not been approved by the United States Food and Drug Administration. A qualified health care professional should be consulted before using any therapeutic product discussed. All readers and continuing education participants should verify all information and data before treating patients or employing any therapies described in this continuing education activity.

      Faculty

      Catherine Koivisto, RPh
      Wal-Mart Pharmacy
      Woodstock, CT


       

      Faculty Disclosure

      In accordance with the Accreditation Council for Pharmacy Education (ACPE) Criteria for Quality and Interpretive Guidelines, The University of Connecticut School of Pharmacy requires that faculty disclose any relationship that the faculty may have with commercial entities whose products or services may be mentioned in the activity.

      Dr. Koivisto has no financial relationships with ineligible companies.

      ABSTRACT

      Hemorrhoids are completely natural anatomical structures that aid in the process of defecation. Hemorrhoidal disease results when hemorrhoids bleed or become swollen and prolapsed, leading to irritation and discomfort. Hemorrhoidal disease affects millions of people across the globe. Lifestyle changes and dietary modifications are often sufficient to resolve less severe cases. Over-the-counter treatment options provide moderate relief. More serious cases may require in-office or surgical procedures for removal. Certain acute and chronic medical conditions may contribute to the occurrence of hemorrhoidal disease. Situations exist in which symptoms of hemorrhoidal disease may mask underlying disease states leading to misdiagnosis and life-threatening complications. Patients may be reluctant to seek advice due to the sensitive nature of the topic. When patients do seek help, the pharmacy team can remind them that it is quite a common issue that should be addressed.

      CONTENT

      Content

      INTRODUCTION

      Hemorrhoids are often the “butt” of a joke. Some people also use the term “hemorrhoid” in a derogatory fashion to describe someone or something that is a “pain in the butt.” While amusing in this sense, hemorrhoids are no laughing matter. Hemorrhoids have plagued millions of adults from all levels of society and have been a documented complaint throughout the history of medicine. Fortunately, hemorrhoids are typically mild and manageable and may resolve without intervention.

      With access to medication profiles, community pharmacists often have insight into a patients’ overall health and wellness. This gives them the unique advantage of knowing what disease states patients may have, and current medications that may put patients at a higher risk for hemorrhoidal disease. When patients seek advice on their first experience with hemorrhoids or express frustration over a recurring struggle with hemorrhoids, pharmacists need sufficient background knowledge to make an appropriate recommendation. Pharmacists should make the decision to suggest self-care or over-the-counter (OTC) treatment as opposed to referral to a physician based on information provided by the patient. Patients may be hesitant to discuss such a delicate topic. Pharmacists should be compassionate, discreet, and respectful when counseling. Emphasizing the incredibly widespread occurrence of hemorrhoids will help reduce any anxiety associated with addressing the issue. Patients may first approach technicians asking for guidance with products the pharmacy has available. Technicians need to be able to assist in locating products or referring to the pharmacist for recommendations.

      Hemorrhoids affect a staggering number of people. Approximately 10 million people report the presence of hemorrhoids annually. That is roughly 4.4% of the population.1 An exact number is difficult to determine, as patients often do not report the issue or seek medical care unless they are symptomatic.2 Hemorrhoids primarily affect adults between the ages of 45 to 65 years. When considering healthy adults, the incidence between sexes is similar.1 It is rare for hemorrhoids to occur in patients younger than the age of 20. Hemorrhoids occur more often in White people than in Black people. Socioeconomic status also impacts the likelihood of hemorrhoids with those of a higher socioeconomic status having a higher incidence.3 This may explain the higher prevalence of hemorrhoids in developed countries compared to developing countries. Some researchers speculate that cultural differences in toilet habits in developing countries play a part in the reduced frequency.4

      ANATOMY AND PATHOLOGY

      Hemorrhoids occur naturally. They provide a cushion which, along with the internal anal sphincter, aids in defecation. The dentate line is an anatomical structure that separates the rectum and the anus. Internal hemorrhoids develop above the dentate line. Internal hemorrhoids can swell, then prolapse and appear below the dentate line. When this occurs, they are now considered external hemorrhoids. The hemorrhoidal plexus is a group of blood vessels that provides the blood supply. The hemorrhoidal plexus is also classified as external or internal depending on its physical relation to the dentate line.5

      Hemorrhoids are typically asymptomatic, but hemorrhoidal disease is the condition that arises when hemorrhoids become symptomatic. Hemorrhoidal disease results from enlarged and displaced hemorrhoids, which are a consequence of weakened supportive connective tissue.6 If the connective tissue becomes compromised, it can cause prolapse of the hemorrhoidal tissue. The most reported initial symptom is bright red blood in the stool. Patients also complain of itching and fecal soiling (involuntary or voluntary passing of stool into inappropriate places).7

      Risk factors that play a part in connective tissue weakening include constipation, sedentary lifestyle, dietary choices, certain acute and chronic medical conditions, toilet habits, and family history. Constipation is the most discussed risk factor for hemorrhoidal disease. Constipation typically leads to straining during defecation and longer amounts of time spent on the toilet. In addition to reading, the modern-day habit of scrolling on cell phones while on the toilet compounds the issue.8,9

      Hemorrhoidal disease involves the pathological progression of hemorrhoids to a potentially serious situation where rectal bleeding occurs, and pain and irritation develop. Whether in conjunction with a chronic disease or because of an acute condition, hemorrhoidal disease can significantly impact a patient's quality of life. Treatment options range from simple to complex and sometimes even outright bizarre. In some instances, hemorrhoids may not respond to conservative measures. In-office procedures and surgical options are available for more critical cases. Practitioners elect the appropriate procedure based on hemorrhoid classification and patient eligibility depending on the presence or absence of contraindications.

      PAUSE AND PONDER: What characteristics differentiate the types of hemorrhoids?

      Hemorrhoids Can Be Internal or External

      Internal hemorrhoids (i.e., those that develop proximal to the dentate line) are typically not painful and rarely clot or thrombose (a clot that reduces but does not obstruct blood flow).10 Bleeding is the primary sign that internal hemorrhoids exist and most often occurs with defecation.1 Internal and external hemorrhoids also differ symptomatically. Patients tend to self-report external hemorrhoids more often than internal hemorrhoids because of the general discomfort they experience. Somatic nerves, which supply the perianal skin, innervate external hemorrhoids resulting in pain.1

      The Goligher system, first proposed in 1980, further classifies and categorizes internal hemorrhoids based on severity and degree of prolapse.11 Table 1 describes four grades of internal hemorrhoids based on this classification.12

      TABLE 1. The Goligher system12
      GRADE Description
      1 Bleeding, non-prolapsed
      2 Prolapse on straining, but reduce spontaneously
      3 Prolapse, requires manual reduction
      4 Irreducibly prolapsing

       

      The Goligher system, while widely used, may be outdated and has its limitations. It does not consider the patient’s level of discomfort or related symptoms such as pain, itching, and soiling. The Goligher system also fails to account for other physical characteristics of the hemorrhoids, such as if they are isolated or circumferential (located around the anus). Providers should include these factors as part of the decision-making process when selecting treatment or determining if surgical intervention is necessary.13

      The first and second stages typically necessitate medical treatment or in-office procedures, and the third and fourth stages often require conventional surgery. Personal, subjective matters are not part of the Goligher classification process. Given these inadequacies, subject matter experts have attempted to revamp the classification process to be more inclusive so that patient-specific criteria determines the treatment plan.11

      Another classification system known as “BPRST” evaluates five characteristics: Bleeding, Prolapse, Reduction, Skin tags, and Thrombosis. 11

      • Bleeding: assigned a 0 or 1 depending on the presence or absence of bleeding (e.g, B0 or B1)
      • Prolapse: assigned a 0, 1, 2, etc. depending on the presence of prolapse and the number of piles affected. P0, P1, etc.
      • Reduction: assigned a 0, 1, 2 according to reducibility. 0 for spontaneous, 1 for manual, 2 for irreducible.
      • Skin Tags: assigned 0 or 1 for existence of symptomatic skin tags.
      • Thrombosis: assigned 0 for absence of thrombosis and 1 for acute thrombosis.

      The assessing clinician determines the presence or absence of these characteristics and quantifies them when appropriate. The BPRST classification system places patients into one of three clinical stages based on those physical findings. The clinical stage the patient is in determines recommended treatment options.

      “A/CTC” or Anatomical/Clinical-Therapeutic Classification aims to find a correlation between anatomical features, symptoms, existing disease states, contraindications, and specific treatment or surgery. This process cross-references patient characteristics against the indications for each procedure to find the best procedure for each patient, ensuring a successful outcome. This method also reduces the chances of recurrence and complications by matching patients to the most appropriate procedures based on individual situations rather than by a single feature.14

      In addition to lifestyle factors, certain acute and chronic medical conditions can also elevate a person’s risk of hemorrhoidal disease. One of the most problematic acute conditions is pregnancy. Hemorrhoids occur frequently during pregnancy, becoming more common during the third trimester. This is because increased intra-abdominal pressure occurs with enlargement of the uterus resulting in increased vascular engorgement (increased fluid in the uterus that causes tissues to swell or stretch). As the fetus grows and develops, the uterus also grows resulting in added weight increasing the pressure. This causes engorgement of the blood vessels. Frequently, hemorrhoids continue into the post-partum period, as the straining and pushing during labor and delivery further aggravates existing hemorrhoids.15

      Chronic medical conditions can also make patients more vulnerable to hemorrhoidal disease. Typically, chronic conditions that result in hemorrhoidal disease are those that increase frequency of either constipation or incontinence (inability to control defecation), like Crohn’s disease or ulcerative colitis.16 Additionally, a condition called neurogenic bowel dysfunction can occur in patients suffering from Parkinson’s disease or multiple sclerosis and those with spinal cord injuries. Neurogenic bowel dysfunction results in constipation and fecal incontinence. Parkinsons patients may experience this bowel dysfunction before the onset of neurological symptoms.17

      PAUSE AND PONDER: What situations or consequences may arise when symptoms are assumed to be hemorrhoids?

      Medical Conditions Masquerading as Hemorrhoids

      Hemorrhoids are such a common issue that the possibility exists for underlying serious issues being overlooked or misdiagnosed. Misdiagnosis can have life threatening consequences. Hemorrhoids can mask symptoms of colon cancer causing a delay in or complete failure to make a diagnosis.18 When a family history of colon cancer exists or in the presence of problematic symptoms such as pain, tenderness, dark red blood, or anemia, experts recommend a colonoscopy to rule out colorectal cancer.10 For example, a case study describes a patient who presented with rectal bleeding and pain during defecation and was sadly misdiagnosed and treated for prolapsed hemorrhoids when the correct diagnosis was anal canal melanoma, an extremely rare cancer.19

      Crohn’s disease—a chronic inflammatory bowel disease affecting digestive tract—presents with signs and symptoms that can be confused with hemorrhoids.20 Crohn’s disease can affect different areas of the gastrointestinal tract resulting in differences in presentation. Symptoms may include chronic constipation and diarrhea, both of which can contribute to the occurrence of hemorrhoids. Along with constipation and diarrhea, skin tags (small, benign skin growths that are not harmful but may be removed for cosmetic or irritation reasons) are also commonly associated with Crohn’s disease. The appearance of skin tags can be confused with hemorrhoids. Clinical signs of skin tags can include rectal bleeding that occurs with defecation and spotting of blood that occurs with straining, which are also symptoms of hemorrhoidal disease.20

      Patients with cirrhosis of the liver (scarring and dysfunction from chronic damage) can suffer from a correlating condition called portal hypertension (elevated blood pressure in the veins that drain blood from the stomach, intestines, pancreas, and spleen into the liver). Portal hypertension can lead to anorectal varices. Anorectal varices can bleed, thereby mimicking bleeding from hemorrhoids. It is important to ensure that the cause of bleeding is determined to be hemorrhoids as opposed to anorectal varices so that an underlying condition such as cirrhosis is not overlooked.9

      Less commonly reported anorectal issues misdiagnosed as hemorrhoids include21

      • anal fissure: a tear in the lining of the anus that can cause pain and bleeding during bowel movements
      • rectal prolapse: a condition where the rectum protrudes through the anus
      • anorectal abscess: pus filled mass in the anorectal area caused by infection
      • perianal necrotizing fasciitis: bacterial infection that destroys soft tissue
      • proctitis: inflammation in the rectum. Unprotected anal receptive intercourse can result in sexually transmitted proctitis. Symptoms of sexually transmitted proctitis include anal pain and discharge resembling hemorrhoidal symptoms.

      CONSERVATIVE HEMORRHOID MANAGEMENT

      Pharmacologic Treatment

      For patients who seek medical advice for hemorrhoids, multiple options are available for treatment.22 Depending on hemorrhoid severity or grade, the choices differ. Upon recognizing a benign case of hemorrhoids, the clinician and the patient may decide against any treatment at all using shared decision-making. Patients who are bothered by irritation and swelling can use at-home care or OTC preparations. OTC preparations typically consist of a combination of topical steroids to help with inflammation, anesthetics or numbing agents, vasoconstrictors to reduce blood flow, astringents, analgesics for pain, an antipruritic to help with itch, protectants to prevent further irritation, and a keratolytic to dissolve flaky or scaly skin.22

      In the community pharmacy, hemorrhoidal treatments are most often located with products used to treat mild gastrointestinal issues. One size does not fit all when it comes to hemorrhoidal treatment: individual patient factors impact product selection. Prescription strength products are also available but typically contain a similar combination of ingredients as the OTC options. (See Table 2.)

      Table 2. Active Ingredients of Hemorrhoidal Treatments22

      Ingredient(s) Class Routes of Administration RX and/

      or OTC

      Comments
      Phenylephrine Vasoconstrictor Suppository

      Ointment

      Gel

      OTC Caution use in patients with BPH, CVD, HTN, thyroid disease
      Benzocaine

      Dibucaine

      Lidocaine

      Pramoxine

      Anesthetics

       

      Cream

      Ointment

      Gel

      RX and OTC Possibility of allergic reactions; may mask pain related to more serious condition; often used in combination products.
      Calamine

      Witch Hazel

      Zinc oxide

      Astringents Wipe

      Suppository

      Cream

      Ointment

      OTC Witch hazel for external use only; can cause dryness
      Hydrocortisone Corticosteroid Cream

      Ointment

      Suppository

      Foam

      RX and OTC The only corticosteroid approved for use; available in RX strength suppository and in combination with pramoxine as RX foam
      Cocoa butter

      Glycerin

      Lanolin

      Mineral oil

      Protectants Cream

      Suppository

      Ointment

      OTC Primarily only in combination products

      ABBREVIATIONS: BPH: benign prostatic hyperplasia, CVD: Cardiovascular disease, HTN: Hypertension

       

      While topical treatments, lifestyle changes, and surgical or office-based procedures are the standard of care, oral therapy also has a place in the treatment of internal hemorrhoids. The primary class of oral therapy is phlebotonics. Phlebotonics contain plant-based ingredients called flavonoids. Researchers theorize they improve vascular tone, reduce inflammation and edema, and enhance lymphatic drainage.23

      Micronized purified flavonoid fraction (MPFF) is an example of an available phlebotonic. It is an oral supplement used in the management of hemorrhoidal disease to effectively relieve acute symptoms including pain, itching, and bleeding.12 MPFF can also be used to help with bleeding, swelling and discharge following hemorrhoidectomy. MPFF contains the flavonoids diosmin and hesperidin. The optimal dose of this product is unclear, but doses range from 1000 mg per day in divided doses for a short duration (3 months) to 1000 mg three times daily for acute hemorrhoid flares, gradually tapering to 1000 mg twice daily. Diosmin should not be used in children or in pregnant women due to the lack of data supporting the safety of use in these populations.24 MPFF can be found in OTC supplements in lower concentrations. These supplements claim to be beneficial for hemorrhoids and vein health. A search of “MPFF” at online retailers reveals a multitude of supplements with varying concentrations of MPFF.

      Calcium dobesilate, which is typically used for chronic venous insufficiency and diabetic retinopathy, has shown some efficacy in reducing inflammation and bleeding in acute incidents of hemorrhoidal disease.12 Calcium dobesilate with fiber supplementation reduces inflammation of hemorrhoids.25 Although not available in the United States, calcium dobesilate is a synthetic compound available in many other countries.26

      Non-Pharmacologic Treatment and Prevention

      At-home care is a good option for occasional hemorrhoid flare-ups. For patients who deal with hemorrhoids chronically, prevention is key. Simple lifestyle changes can often have a significant impact on hemorrhoid recurrence and frequency. Addressing any existing primary risk factors is the best place to start. The most common recommendations include increasing hydration, increasing fiber intake, and reducing strain while defecating.10

      Constipation leads to straining and more time spent on the toilet. Fiber intake and hydration are essential in preventing constipation. Dietary fiber is severely lacking in the modern American diet. Current guidelines recommend 25 to 40 grams of fiber per day, but most Americans average an intake of less than half that amount.27 Fiber supplementation reduces the risk of bleeding by as much as 50%.10 Increasing hydration is also essential to improving bowel consistency and maintaining soft stools.

      Individuals affected by hemorrhoids should also limit alcohol and caffeine consumption due to their dehydrating characteristics. Spicy foods may be problematic for some patients, but a direct correlation has not been found.12,28

      Research also implicates sedentary lifestyle as a contributor to the risk of hemorrhoidal disease. In addition to improving overall health, physical activity also reduces the risks of obesity and constipation. Patients who are overweight or obese are more likely to develop hemorrhoids and hemorrhoidal disease and would benefit from aerobic exercise such as walking or swimming. The choice of activity should not put further pressure on the anal veins. Therefore, activities that involve heavy lifting should be avoided.29 Table 3 summarizes the “dos and don’ts” of conservative hemorrhoid management.

      Table 3. Dos and Don’ts of Hemorrhoidal Disease27,29,30

                       Do               Don’t
      • Increase aerobic exercise
      • Increase hydration
      • Increase fiber intake
      • Mimic the squatting position when on the toilet
      • Use soft toilet paper
      • Use salt or sitz baths for good hygiene
      • Use ice packs or cold compresses
      • Wear cotton underwear

       

       

      • Use donut cushions
      • Spend long periods of time on the toilet reading, scrolling on phone, etc.
      • Use laxatives chronically (can lead to constipation)
      • Conduct activities that can worsen pressure in anal veins (e.g., horseback riding, cycling, heavy lifting, rowing)
      • Use topical steroids for long periods of time (can cause thinning of perianal skin and dermatitis)
      • Use harsh cleansing wipes

       

       

      IN-OFFICE AND SURGICAL PROCEDURES

      Surgeries and less complex procedures performed in the practitioner’s office are available for those patients who fail conservative therapies. Out of the population of patients seeking treatment for hemorrhoids, roughly 10% will require surgical intervention.31 The severity or grade of the internal hemorrhoid, the patient’s degree of discomfort, and individual patient characteristics such as correlating disease states or risk factors determine the choice of procedure. Diet and lifestyle changes should be recommended to all patients and may be sufficient to resolve symptoms in patients with grade 1 hemorrhoids. Minimally invasive treatment options are available for patients with persistent symptoms in grade 2 hemorrhoids. Those patients with grades 3 or 4 appear to benefit most from surgical procedures. Surgery continues to be the standard treatment for these patients.32 The procedures differ significantly in recovery time required, possibility of recurrence, and degree of pain.2,33

      External hemorrhoidal thrombosis is approached differently and can cause extreme pain. Conservative measures are similar to those recommended for internal hemorrhoids and include sitz baths, increased dietary fiber, analgesics, and increased fluid intake.34 Surgical treatment—either drainage or excision—is the best recommendation when severe pain is present and conservative methods are unsuccessful. Recurrence is frequent following excision of external hemorrhoidal thrombosis but patients typically experience a higher incidence of pain following the procedure.34 The following procedures are indicated for internal hemorrhoids.

      In-Office Procedures

      Rubber band ligation is an option for hemorrhoids grades 1 through 3 and is often the first choice when patients seek medical intervention for hemorrhoids. One advantage of rubber band ligation is that it can be performed in the practitioner’s office. As the name implies, it involves putting a small rubber band around a hemorrhoid to cut off its blood supply. This results in fibrosis and eventually (after about a week), the hemorrhoid dries, hardens, and falls off. Post procedure complications include bleeding and pain that can be severe lasting for a couple of days. Bleeding can be problematic for patients on antithrombotic medication (blood thinners), and pelvic sepsis (infection) is a rare complication. Recurrence rates range from 6.6% to 18%, however long-term efficacy is superior to sclerotherapy and infrared coagulation.35

      Injection sclerotherapy is performed in outpatient clinics with local anesthesia. It is generally used for grades 2 through 4 of internal hemorrhoids.32 The procedure involves injecting a sclerosant—a substance that causes blood vessels to shrink, often aluminum potassium sulfate and tannic acid—into the connective tissue layer around the pedicle (root) of the hemorrhoid. The sclerosant causes local inflammation which results in reduced blood flow to the hemorrhoid. An advantage of injection sclerotherapy is that it is associated with fewer complications and less pain than rubber band ligation. Unfortunately, it also has a lower success rate. Recurrence rates are high, but due to the safety profile and general ease of the procedure, it can be repeated if necessary.10,36

      Infrared coagulation is an in-office, endoscopic procedure primarily indicated for lower grade symptomatic internal hemorrhoids. The practitioner directs a probe of infrared light at a predetermined depth targeting individual hemorrhoids. The light is converted to heat, which causes tissue destruction, inflammation, and eventually fibrosis.37 In addition, the pressure applied by the probe itself reduces blood flow to the area and helps to bring vessels closer to the surface. This small amount of energy contributes to the desired coagulation (clotting).38 Infrared coagulation is as effective as rubber band ligation in the short term but carries a higher incidence of recurrence due to the minimal tissue destruction. Despite increased recurrence rates, patients tend to prefer infrared coagulation given its lower incidence of post procedure pain and shorter recovery time. Infrared coagulation also has minimal complications, with bleeding, ulceration, and dermatitis being the most reported.32

      Surgical Options

      Conventional hemorrhoidectomy is the surgical removal of prolapsed hemorrhoids and can be characterized as “open” or “closed.” Open hemorrhoidectomy is referred to as the Milligan-Morgan method. This method involves surgical excision of the hemorrhoid from the underlying anal sphincter. The surgeon stops blood supply to the hemorrhoid by tying off the blood vessel at its root. Upon completing this procedure, the wound remains open, giving the procedure its name. Providers can use various instruments for this procedure, including scissors, a scalpel, linear staples, a laser, radiofrequency, and electrocautery.39 One device does not appear to have an advantage over any another.31

      Closed hemorrhoidectomy is called Ferguson hemorrhoidectomy. Procedurally, this method is similar to the open procedure. The primary difference, as the name would imply, is that following the closed hemorrhoidectomy, the surgeon closes the wound, typically with an absorbable suture.31,39 Pain is a concern, naturally, for patients faced with the prospect of hemorrhoidal surgery. Changes in the device used to perform the excision in closed hemorrhoidectomy has reduced post-operative pain, but it continues to be an issue. This is in addition to prolonged wound healing and a longer time to return to normal activities.13 Both methods come with their share of complications. The most problematic are urinary retention, bleeding, anal stenosis (narrowing), infection, and incontinence.31 Sepsis is rare but possible and can be life-threatening.39

      Stapled hemorrhoidopexy is a surgical procedure also referred to as the Longo Procedure or procedure for prolapse and hemorrhoids (PPH). It is indicated for patients with second stage hemorrhoids who are unresponsive to non-surgical methods and patients with third and fourth stage hemorrhoids.31 This procedure repositions rather than removes hemorrhoidal tissue. Loose mucosal tissue which is involved in the prolapse of the hemorrhoids is removed. A circular stapler then excises the mucosa above the dentate line in a circumferential ring.13 The stapling results in an anastomosis, or connection, of mucosa to mucosa, causing the hemorrhoidal tissue to be lifted back into place.2 This connection interrupts the arteries supplying the blood flow thereby reducing engorgement (swelling). 39,40 Because the incision occurs above the dentate line, the patient does not have an external surgical wound or trauma to the anal mucosa or anoderm (skin-like tissue that lines the lower part of the anal canal).39 An advantage of stapled hemorrhoidopexy is reduced post-operative pain because the excision is performed where there are very few sensitive receptors.39 Overall recovery time and time to return to normal activities are also shorter than with conventional hemorrhoidectomy. One downside to the procedure is a greater incidence of recurrence and prolapse.31 Complications from stapled hemorrhoidopexy are like those of conventional hemorrhoidectomy and include bleeding, urinary retention, incontinence, anal stenosis, and, rarely, sepsis.39

      Hemorrhoidal artery ligation is also referred to as hemorrhoidal dearterialization. In hemorrhoidal disease, arterial blood flow increases, so hemorrhoidal artery ligation involves reducing blood supply to the hemorrhoidal plexus. It is indicated for hemorrhoids of grades 2, 3, and 4. It is minimally invasive and is commonly performed as a day surgery.41 The surgeon uses a proctoscope (a medical instrument used to examine the inside of the rectum and anus) with a Doppler transducer (a medical device that uses sound waves to detect and measure blood flow in blood vessels) that helps locate the arterial pulse.42 Upon locating the pulse, the practitioner performs ligation either by suture or laser. Ligation of the supplying artery results in hemorrhoidal plexus shrinkage and symptom relief.41 The benefits of hemorrhoidal artery ligation compared to conventional hemorrhoidectomy are significantly reduced post-op pain and fewer complications. The procedure does not alter anal anatomy, and the absence of any wounds reduces infection risk and results in rapid recovery and return to normal activities. One disadvantage may be a greater incidence of recurrence, particularly for patients with grade 4 hemorrhoids.42 Recurrence rates average less than 3% of patients presenting with bleeding at one year follow-up.43

       

      Dealing With Post-Op Pain

      Pain following hemorrhoidectomy is common regardless of which procedure a patient undergoes. The incidence of moderate to severe pain following conventional surgical procedures may be as high as 65%.44 The degree of pain experienced can range from mild to intractable (not easily controlled). Rectal hyperactivity, spasm, and compression or stimulation of nerve endings are possible outcomes of surgery and are likely the origins of pain.45 Infection, edema, and sensitivity of the surgical wound also contribute to post-op pain.46 The level of pain experienced can also be impacted by procedure type, anesthesia administered, and interventions performed during the procedure. Due to the different sources of pain, several options are available for pain management and a multimodal approach to treating pain is recommended.47 These treatments can be topical, oral, injectable, or in suppository form.

      Injections of products such as botulinum toxin, methylene blue, and ketorolac intraoperatively have shown modest effectiveness in reducing pain even several days post-op.44 Botulinum toxin works by loosening the tonicity of the internal anal sphincter resulting in reduction of pain and easier defecation.48 A small sample of patients with intractable pain were given an injection of a combination of ropivacaine and triamcinolone (anesthetic and steroid) at the painful site and reported no recurrence of pain at a six-month follow-up.45

      Topicals to treat post-op pain include a range of drug classes. Calcium channel blockers (diltiazem or nifedipine), applied topically, reduce pain and decrease spasm in the internal anal sphincter. These are not commercially available and would require pharmaceutical compounding.2,39 Anesthetics such as 2.5% lidocaine/2.5% prilocaine cream reduce pain when applied in the anal canal or the surrounding perianal skin. Sucralfate—a commonly used gastrointestinal medication—when compounded and applied as a 10% ointment, promotes mucosal healing and provides a protective barrier. The non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drug (NSAID) diclofenac can be compounded into a suppository and used for pain relief in the first day following hemorrhoidectomy. The muscle relaxer baclofen in a 5% cream form provides pain relief when applied immediately following surgery. Additionally, patients can use metronidazole topically or orally following surgery, as it exhibits antioxidant properties and helps to prevent infection at the surgical site.44

      Preferred oral pain medications include non-narcotic analgesics that target peripheral and central pain sensitization and include NSAIDs, corticosteroids, acetylsalicylic acid, ketamine, acetaminophen, and anticonvulsants such as gabapentin. Targeting pain through multiple mechanisms provides better pain control and reduces opioid use.47

      PAUSE AND PONDER: Which patients would be a special concern when determining hemorrhoid treatment?

      ADDITIONAL CONSIDERATIONS IN HEMORRHOID MANAGEMENT

      Comorbidities and Treatment Decisions

      When treating hemorrhoidal disease, the treatment team must consider each patient’s characteristics individually. For example, the team must evaluate any comorbidities when deciding on appropriate therapy. Comorbidities that can impact treatment choice include immunocompromise, pregnancy, anticoagulant use, Crohn’s disease, and portal hypertension.9

      Hemorrhoids are an extremely common complaint among pregnant women. Typically, hemorrhoids will resolve after giving birth, but most women will seek methods to relieve the discomfort without complications or risk of harm to the fetus during pregnancy. The first line recommendation aligns with recommendations for most patients with hemorrhoids and includes dietary modifications to reduce constipation. Kegel exercises and lying on the left-side seem to provide modest benefits. Topical treatments lack evidence of efficacy and safety and are not recommended for use during pregnancy.49

      Immunocompromised patients are also a special concern. Clinicians must account for symptom severity and always consider conservative methods first. If procedural or surgical intervention is necessary, the increased risk of sepsis and poor wound healing puts immunocompromised patients at a disadvantage. These patients should receive prophylactic antibiotics before any procedure and stop immunosuppressive agents when feasible.9,49

      Clinicians should also manage patients on anticoagulant therapy (e.g., warfarin) conservatively when possible, as increased risk of bleeding limits procedural options. If symptoms are severe and procedural intervention is necessary, injection sclerotherapy is preferred due to its lower bleeding risk. Patients should discontinue anticoagulants one week prior to the procedure.9

      Patients with portal hypertension often suffer from coagulopathy (impaired ability of the blood to clot). As in patients on anticoagulants, bleeding risk is elevated in those with portal hypertension. Similarly, the treatment team should try conservative methods first. If procedural or surgical intervention is necessary, again, sclerotherapy is the preferred procedure due to the lower bleeding risk.9

      Crohn’s patients should try conservative measures first. When developing a treatment plan, management of the underlying disease should be the primary concern.9

      PAUSE AND PONDER: What are some red flags when a patient presents with hemorrhoidal concerns?

      Interactions At the Pharmacy Level

      In the community pharmacy setting, technicians may be the first to encounter patients with hemorrhoids. It is essential that technicians are familiar with products available in the pharmacy, their ingredients, and their locations on shelves. While technicians cannot recommend a particular treatment, they can assist patients in locating desired items and directing them to generic versions if cost is an issue. Technicians can also refer patients to the pharmacist for more information if necessary.

      Interviewing patients enables pharmacists to make good recommendations. A good starting point is to determine patients’ prior history of hemorrhoidal disease and experience treating hemorrhoids. It is also imperative that pharmacists differentiate between hemorrhoidal symptoms and symptoms that may indicate an anorectal disorder that should receive immediate medical attention. Use open-ended questions to determine what other symptoms the patient is experiencing, how long have symptoms been present, and at what level of severity.

      For those patients experiencing rectal bleeding for the first time, referral to a medical professional is always the preferred recommendation. Rectal bleeding attributed to hemorrhoids often results in a completely different diagnosis upon examination.6 Swelling, discharge, fever, and chills are also red flag symptoms. These could potentially be an anal abscess, which can lead to sepsis and even death if not addressed. Persistent drainage and stool seepage are also red flags. These may indicate anal fistula (an area of infection between the skin and the anus), which requires surgical correction. Additional red flags include severe pain and burning with defecation indicating a possible anal fissure, or changes in bowel habits along with anal mass, pain, and discharge which are symptoms of anal neoplasms. While rare, anal neoplasms often have a poor prognosis.22

      Pharmacists may be able to determine through thorough interview if lifestyle is a factor. Does the patient lead a sedentary lifestyle? Do they have a family history of colon cancer? Do they have Crohn’s disease? Has the patient recently experienced weight loss or loss of appetite? Is there bleeding with defecation and, if so, is it bright red or dark?19 Hemorrhoidal blood is arterial and is therefore bright red in appearance. Darker blood could indicate a source of bleeding other than hemorrhoids.10 The patient’s age is also an important consideration. Patients older than 50 years who experience symptoms for the first time would be good candidates for colon cancer screening.50 A consultation with a primary care provider regarding a colonoscopy may be recommended. Due to the low incidence of hemorrhoids in children and adolescents, any rectal bleeding or hemorrhoidal symptoms would warrant medical attention.

      When counseling patients on the use of OTC hemorrhoidal treatment, it is important to ask open-ended questions and gather as much information as possible. For example:

      • “What other medical conditions do you have?” (Pregnancy, hypertension and depression are concerns.)
      • “What specific symptoms are you hoping to treat?”
      • “What route of administration would you prefer?”

      Medication allergies can be a concern, particularly with products containing anesthetics. It is important to ensure that patients understand how to use selected medications and that they can administer it themselves or have a trusted caregiver to help. For example, does the patient have the dexterity to unwrap and insert a suppository? Pharmacists should be comfortable answering questions regarding the application of rectal creams and ointments.

      It is also essential to be understanding and sympathetic to financial limitations. Generic equivalents are available for many of the most used products. In addition, due to the similarity between prescription and OTC products, many prescription hemorrhoidal treatments are non-formulary preferred and may be cost prohibitive.

      Importantly, patients may approach pharmacists asking, “An internet search said I can use ‘XYZ’ for hemorrhoids, is this true?” There are many seemingly outlandish therapies found on the internet. It is helpful to be familiar with these options as well. See SIDEBAR for the most common non-traditional therapies.

       

      SIDEBAR: Non-Traditional Therapies51-55

      • Aloe Vera: applied topically to soothe irritation
      • Black Seed: extract taken orally as a supplement to reduce inflammation
      • Chamomile: extract, applied topically as an ointment to reduce pain and itching
      • Coconut: applied topically as an oil to soothe irritation
      • Granulated Sugar: applied directly to swollen hemorrhoids to reduce prolapse
      • Leeches: attaches directly to hemorrhoid for intermittent periods of time, reduces engorgement
      • Quercus (Persian Oak): extract taken orally as supplement to reduce inflammation
      • Rosehips: applied topically to relieve pain and burning
      • Turmeric: extract taken orally as supplement to reduce inflammation

       

      CONCLUSION

      Historians have described and recorded hemorrhoids as a medical condition and a nuisance since 37 AD.30 Since that time, millions of people have sought treatment for hemorrhoidal disease and countless practitioners have attempted to provide relief from the pain and discomfort. Patients who routinely suffer from hemorrhoids probably feel like they have been dealing with it since 37 AD and they have been battling them alone. Conservative measures, whether medicinal or non-traditional, continue to be effective in improving symptoms and quality of life and are still the first line of defense. Fortunately, non-invasive and surgical procedures are available for non-responsive and severe cases of hemorrhoidal disease. Individual patient characteristics impact treatment choice. Community pharmacists’ and technicians’ accessibility often makes them the first medical professionals that patients consult for information regarding hemorrhoid treatment. It is essential to understand how overall health, lifestyle habits, risk factors, and medication profiles determine resulting recommendations. Being sensitive to the patient’s situation and treating them with respect and professionalism is key to ensuring they receive the proper care and attention. Hemorrhoids are a sensitive subject, and patients may have difficulty discussing it and asking the right questions. Hemorrhoids have been a pain in the butt for centuries. With today’s knowledge and treatment options, pharmacists and technicians can help patients sit a little more comfortably for years to come.

       

       

       

       

       

      Pharmacist Post Test (for viewing only)

      After completing this continuing education activity, pharmacists will be able to
      1. DISCUSS the diverse types of hemorrhoids and the grading system of hemorrhoid severity
      2. RECALL chronic and acute medical conditions and disease states that may contribute to the frequency and severity of hemorrhoids
      3. DESCRIBE pharmacotherapy and procedures available for the treatment of hemorrhoidal disease
      4. ANALYZE a patient’s need for referral to a medical professional or self-care based on patient interview

      1. Which characteristic(s) does the Goligher system use to grade internal hemorrhoids?
      A. Patients’ reported level of pain
      B. Whether hemorrhoids are isolated or circumferential
      C. Severity and degree of prolapse

      2. Which chronic disease often causes rectal bleeding, swelling, and skin tags, sometimes resulting in a misdiagnosis of hemorrhoids?
      A. Ulcerative colitis
      B. Gastroesophageal reflux disease
      C. Crohn’s disease

      3. Which of the following patients would be the MOST likely to suffer from an acute flare-up of hemorrhoids?
      A. A 6-year-old with attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder
      B. A 32-year-old in her third trimester of pregnancy
      C. A 22-year-old recently diagnosed with diabetes

      4. Which of the following chronic medical conditions would put a patient at an increased risk of hemorrhoids?
      A. Fibromyalgia
      B. Chronic obstructive pulmonary disease
      C. Parkinson’s disease

      5. When comparing internal and external hemorrhoids, which of the following statements is TRUE?
      A. Internal hemorrhoids frequently thrombose and cause significant pain
      B. Somatic nerves innervate external hemorrhoids resulting in significant pain
      C. External hemorrhoids originate proximal to the dentate line

      6. A 62-year-old presents with Grade 4 hemorrhoids. He has increased his physical activity by walking daily. He also drinks plenty of water and avoids alcohol. Self-care options are no longer helping. His medication profile includes insulin glargine, levothyroxine, and warfarin. Which of the available procedures would be the MOST appropriate for this patient?
      A. Stapled hemorrhoidopexy
      B. Rubber band ligation
      C. Injection sclerotherapy

      7. A 55-year-old gentleman approaches the pharmacy counter carrying a box of witch hazel wipes and an inflatable donut cushion. He states that he recently changed jobs and is now a delivery driver for a furniture company. He recently saw blood on the toilet tissue and suspects he has a hemorrhoid. He has never experienced this before and wants to know what you would recommend. The pharmacy is quite busy. What is the best way to help this patient?
      A. Answer quickly that he has chosen some good products to try and tell him he should feel better in a few days
      B. Recommend he change jobs because the hemorrhoids will not resolve if his circumstances do not change
      C. Recommend seeing a medical professional for confirmation of hemorrhoids and colon cancer screening

      8. Which group of procedures treats hemorrhoidal disease by reducing blood flow to the hemorrhoid resulting in eventual fibrosis?
      A. Hemorrhoidal artery ligation, stapled hemorrhoidopexy, and closed hemorrhoidetomy
      B. Rubber band ligation, hemorrhoidal artery ligation, and injection sclerotherapy
      C. Injection sclerotherapy, rubber band ligation, and open hemorrhoidectomy

      9. Optimal Post-Op Pain control is best achieved through which method?
      A. Primarily though short-acting opioids only
      B. Over-the-counter analgesics and ice packs
      C. Multiple medications that target pain differently

      10. A long-time customer of your pharmacy pulls you aside and confesses that he is tired of dealing with his hemorrhoids. You are very familiar with his overall health and medication history. You recall dispensing a colonoscopy prep kit to him just a few weeks ago. He states that the colonoscopy did not show anything alarming, and he doesn’t want to keep bugging his doctor. How can you help this patient?
      A. Tell him to try taking a vegetable laxative daily and increase his caffeine intake
      B. Remind him that prevention is key and focus on his diet and lifestyle
      C. Knowing he can take a joke, you ask him if he’s ever tried leeches

      Pharmacy Technician Post Test (for viewing only)

      After completing this continuing education activity, pharmacy technicians will be able to
      1. DESCRIBE the diverse types of hemorrhoids and the associated signs and symptoms
      2. RECALL available over the counter and prescription treatment options
      3. DISCUSS lifestyle modifications, dietary changes, and self-care options to relieve symptoms and reduce occurrences of hemorrhoids
      4. EMPLOY interview techniques to assess a patient's need for referral to a health care professional for evaluation

      1. Which of the following hemorrhoidal treatments requires a prescription?
      A. Cocoa butter cream
      B. Witch hazel 20% pads
      C. Hydrocortisone 25 mg suppositories

      2. Which of the following is a recommended lifestyle change to reduce occurrence of hemorrhoids?
      A. Increasing weight bearing exercise
      B. Increasing fluid intake
      C. Increasing time spent on the toilet

      3. Which of the following is a vasoconstrictor commonly found in hemorrhoidal treatments?
      A. Phenylephrine
      B. Benzocaine
      C. Hydrocortisone

      4. A patient complains of recent episodes of bright red blood on toilet tissue without pain. What type of hemorrhoid is she most likely experiencing?
      A. External thrombosed
      B. Internal grade 1
      C. Internal grade 4

      5. A regular customer comes to your pharmacy to pick up a medication refill for her 6-year-old daughter. While at checkout, she asks where the children’s laxatives are located. She mentions that her daughter recently came out of the bathroom crying with alarm because her “butt was bleeding.” What would be the best next step to help this panicked parent?
      A. Point her in the direction of the glycerin suppositories and stool softeners and wish her good luck
      B. Remind her that little girls can be dramatic and it is most likely simple constipation
      C. Cautiously state that the situation sounds concerning due to her daughter’s young age and recommend she speak to the pharmacist

      6. Which of the following statements is TRUE when comparing internal and external hemorrhoids?
      A. Internal hemorrhoids frequently thrombose and cause significant pain
      B. External hemorrhoids originate proximal to the dentate line
      C. Somatic nerves innervate external hemorrhoids resulting in pain

      7. Increasing fiber is a standard recommendation for reducing constipation and therefore reducing frequency of hemorrhoids. Current guidelines recommend what amount of fiber intake per day?
      A. 5 to 10 grams
      B. 25 to 40 grams
      C. 25 to 40 milligrams

      8. A 55-year-old gentleman with obesity approaches the pharmacy counter. With an agonized look on his face, he explains that he is experiencing consistent pain in the rectal area whether or not he is on the toilet. He explains that he is a long-distance trucker and has had to take time off from his route due to the pain. He asks where the donut cushions are located. How should you respond to his question?
      A. Direct him to the pharmacist for further consultation
      B. Point him to the aisle with the inflatable donut cushions
      C. Suggest a different line of work

      9. A pregnant patient in her third trimester is extremely frustrated by her battle with hemorrhoids. She states that she prefers to avoid any medicinal treatments. Which of the following choices is the MOST appropriate response?
      A. “The pharmacist can recommend an over-the-counter herbal product to relieve your pain.”
      B. “There are no options to treat hemorrhoids without medication; you’ll need to see your obstetrician.”
      C. “Increasing fiber and fluid intake are your best options; the pharmacist can recommend a fiber supplement.”

      10. What technological advancement has resulted in a significant negative change in toilet habits, resulting in increasing incidence of hemorrhoids?
      A. Cell phone use while on the toilet
      B. Uber and Lyft ride sharing services
      C. Increased fiber intake leading to increased diarrhea

      References

      Full List of References

      REFERENCES

      1. 1. Sun Z, Migaly J. Review of Hemorrhoid Disease: Presentation and Management. Clin Colon Rectal Surg. 2016;29(1):22-29. doi:10.1055/s-0035-1568144
      2. Mott T, Latimer K, Edwards C. Hemorrhoids: Diagnosis and Treatment Options. Am Fam Physician. 2018;97(3):172-179.
      3. Johanson JF, Sonnenberg A. The prevalence of hemorrhoids and chronic constipation: An epidemiologic study. Gastroenterology.1990;98(2):380-386. doi:10.1016/0016-5085(90)90828-O
      4. Gardner IH, Siddharthan RV, Tsikitis VL. Benign anorectal disease: hemorrhoids, fissures, and fistulas. Ann Gastroenterol. 2020;33(1):9-18. doi:10.20524/aog.2019.0438
      5. Margetis N. Pathophysiology of internal hemorrhoids. Ann Gastroenterol. 2019;32(3):264-272. doi:10.20524/aog.2019.0355
      6. Ganz R. The Evaluation and Treatment of Hemorrhoids: A Guide for the Gastroenterologist. Clin Gastroenterol Hepatol. 2013;11(6):593-603. doi: 10.1016/j.cgh.2012.12.020
      7. Wahyudi P, Soeseno S, Febyan F. Diagnosis and Management of Internal Hemorrhoids: A Brief Review. Eu J Med Health Sci. 2021;3(5):1-5. doi:10.24018/ejmed.2021.3.5.1014
      8. Giuliani A, Romano L, Lazzarin G, et al. Relationship Between Haemorrhoidal Grade and Toilet Habits. Ann Ital Chir.2020;91(2)192-5. https://annaliitalianidichirurgia.it/index.php/aic/article/view/1503
      9. Cengiz T, Gorgun E. Hemorrhoids: A Range of Treatments. Cleve Clin J Med.2019;86(9)612-620. doi.org/10.3949/ccjm.86a.18079
      10. Ng KS, Holzgang M, Young C. Still a Case of "No Pain, No Gain"? An Updated and Critical Review of the Pathogenesis, Diagnosis, and Management Options for Hemorrhoids in 2020. Ann Coloproctol. 2020;36(3):133-147. doi:10.3393/ac.2020.05.04
      11. Sobrado Júnior CW, Obregon CA, E Sousa Júnior AHDS, Sobrado LF, Nahas SC, Cecconello I. A New Classification for Hemorrhoidal Disease: The Creation of the "BPRST" Staging and Its Application in Clinical Practice. Ann Coloproctol. 2020;36(4):249-255. doi:10.3393/ac.2020.02.06
      12. Lohsiriwat V. Hemorrhoids: from basic pathophysiology to clinical management. World J Gastroenterol. 2012;18(17):2009-2017. doi:10.3748/wjg.v18.i17.2009
      13. Yeo D, Tan KY. Hemorrhoidectomy - making sense of the surgical options. World J Gastroenterol. 2014;20(45):16976-16983. doi:10.3748/wjg.v20.i45.16976
      14. Naldini G, Caminati F, Sturiale A, et al. Improvement in Hemorrhoidal Disease Surgery Outcomes Using a New Anatomical/Clinical-Therapeutic Classification (A/CTC). Surg J (N Y). 2020;6(3):e145-e152. doi:10.1055/s-0040-1712542
      15. Rao S, Qureshi W, Yan Y, Johnson D. Constipation, Hemorrhoids, and Anorectal Disorders in Pregnancy. Am J Gastroenterol.2022; 117(10S):16-25. doi:10.14309/ajg.0000000000001962
      16. Choi YS, Kim DS, Lee DH, et al. Clinical Characteristics and Incidence of Perianal Diseases in Patients With Ulcerative Colitis. Ann Coloproctol. 2018;34(3):138-143. doi:10.3393/ac.2017.06.08
      17. Emmanuel A. Neurogenic bowel dysfunction. F1000Res. 2019;8:F1000 Faculty Rev-1800. doi:10.12688/f1000research.20529.1
      18. Hassan J., Khan S. Colonic Cancer Misdiagnosed as Hemorrhoids. In: Tohid H, Baratta LG, Maibach H. (eds).The Misdiagnosis Casebook in Clinical Medicine. Springer, Cham. 2023. Accessed April 7, 2024. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-031-28296-6_57
      19. Mala TA, Gupta R, Ahmad SR, Malla SA, Gupta VB, Shah I. Anal canal melanoma misdiagnosed and treated as prolapsed hemorrhoids in a male patient. Formosan Journal of Surgery.2014;47(2):74-77. doi.org/10.1016/j.fjs.2013.11.002
      20. Ali AS, Kelantan SR, Albarakati BA, Alsahafi EK, Alahmadi GB, Aldor SM. An Interesting misdiagnosed case of Crohn’s disease: case report. Clin Case Rep Rev. 2016;2(3):358-360. doi:10.15761/CCRR.1000216
      21. Lohsiriwat V. Anorectal emergencies. World J Gastroenterol. 2016;22(26):5867-5878. doi:10.3748/wjg.v22.i26.5867
      22. Chan J. Anorectal Disorders. In: Handbook of Nonprescription Drugs: An Interactive Approach to Self-Care. 20th ed. Krinsky DL, Ferreri SP, Hemstreet B, Hume AL, Rollins CJ, Tietze KJ, eds. Washington, DC: American Pharmacists Association; 2021.
      23. Godeberge P, Sheikh P, Lohsiriwat V, Jalife A, Shelygin Y. Micronized purified flavonoid fraction in the treatment of hemorrhoidal disease. J Comp Eff Res. 2021;10(10):801-813. doi:10.2217/cer-2021-0038
      24. DRUGS.com. Diosmin Uses, Benefits & Dosages. Published December 22, 2023. Accessed June 4, 2024. https://www.drugs.com/npp/diosmin.html
      25. Changazi SH, Bhatti S, Choudary A Sr, Rajput MNA, Iqbal Z, Ahmed QA. Calcium Dobesilate Versus Flavonoids for the Treatment of Early Hemorrhoidal Disease: A Randomized Controlled Trial. Cureus. 2020;12(8):e9845. doi:10.7759/cureus.9845
      26. Drugscom. Calcium dobesilate. https: Calcium Dobesilate (International database) (drugs.com) Accessed September 21,2024.

       

      1. Chang J, McLemore E, Tejirian, T. Anal health care basics. Perm J. 2016;20(4):15-222. doi:10.7812/TPP/15-222.
      2. Villalba H, Abbas M. Hemorrhoids: Modern Remedies for an Ancient Disease. Perm J. 2007;11(2):74-76.
      3. Leo CA, Chandrasinghe P, Hodgkinson JD, Vaizey CJ, Warusavitarne. Technical Tips and Tricks of Outpatients Treatments for Hemorrhoids. IN: Hemorrhoids, Coloproctology 2. Ratto, Parello A, Litta F (eds.) Springer International Publishing AG 2018. Accessed April 7, 2024. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-319-51989-0_14-1
      4. De Marco S, Tiso D. Lifestyle and Risk Factors in Hemorrhoidal Disease. Front Surg. 2021;8:729166. doi:10.3389/fsurg.2021.729166
      5. Cerato MM, Cerato NL, Passos P, Treigue A, Damin DC. Surgical treatment of hemorrhoids: a critical appraisal of the current options. Arq Bras Cir Dig. 2014;27(1):66-70. doi:10.1590/s0102-67202014000100016
      6. Miyamoto H. Minimally Invasive Treatment for Advanced Hemorrhoids. J Anus Rectum Colon. 2023;7(1):8-16. doi:10.23922/jarc.2022-068
      7. Brown SR. Haemorrhoids: an update on management. Ther Adv Chronic Dis. 2017;8(10):141-147. doi:10.1177/2040622317713957
      8. Picciariello A, Rinaldi M, Grossi U, et al. Management and Treatment of External Hemorrhoidal Thrombosis. Front Surg. 2022;9:898850. doi:10.3389/fsurg.2022.898850
      9. Albuquerque A. Rubber band ligation of hemorrhoids: A guide for complications. World J Gastrointest Surg. 2016;8(9):614-620. doi:10.4240/wjgs.v8.i9.614
      10. He A, Chen M. Sclerotherapy in Hemorrhoids. Indian J Surg. 2023;85(2):228-232. doi:10.1007/s12262-022-03414-3
      11. Kukreja AN. Hemorrhoids. In: Anorectal disorders-From Diagnosis to Treatment [Working Title]. 1st ed. Vanelli A, ed. London, UK: Intechopen; 2023. Accessed April7, 2024. https://doi:10.5772/intechopen.1002689
      12. Gupta PJ. Infrared coagulation versus rubber band ligation in early-stage hemorrhoids. Braz J Med Biol Res. 2003;36(10):1433-1439. https://doi.org/10.1590/S0100-879X2003001000022
      13. Picchio M, Greco E, Di Filippo A, Marino G, Stipa F, Spaziani E. Clinical Outcome Following Hemorrhoid Surgery: a Narrative Review. Indian J Surg. 2015;77(Suppl 3):1301-1307. doi:10.1007/s12262-014-1087-5
      14. Lumb KJ, Colquhoun PH, Malthaner RA, Jayaraman S. Stapled versus conventional surgery for hemorrhoids. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2006;2006(4):CD005393. doi:10.1002/14651858.CD005393.pub2
      15. Wallis de Vries BM, van der Beek ES, de Wijkerslooth LR, et al. Treatment of grade 2 and 3 hemorrhoids with Doppler-guided hemorrhoidal artery ligation. Dig Surg. 2007;24(6):436-440. doi:10.1159/000108326
      16. Giamundo P. Advantages and limits of hemorrhoidal dearterialization in the treatment of symptomatic hemorrhoids. World J Gastrointest Surg. 2016;8(1):1-4. doi:10.4240/wjgs.v8.i1.1
      17. Yamoul R, Attolou G, Njoumi N, Alkandry S, Tahiri Mel H. The effectiveness of Doppler controlled hemorrhoidal artery ligation based on preliminaries results. Pan Afr Med J. 2013;15:159. doi:10.11604/pamj.2013.15.159.2190
      18. Lohsiriwat V, Jitmungngan R. Strategies to Reduce Post-Hemorrhoidectomy Pain: A

      Systematic Review. Medicina (Kaunas). 2022;58(3):418. doi:10.3390/medicina58030418

      1. Feng J, Cheng J, Xiang F. Management of intractable pain in patients treated with hemorrhoidectomy for mixed hemorrhoids. Ann Palliat Med.2021;10(1):479-483. doi: 10.21037/apm-20-2385
      2. Abbas ST, Raza A, Muhammad Ch I, Hameed T, Hasham N, Arshad N. Comparison of mean pain score using topical and oral metronidazole in post milligan morgan hemorrhoidectomy patient; A randomized controlled trial. Pak J Med Sci. 2020;36(5):867-871. doi:10.12669/pjms.36.5.1796
      3. Kazachenko E, Garmanova T, Derinov A, et al. Preemptive analgesia for hemorrhoidectomy: study protocol for a prospective, randomized, double-blind trial. Trials. 2022;23(1):536. doi:10.1186/s13063-022-06107-0
      4. Yaghoobi Notash A, Sadeghian E, Heshmati A, Sorush A. Effectiveness of Local Botulinum Toxin Injection for Perianal Pain after Hemorrhoidectomy. Middle East J Dig Dis. 2022;14(3):330-334. doi:10.34172/mejdd.2022.291
      5. Lohsiriwat V. Treatment of hemorrhoids: A coloproctologist's view. World J Gastroenterol. 2015;21(31):9245-9252. doi:10.3748/wjg.v21.i31.9245
      6. Hollingshead JR, Phillips RK. Haemorrhoids: modern diagnosis and treatment. Postgrad Med J. 2016;92(1083):4-8. doi:10.1136/postgradmedj-2015-133328
      7. Mobeen A, Ahmad A, Quamri M, Ansari A. Clinical Efficacy of Medicinal Leech Therapy in Treating Third-and Fourth- Degree Hemorrhoids. J. Coloproctol.2021;41(2):124-130. doi: 10.1055/s-0041-1730012
      8. Tolekova S, Sharmanov T, Sinyavskiy Y, et al. Antioxidant, Pharmacological, Medical Properties and Chemical Content of Rosa L. Extracts. Int. J. Second. Metab.2020;7(3):200-212. doi.org/10.21448/ijsm.726140
      9. Amiri MM, Garnida Y, Almulla AF, et al. Herbal Therapy for hemorrhoids: An Overview of Medicinal Plants Affecting Hemorrhoids. Adv Life Sci.2023;10(1):22-28.
      10. Gkegkes ID, Dalavouras N, Iavazzo C, Stamatiadis AP. Sweetening … the pain: The role of sugar in acutely prolapsed haemorrhoids. Clin Ter. 2021;172(6):520-522. doi:10.7417/CT.2021.2369
      11. Amaturo A, Meucci M, Mari FS. Treatment of haemorrhoidal disease with micronized purified flavonoid fraction and sucralfate ointment. Acta Biomed. 2020;91(1):139-141. doi:10.23750/abm.v91i1.9361

       

      What You’ve GAHT to Know About Gender-Affirming Care

      Learning Objectives

       

      After completing this continuing education activity, pharmacists will be able to

      • Use inclusive language that respects the gender identity of patients during communication and/or interactions
      • Review masculinizing and feminizing therapy in adults and adolescents
      • Provide recommendations for inclusive and stigma-free care practices
      • Discuss the components of a gender-affirming treatment plan

      After completing this continuing education activity, pharmacy technicians will be able to

      • Use inclusive language that respects the gender identity of patients during communication and/or interactions
      • Review masculinizing and feminizing therapy in adults and adolescents
      • Identify best practices for inclusive, stigma-free care for patients undergoing gender-affirming care
      • Discuss the components of a gender-affirming treatment plan

       

      Release Date:

      Release Date:  November 15, 2024

      Expiration Date: November 15, 2027

      Course Fee

      Pharmacists: $7

      Pharmacy Technicians: $4

      There is no grant funding for this CE activity

      ACPE UANs

      Pharmacist: 0009-0000-24-051-H01-P

      Pharmacy Technician: 0009-0000-24-051-H01-T

      Session Codes

      Pharmacist: 24YC51-FPX36

      Pharmacy Technician: 24YC51-XFP88

      Accreditation Hours

      2.0 hours of CE

      Accreditation Statements

      The University of Connecticut School of Pharmacy is accredited by the Accreditation Council for Pharmacy Education as a provider of continuing pharmacy education.  Statements of credit for the online activity ACPE UAN 0009-0000-24-051-H01-P/T  will be awarded when the post test and evaluation have been completed and passed with a 70% or better. Your CE credits will be uploaded to your CPE monitor profile within 2 weeks of completion of the program.

       

      Disclosure of Discussions of Off-label and Investigational Drug Use

      The material presented here does not necessarily reflect the views of The University of Connecticut School of Pharmacy or its co-sponsor affiliates. These materials may discuss uses and dosages for therapeutic products, processes, procedures and inferred diagnoses that have not been approved by the United States Food and Drug Administration. A qualified health care professional should be consulted before using any therapeutic product discussed. All readers and continuing education participants should verify all information and data before treating patients or employing any therapies described in this continuing education activity.

      Faculty

      Leah M. Adams, PhD
      Associate Professor, Department of Psychology
      Women & Gender Studies Program
      George Mason University
      Fairfax, VA                       

      Clara Bechtold, PharmD
      Post Doctoral Fellow,
      Global Regulatory Sciences-Moderna
      Cambridge, MA

      Giovanni Fretes, PharmD Candidate 2025
      UConn School of Pharmacy
      Storrs, CT

      Angela Su, PharmD
      PGY-1 Resident
      Lawrence & Memorial Hospital
      New London, CT

       

      Faculty Disclosure

      In accordance with the Accreditation Council for Pharmacy Education (ACPE) Criteria for Quality and Interpretive Guidelines, The University of Connecticut School of Pharmacy requires that faculty disclose any relationship that the faculty may have with commercial entities whose products or services may be mentioned in the activity.

      Dr.s Adams,  and Su and Mr. Fretes have no relationships with ineligible companies.

      Dr. Bechtold is a fellow with Moderna, but has no conflicts of interest.

       

      ABSTRACT

      This continuing education activity focuses on key aspects of transgender healthcare, encompassing language inclusivity, physiologic considerations, and pharmacologic interventions across different life stages. The activity begins with an exploration of gender-inclusive language, highlighting the importance of respectful communication in healthcare settings. It discusses puberty’s physiology, highlighting the role of the hypothalamic-pituitary-gonadal axis in the development of secondary sexual characteristics. The activity then delves into feminizing and masculinizing pharmacology, detailing hormone therapies, their mechanisms of action, and associated outcomes. It outlines special considerations for adults, adolescents, and children, along with guidelines for puberty suppression and hormone therapy initiation. It also addresses non-pharmacologic interventions such as chest binding, tucking, and voice therapy, stressing the importance of holistic care. Last, the activity examines other healthcare areas impacted by gender-affirming hormone therapy (GAHT), such as anticoagulation, kidney function assessment, and fertility preservation. It provides recommendations for clinical practice and the need for individualized care with shared decision-making. Overall, this activity aims to enhance understanding and promote inclusive and affirming healthcare practices for transgender individuals.

      CONTENT

      Content

      INTRODUCTION

      Practitioners in all healthcare settings need to understand and respect gender diversity. Pharmacists and pharmacy technicians can play a pivotal role in gender-affirming care by using inclusive language and developing comprehensive knowledge of pharmacologic interventions. The scope of gender affirming care ranges from puberty suppression to gender-affirming surgeries to align physical appearance with gender identity. Gender dysphoria is a very serious condition among transgender individuals that can lead to depression and suicide. Gender dysphoria is not solely internally driven and can be exacerbated by external stressors/stigma. This includes external aspects of experience such as distress associated with misgendering and social norms, social isolation, transphobia, etc.1,2 It may be treated with hormone therapy and can require lifelong treatment. Healthcare professionals in the pharmacy setting can help these patients by creating a supportive environment that promotes adherence to their treatment. The SIDEBAR provides definitions for frequently used terms in transgender care.

       

      SIDEBAR: Terminology1-6

      • Gender expression: External manifestations of gender, expressed through one’s behavior, body characteristics, clothing, haircut, name, pronouns, or voice. Typically, transgender people seek to make their gender expression align with their gender identity, rather than their assigned gender.
      • Gender role: Behaviors, attitudes, and personality traits that a society (in a given culture and historical period) assigns as masculine or feminine and/or that society associates with or considers typical of the social role of men or women
      • Gender identity/experienced gender: One’s internal, deeply held sense of gender. For transgender people, gender identity does not match their sex assigned at birth. Most people have a gender identity of male or female. For some people, gender identity does not fit neatly into one of those two choices (e.g., nonbinary). Unlike gender expression, gender identity is invisible to others.
      • Sex: The best-known attributes include sex-determining genes, sex chromosomes, gonads, sex hormones, internal and external genitalia, and secondary sex characteristics.
      • Sex assigned at birth: Sex assigned at birth, usually based on genital anatomy. AFAB refers to "assigned female at birth," and AMAB to "assigned male at birth."
      • Transgender (also TGD, trans): An umbrella term for people whose gender identity and/or gender expression differs from what is typically associated with their sex assigned at birth. Not all transgender individuals seek treatment.
      • Cisgender: A term for people whose gender identity and/or gender expression is aligned with what is typically associated with their sex assigned at birth.
      • Gender dysphoria: The distress experienced when one’s gender identity and assigned gender are incongruent, often worsened by external factors like misgendering, social norms, isolation, and transphobia. Not all transgender people experience gender dysphoria; being transgender on its own is not a medical condition.
      • Transition: The process during which transgender people change their physical, social, and/or legal characteristics consistent with their affirmed gender identity. Transgender individuals may initially transition socially and postpone medical transition. This is especially true for prepubertal children.
      • Transgender male (also: trans man, female-to-male): Individuals assigned female at birth but who identify and live as men.
      • Transgender woman (also: trans woman, male-to female, transgender female): Individuals assigned male at birth but who identify and live as women.
      • Non-binary: An adjective describing a person who does not identify exclusively as a male or a female. Non-binary people may identify as being both male and female, somewhere in between, or as falling completely outside these categories. While many also identify as transgender, not all non-binary people do.
      • Embodiment goals: Body qualities/characteristics that a patient wishes to have (e.g. shape, feeling, behavior of body).

       

      Guidelines

      The World Professional Association for Transgender Health (WPATH) publishes the Standards of Care for the Health of Transgender and Gender Diverse People (SOC),7 which is the main guideline used internationally for transgender health. This continuing education activity is based on SOC Version 8.

       

      The Endocrine Society develops the Endocrine Treatment of Gender-Dysphoric/Gender-Incongruent Persons: An Endocrine Society Clinical Practice Guideline.3 These guidelines establish a framework for the appropriate treatment of individuals and standardize terminology to be used by healthcare professionals. This activity cites these guidelines as well.

       

      Inclusive Language

      Everyday language often revolves around the concept of two genders and one sexuality, potentially overlooking diverse identities. Using gender-inclusive language demonstrates respect and acknowledgment of all gender identities while eliminating assumptions. Using they/them pronouns instead of he/his or she/her when unsure of someone's pronouns is best.6 Healthcare professionals can demonstrate inclusivity by introducing themselves with their own pronouns and asking patients how they prefer to be addressed. Common pronouns include she/her/hers, he/him/his, and they/them/theirs..6 Healthcare professionals should avoid stating that a person is transgender to others unless that is how the person identifies and is comfortable with sharing that information.6 Another suggestion is saying “feel free to bring your spouse or partner” instead of “feel free to bring your husband or wife.”6

       

      PAUSE AND PONDER: A fellow colleague consistently misgenders a transgender patient despite being corrected. How would you address this behavior while promoting inclusivity and respect in the pharmacy setting?

       

      Physiology

      Puberty is the process of an adolescent becoming capable of reproduction. This process involves the hypothalamic-pituitary-gonadal axis. The first biologic sign of puberty is an increase in endogenous gonadotropin hormone-releasing hormone (GnRH).7 GnRH produced by the hypothalamus causes the pituitary gland to secrete gonadotropins: luteinizing hormone (LH) and follicle-stimulating hormone (FSH). LH and FSH stimulate gonads to produce sex hormones.8 Table 1 compares puberty in individuals with ovaries and those with testes.

       

      Table 1. Patterns of Typical Puberty7

      About Ovaries Testes
      Puberty Onset: 7 to 13 years old

      Hormone effects: The ovaries produce estrogen, stimulating mammary gland budding.

      Onset: 9 to 14 years old

      Hormone effects: LH and FSH lead to increased testicular volume (>4 mL), which allows the testes to produce enough testosterone for masculinization.

      Cisgender Adult

      Hormone Levels

      Estradiol: 30 to 400 pg/mL (pre-menopause)

      Testosterone: 15 to 70 ng/dL

      Progesterone: 1 to 90 ng/mL

      Estradiol: 10 to 40 pg/mL

      Testosterone: 300 to 1000 ng/dL

      Progesterone: < 1 ng/mL

      ABBREVIATIONS: FSH = follicle stimulating hormone; LH = luteinizing hormone

       

      ADULTS

      Feminizing Pharmacology

      The goals of feminizing pharmacology care are the development of female secondary sex characteristics and the minimization of male secondary sex characteristics. Treatments include externally dosed estrogens and antiandrogens. The selection of therapy should include a patient-specific evaluation of patient goals, medical conditions, medication risk/benefit, and economics.7

       

      Estrogen promotes feminine features such as breast growth. Antiandrogens diminish masculine features by reducing endogenous testosterone. Examples of antiandrogens include spironolactone, cyproterone acetate, GnRH agonists, and 5-alpha reductase inhibitors.

       

      Estrogen

      In gender-affirming care, estrogen (or 17-beta estradiol) used for feminizing treatment is chemically identical to estrogen produced by human ovaries.3,7 Multiple dosing formulations exist including oral tablets, topical patches, intramuscular injections, and topical gels/sprays. A major safety concern for anyone using exogenous estrogen is the increased risk of thromboembolic events. 17-beta estradiol is generally preferred over synthetic estrogens for the ease of monitoring serum levels and its lower risk of thromboembolic events. For those older than 45 years and those at a higher risk of venous thromboembolism (VTE), the guidelines recommend transdermal formulations. Cardiovascular screening is essential to identify patients at higher VTE risk. Due to multiple Boxed Warnings in the product labeling and potentially significant adverse events, providers should use caution and consider the risks and benefits of estrogen therapy.3,7

       

      The desired effects of exogenous estrogen include breast development, redistribution of facial and subcutaneous fat, reduction of muscle mass, reduction of body hair, and reversal of scalp hair loss. Exogenous estrogen will not alter voice or height in adults. Table 2 describes available estrogens used in gender-affirming care.3,7

       

      Table 2. Estradiol for GAHT9

      Doses and Formulations Safety Monitoring
      Tablet

      2-6 mg/day PO or SL

       

      Patch

      0.025-0.2 mg/day TD, change every 3-5 days or weekly

       

      Injection: estradiol valerate or cypionate

      2-10 mg IM weekly or 5-30 mg IM every 2 weeks

       

      Transdermal gel or spray may not reach blood levels of cisgender female range

      Boxed Warnings

      - Endometrial cancer

      - Cardiovascular disease

      - Breast cancer

      - Dementia

       

      Contraindications

      - History of estrogen-sensitive neoplasm

      - Previous VTE related to underlying hypercoagulation

      - End-stage chronic liver impairment or disease

      - Thrombophilic disorders

      - Angioedema

      - Anaphylactic reaction

       

      Adverse Events

      - Infertility, hypertriglyceridemia, weight gain, cerebrovascular disease, cholelithiasis, hypertension, erectile dysfunction, type 2 diabetes mellitus, low bone mineral density, hyperprolactinemia, migraines, hot flashes

      - Baseline risk for breast cancer and cardiovascular disease

      - Serum triglycerides (2 weeks after initiation in patients with baseline > 200mg/dL)

      - Thyroid stimulating hormone

      - Bone mineral density

      - Serum estradiol levels (goal <100 to 200 pg/mL) and serum testosterone every 3 months in first year, then annually or biannually

      - Prolactin levels

       

      Antiandrogens

      Antiandrogens, listed in Table 3, can reduce endogenous testosterone levels or its activity and are usually used in combination with estrogen for feminizing effects. While antiandrogens may be employed as monotherapy, combination treatment can help minimize the amount of estrogen necessary for gender-affirming effects and therefore reduce the estrogen-associated risks. General adverse effects of antiandrogen monotherapy may include hot flashes, low mood or energy, and bone loss when used long term.7

      Table 3. Antiandrogens for GAHT10-13

      Doses and Formulations Safety Monitoring
      Spironolactone - directly inhibits testosterone synthesis and activity

      Positive effects: gynecomastia

      Tablet

      Starting: 25 mg once or twice daily in combination

       

      Therapeutic: Increase at one-week intervals based on response and tolerability to a usual dose of 100-300 mg/day in 2 divided doses

       

      Max: 400 mg/day

      Contraindications

      - Hyperkalemia

      - Addison’s Disease

       

      Adverse Events

      - Hyperkalemia (uncommon if avoided with renal insufficiency), polyuria, polydipsia, orthostasis

      - Serum testosterone levels (goal <50 ng/dL) every 3 months in first year, then annually or biannually

      - BP, serum electrolytes (potassium), glucose, kidney function, volume status, uric acid

      GnRH agonists - suppress testosterone synthesis

      Positive effects: gynecomastia

      Leuprolide:

      IM/subcutaneous: 3.75 mg every month

       

      IM/subcutaneous depot: 11.25 mg every 3 months or 22.5 mg every 6 months

       

      Histrelin:

      subcutaneous depot: 50 mg every 12 months

       

       

      Contraindications

      - Hypersensitivity

       

      Adverse Events

      - Hyperglycemia, asthma related exacerbation, decreased BMD, increased risk of CV events, psychiatric symptoms (mania, depression), QTc prolongation (rare), seizures (with long acting)

      - BMD

      - Mood and depression screening

      - Serum testosterone every 3 months for first year, then annually or biannually

      - LH, FSH, and prolactin baseline and annually

      - Routine cancer screenings

      ABBREVIATIONS: BMD = bone mineral density; BP = blood pressure; CVD = cardiovascular; FSH = follicle stimulating hormone; LH = luteinizing hormone

       

      Spironolactone is a potassium-sparing diuretic that has many therapeutic uses including in heart failure and hypertension. Spironolactone is also an aldosterone receptor antagonist that can cause positive effects, such as gynecomastia (an increase in breast gland tissue) for transgender women. Gynecomastia is dose and duration dependent, occurring in approximately 10% of patients. The diuretic and antihypertensive effects may become apparent within two to three weeks potentially resulting in excess urination and low blood pressure.3,14

       

      GnRH agonists (histrelin, leuprolide) work by continuously activating the pituitary gland to make more LH and FSH. This overactivation eventually suppresses sex steroid production. Out of pocket costs for these medications can range anywhere from $10,000 to $50,000 for three months, thereby significantly limiting their use.16

       

      WPATH does not regularly recommend other drugs like 5-alpha reductase inhibitors, finasteride or dutasteride, as data supporting use in the transgender population is sparse.7

       

      Cyproterone acetate is a synthetic progestin that inhibits testosterone synthesis and action. This medication is not approved in the United States but may be used elsewhere.3

       

      PAUSE AND PONDER: A transgender patient presents with concerns about the different formulations of estrogen available for feminizing treatment. How would you explain the advantages and disadvantages of each formulation?

       

      Masculinizing Pharmacology

      The goals of masculinizing treatment are the development of male secondary sex characteristics and the minimization of female secondary sex characteristics. Masculinizing GAHT typically consists of testosterone.

       

      Testosterone

      Testosterone treatment in transgender patients is used in the same way that it is used for hypogonadism in cisgender male patients. Table 4 illustrates the various testosterone formulations in transgender care, including intramuscular, transdermal, and implantable options. Intramuscular injections may be preferred due to available clinical data, efficacy, patient satisfaction, and low levels of injection pain and local irritation relative to subcutaneous injections. Prescribers and patients should not interchange products without considering pharmacodynamic differences.7,16

       

      Positive effects of masculinizing hormones include irreversible deepening of voice, increased body/facial hair, and increased lean muscle mass. Patients and care teams should know that masculine hormone therapy will not reverse previous feminine features such as breast tissue. Achieving physiological testosterone levels will usually suppress menses. If testosterone monotherapy doesn’t suppress menses, additional therapies can be used including progestins, GnRH agonists, and aromatase inhibitors. Patients may continue testosterone therapy for life unless medically contraindicated.16

       

      Table 4. Testosterone Formulations for GAHT 17

      Doses and Formulations Safety Monitoring
      Testosterone - endogenous testosterone androgen mimic
      Cypionate (IM), Enanthate (IM or SC)

      initial: 50-100 mg IM/SUBCUTANEOUSLY every week or 100-200 mg IM every 2 weeks

      max: 400 mg every 2 weeks IM

      Titrate every 3-12 months

       

      Topical Gel

      AndroGel

      1%: start 50mg every morning (max 100 mg)

      1.62%: start 40.5mg every morning (max 81 mg)

      Titrate: based on pump/packet size

       

      TD Patch

      Androderm

      2.5 to 7.5 mg/d

      initial: apply 4 mg every night

      max: 6 mg (4 mg + 2 mg) every night

       

      Axillary topical solution/gel 2%

      Axiron

      initial: 30 mg (1 actuation) every morning to each armpit

      max: 120 mg

       

      Undecanoate (deep IM; gluteus maximus)

      initial: 750mg, repeat in 4 weeks for 2 total doses

      maintenance: 750 mg every 10 weeks or 1000 mg every 12 weeks

      Contraindications

      - Pregnancy

      - Severe hypertension

      - Sleep apnea

      - Polycythemia

       

      Boxed Warning:

      subcutaneous enanthate & PO undecanoate: hypertension and major adverse cardiovascular events

       

      Secondary exposure to topical products can cause virilization in children

       

      Adverse Events

      - Urge to cough, dyspnea, throat tightening, chest pain, dizziness, syncope

      -IM undecanoate: pulmonary oil microembolism reactions

       

      - Baseline risk for breast cancer and CVD

      - Serum triglycerides

      - TSH

      - BMD

      - Serum estradiol levels and testosterone

      - Prolactin levels

      ABBREVIATIONS: BMD = bone marrow density; CVD = cardiovascular disease; IM = imtramuscularly; TSH = thyroid stimulating hormone

       

      CHILDREN

      GAHT is not recommended in children who have not begun endogenous puberty. Healthcare providers should take a non-pharmacologic approach instead for pre-pubertal individuals, including psychosocial gender-affirming care. Patients should continue gender exploration regardless of social transition.7

       

      ADOLESCENTS

      GAHT’s goal in adolescents is pubertal suppression. Halting progression of puberty allows adolescents to explore gender identity and embodiment goals. Although suppression is reversible, the treatment team should discuss fertility preservation before starting supression.7 Current timing and readiness estimates are as follows: pubertal suppression at 12 years old, GAHT at 16 years old, and surgery at 18 years old.

       

      Pubertal Suppression Pharmacology

      Healthcare providers employ Tanner staging to track children’s development during puberty. It outlines five specific stages for the physical changes during this period, including genital, breast, and pubic hair development. Patients should reach Tanner Stage 2 before initiating pubertal suppression. In Tanner Stage 2, individuals who are assigned female at birth would experience breast budding while those who are assigned male at birth would experience external genitalia enlargement.6 Menstrual suppression is recommended for patients assigned female at birth with gender incongruence, regardless of testosterone therapy.7

       

      Pharmacologic Agents

      Gonadotropin-Releasing Hormone (GnRH) Agonists

      GnRH agonists cause partial regression of secondary sex characteristics and inhibit physical functions, such as menses and erections, by decreasing concentrations of gonadotropin and sex steroid hormones. Supraphysiological doses of sex steroids are not needed with GnRH agonists.7

       

      Short-term hypertension is an important counseling point. Individuals who are older than 14 years also have a long-term risk of poor bone health because of the lack of exposure to adequate levels of sex steroid hormone levels. Sex steroid hormone therapy, however, induces rapid recovery of bone mineralization rate.6

       

      For feminizing therapy, patients should continue puberty blocking until gonadectomy. Masculinizing pharmacology is covered in the following Hormone Therapy section. If patients have functioning uterus and ovaries, health care providers should counsel on potential breakthrough menstrual bleeding two to three weeks after GnRH agonist initiation.

       

      Progestins

      Oral or injection depot progestins are recommended if GnRH agonists are unavailable or cost-prohibitive.7

       

      Patients can also receive these progestins if they seek menstrual suppression only7:

      • Oral progestin-only pills (contraceptive and non-contraceptive options)
      • Medroxyprogesterone injection (e.g. Depo-Provera)
      • Levonorgestrel intrauterine device (e.g. Mirena, Liletta, Kyleena, Skyla)
      • Etonogestrel implant (e.g. Nexplanon)

       

      If a patient continues to have menstrual bleeding after taking progestin and/or is seeking a contraceptive, healthcare providers can consider a combination progestin-estrogen product for amenorrhea and counsel on possible breast development. Combined formulations include oral contraceptive pills, transdermal patches, and vaginal rings. Note that increased breakthrough bleeding is associated with lower dose ethinyl estradiol in combined oral contraceptives.7

       

      Hormone Therapy (HT)

      The patient’s health care professionals will need to measure hormone levels during gender-affirming treatment. The purpose is to ensure that endogenous sex steroids are falling and the sex steroids administered to the patient stay at appropriate levels. Appropriate levels are determined by (1) the patient’s treatment goals and (2) the patient’s Tanner stage. Timing of pubertal suppression determines sex steroid HT regimen, as shown in Table 5.7

       

      Table 5. Sex Steroid Hormone Therapy Regimen Based on GnRH Agonist Treatment Timing7

      Pubertal Suppression Sex Steroid Dose Time To Goal Levels Growth Spurt?
      Early Similar to peripubertal hypogonadal adolescents Adult doses usually reached over 2 years Yes
      Late/Post-Pubertal Higher starting dose More rapid titration until maintenance dose is achieved No

       

      WPATH suggests 12 months as sufficient time for psychological adaptations to physical changes due to GAHT. Healthcare providers should monitor sex steroid levels every three months during the first year of HT or with dose changes. Once the prescriber titrates the patient’s dose to the adult maintenance dose, monitoring one to two times annually is sufficient. As GAHT can activate the hypothalamic-pituitary-gonadal axis, prescribers may need to add a GnRH agonist as adjunctive therapy after GAHT initiation to avoid development of characteristics associated with the patient’s sex assigned at birth.7

       

      For masculinizing GAHT, testosterone monotherapy at physiologic doses is typically sufficient to decrease estrogen secretion by the ovaries. Injection, transdermal, and subcutaneous pellets are available androgen formulations. Key counseling points include the possibility of developing androgenic acne or sexual dysfunction.

       

      Patients on GnRH agonists should continue them until they reach maintenance testosterone level. If the patient was not on a GnRH agonist as an adolescent, then no concomitant GnRH agonist is needed. While testosterone usually suppresses menstruation in the first six months of therapy, healthcare providers should make sure to counsel adolescents on possible pregnancy despite amenorrhea because they can still ovulate.7

       

      NON-PHARMACOLOGIC INTERVENTIONS

      Chest Binders

      Chest binding refers to compressing breast tissue to achieve a flatter chest appearance. Research indicates that up to 87% of individuals identifying as transgender males have tried chest binding.6 Various methods used for binding include commercial binders, sports bras, layering clothes, elastics, and bandages.7

       

      Healthcare providers play a crucial role by making patients aware of chest binding’s potential advantages and risks. Transgender men who bind often report benefits such as increased comfort, enhanced safety, and reduced instances of misgendering.7

       

      Negative physical impacts of chest binding include back or chest pain, difficulty breathing, and feeling overheated.7 Severe health issues like skin or respiratory infections and rib fractures, which are rare, have been linked to adult chest binding.6 Providers can lower the risk by counseling patients on safe binding methods, like binders specifically designed for gender-diverse individuals, to lessen the likelihood of serious health complications. Meanwhile, patients should avoid unsafe methods like duct tape, ace wraps, or plastic wrap due to their potential to constrict blood flow, harm the skin, and restrict breathing.6 If negative health effects occur, seeking guidance from medical professionals experienced with transgender and gender-diverse patients is sensible.7

       

      Tucking

      Genital tucking involves positioning the penis and testes to minimize the visibility of genital bulges.7 This can be done by tucking the penis and testes between the legs or placing the testes inside the inguinal canal while pulling the penis back between the legs.7 Underwear or specialized garments called gaffs are commonly used to keep the genitals in place.7

       

      Research on the risks and advantages of tucking in adults is limited, and no studies conducted specifically address youth.6 Previous research has highlighted that snug undergarments might lead to reduced sperm concentration and motility. Moreover, higher scrotal temperatures due to tucking might theoretically impact sperm production and fertility.7 However, no conclusive evidence confirms these negative effects. More data is needed to understand the risks and benefits of tucking.

       

      Voice Therapy

      Hormone treatment for transgender and gender diverse (TGD) individuals has potential effects on voice and communication. While estrogen treatment does not usually cause measurable voice changes, testosterone treatment can lead to desired shifts in voice pitch and male attributions but may also result in undesired outcomes.7

       

      Research indicates that some TGD individuals experience positive effects from testosterone, such as lowered voice pitch and increased satisfaction, aligning with their gender identity. However, a significant portion may face challenges like insufficient pitch changes, vocal quality issues, limitations in singing range, and vocal instability post-treatment.7,18 A meta-analysis examined about 600 patients across 19 studies to determine the effects of at least one year of testosterone therapy. The patients were all at least 18 years old, with an average age of 35 years. According to the results, approximately 21% of participants did not reach the expected normative frequencies associated with cisgender males. Additionally, a similar percentage reported incomplete alignment between their voice and gender identity, experiencing voice-related challenges or incongruence. Furthermore, 16% of individuals undergoing testosterone therapy expressed dissatisfaction with the changes in their voice.18

       

      It's essential to provide accurate counseling beforehand to establish realistic expectations and avoid potential disappointment. Referral to voice and communication specialists can address concerns through tailored voice training and assisting those dissatisfied with outcomes or lacking access to hormone treatment.7

       

      Electrolysis And Laser Hair Removal

      Hair removal is a significant part of transitioning for many transgender women (or females), particularly for those seeking a more stereotypical feminine appearance. The process helps alleviate dysphoria, boosts self-confidence, and enhances overall quality of life.19 The U,S, Food and Drug Administration recognizes laser hair removal as a permanent hair removal method.17 It targets melanin in hair follicles using laser light waves.19 An alternative, electrolysis, also removes hair permanently using a small probe inserted into individual hair follicles to administer an electric current.17

       

      For individuals undergoing GAHT, healthcare providers need to keep specific considerations in mind. Among transgender women taking estrogen19

      • Estrogen hormone therapy often results in an overall reduction in body hair, except for minimal effects on facial and genital hair.
      • The extent of hair removal (complete hairlessness or retaining some hair) depends on personal preference and comfort levels.
      • Many transgender women find facial and neck hair removal crucial for increased self-confidence, reduced dysphoria, and a sense of safety in public spaces.
      • Those prioritizing gender-affirming lower surgeries like vaginoplasty (vagina construction surgery) require completely hair-free areas for surgery preparation, as hair growth within transformed tissue can cause complications.

       

      For transgender men taking testosterone19

      • Testosterone hormone therapy generally leads to increased body hair growth.
      • Preparing for surgeries like phalloplasty (penis construction surgery) often requires completely hair-free skin areas for successful procedures, the specific area depending on the type of surgery planned.
      • It is important to note that electrolysis doesn't prevent the growth of new hair follicles activated by testosterone. Therefore, new hair growth might occur in areas previously treated with electrolysis due to testosterone’s effects on stimulating hair follicles.

       

      The adverse effects of hormone therapy may be beneficial for some patients, while being detrimental to others. It is critical for healthcare providers to educate patients on hair removal methods and their impact within the context of hormone therapy, so that patients understand what to expect.

       

      Gender-Affirming Surgery

      Gender-affirming surgery is often a crucial milestone for many, but not all transgender adults.3 Broadly classified into two categories, surgeries (1) directly impact fertility or (2) have no effect on fertility.3 Surgeries that alter fertility involve procedures like the removal of male genitalia (penis and gonads) for transgender women or the removal of female reproductive organs (uterus and ovaries) for transgender men.3 Surgeries that do not affect fertility include chest masculinization or breast augmentation, facial feminization, or facial masculinization surgeries.3

       

      There is a lack of evidence supporting the routine discontinuation of hormone therapy before planned surgeries.20 The majority of evidence advocating for estrogen cessation before surgery is derived from studies involving oral synthetic estrogen regimens (ethinyl estradiol), which are uncommon in transgender patients.19 WPATH advises maintaining estrogen therapy both before and after surgical procedures in transgender women, particularly in those without specific risk factors such as smoking, family history of VTE, or the use of synthetic estrogens.7 If the patient has the previously mentioned risk factors, the prescribing endocrinologist should discuss estrogen therapy cessation in the perioperative setting openly with the patient and make decisions collaboratively.20 Typically, an acceptable timeframe for estrogen discontinuation is two to four weeks before the procedure.20 Anticipated physiological and psychological withdrawal symptoms may include anxiety, autonomic hyperactivity, depression, decreased seizure threshold, and fatigue.20 This comprehensive approach ensures a thoughtful consideration of hormonal factors in the surgical process for transgender women.

       

      Evidence suggests that there is generally no need to discontinue testosterone treatment routinely in transgender men before scheduled or elective surgery despite the concern that testosterone can be aromatized to estradiol, which theoretically could increase the clotting risk.20 A recent systematic review found no association of increased VTE complications after surgery with perioperative testosterone use.21,22

       

      The decision to undergo these surgeries is deeply personal and varies based on individual needs, preferences, financial access, and dysphoria. Access to comprehensive information, counseling, and support from healthcare professionals helps patients make informed decisions aligned with their gender identity and long-term goals while understanding the potential impact on fertility.3


      PAUSE AND PONDER: A transgender patient would like to undergo breast augmentation but has only been on hormone therapy for six months. Is she eligible for the surgery?

       

      Chest or “Top” Surgery

      “Top” surgery is either removing breast tissue for a more masculine appearance or enhancing breast size and shape for a more feminine appearance. Breast surgery is a type of gender-affirming surgery with no impact on fertility.3 Since breast size varies among females, it is advisable for transgender women to postpone breast augmentation surgery until they have undergone at least two years of estrogen therapy.3 This is recommended because the breasts continue to grow during this period of hormone therapy.3

       

      Meanwhile, the primary masculinizing surgery for transgender men is a mastectomy, which also has no impact on fertility.3 While breast size only partially regresses with androgen therapy, discussions about mastectomy in adults typically occur after androgen therapy starts.3 However, in some cases where trans-masculine adolescents present after significant breast development, a mastectomy may be considered approximately two years after starting androgen therapy and before the age of 18.3 Treatment decisions should be individualized based on the individual’s physical and mental health status. 3

       

      Genital or “Bottom” Surgery

      Genital or “bottom” surgery involves transforming and reconstructing the genitalia. According to The Endocrine Society Clinical Practice Guideline Criteria for Gender-Affirming Surgery, the following factors may influence decisions related to fertility preservation3:

      1. Persistent and well-documented gender dysphoria
      2. Meets the legal age requirement in the relevant country
      3. Use of gender-affirming hormones for a continuous 12-month period, unless there is a medical contraindication
      4. Successful in living full-time as a new gender role for the duration of 12 months
      5. Well-controlled management of any significant medical or mental health conditions, if present
      6. Demonstrated knowledge of practical aspects related to surgery, including cost, required lengths of hospitalizations, likely complications, and postsurgical rehabilitation.

       

      Gender-affirming surgeries for transgender women that affect fertility include procedures like gonadectomy (orchiectomy), penectomy, and the creation of a neovagina.3 In the case of transgender men, surgeries that affect fertility include an oophorectomy, vaginectomy, complete hysterectomy, and the creation of a neopenis.3 Infertility can occur from both the temporary consequences of gender-affirming hormone therapy and permanent effects of gender-affirming surgeries (GAS).6 It is crucial to engage in ongoing discussions about infertility risks and fertility preservation options with transgender individuals and their families before and after initiation of therapies and surgeries.6

       

      OTHER CARE IMPACTED BY GAHT

      Anticoagulation

      When assessing the risk of VTE associated with GAHT, it is crucial to consider the alternative—the risk of not providing GAHT.22 Withholding GAHT could lead to adverse mental health consequences that might outweigh the risk of VTE.20 Some individuals may seek hormone therapy outside clinical care settings (that is, from unreliable sources) if healthcare providers refuse to provide it.22

       

      For transgender individuals experiencing VTE while on GAHT, treatment should align with current therapeutic anticoagulation recommendations for cisgender individuals.20 The American Society of Hematology guidelines recommend direct oral anticoagulants (DOACs) over other options due to a lower risk of bleeding.22 Despite limited data in transgender people, recent case reports suggest DOACs are effective in those with VTE during GAHT. In severe cases threatening limbs, clinicians can consider thrombolysis and recommend it as they would in cisgender individuals.22 GAHT discontinuation during an acute VTE episode is often recommended, especially with above normal hormone levels, but this recommendation lacks extensive data.22 Clinicians and patients should discuss the potential risks and benefits of continuing GAHT during an episode.

       

      Following acute VTE treatment, the decision to resume GAHT becomes complex. Many clinicians continue GAHT, even in patients with previous VTE, along with full-intensity anticoagulation to prevent recurrence.22 Although researchers have not conducted systematic evaluation in transgender patients, this approach was effective in cisgender women on hormone therapy.22 While cisgender patients may reduce anticoagulation dose after initial therapy, it is uncertain if dose reduction is prudent with GAHT. Shared decision-making, emphasizing the risks and benefits, remains crucial in determining the course of GAHT post-VTE treatment.

       

      Estimating Kidney Function

      Many healthcare providers are accustomed to using the Cockcroft-Gault equation to estimate kidney function.23 This formula factors in sex, causing uncertainty as to how to calculate creatinine clearance in transgender patients. Although GAHT affects muscle mass and creatinine, using the duration of therapy is unreliable because the timing and magnitude of effect differ by individual. As such, cystatin C is often more accurate than creatinine. Acknowledging that cystatin C levels are not accessible at all practice sites, some experts suggest using the Cockcroft-Gault-calculated male and female creatinine clearance estimates as a range. Other methods include using vancomycin clearance calculations.23

       

      Fertility Preservation

      Individuals who have transitioned may wish to have biological children for personal reasons, to maintain a genetic connection with their offspring, or to conform with cultural expectations.22 While many transgender individuals may not initially consider having children, their desires can change over time.24 In a survey of 50 transgender men who had undergone gender-affirmation surgery, the majority (77%) had not contemplated fertility preservation before GAHT. An average of 9.9 years after starting testosterone therapy, 54% of participants wanted to have children.25 The study also found that participants with children had a higher quality of life than those who did not have children.25

       

      Fertility preservation through the cryopreservation of sperm and oocytes is a well-established technique, available for pubertal, late pubertal, and adult individuals assigned male or female at birth.6 Ideally, clinicians should present this option before initiating GAHT.7 Clinicians can offer embryo cryopreservation to adult transgender individuals, particularly those who have completed puberty, express a desire to have a child, and have a willing partner.7

       

      While research has shown semen parameters may be compromised after the initiation of GAHT, a small study indicated that when treatment was discontinued, semen parameters were minimally altered.26 In regards to oocyte preservation, there is no expectation that assisted reproductive technology (ART) treatments would be different for TGD patients compared to cisgender patients.7 The only potential variations are individuals with confounding factors related to infertility.7

       

      Barriers to fertility preservation include financial constraints, invasiveness of procedures, and concerns about mistreatment or bias from healthcare providers.24 Some fertility preservation procedures, such as sperm or egg collection, can serve as reminders of their sex assigned at birth and may trigger gender dysphoria.24 Transgender individuals who pursued ART reported mixed experiences. Some have positive encounters with supportive providers who use gender-neutral language. Others experienced misgendering in clinical documentation.24 Patients should be provided with options for future family planning whether they desire biological children or not.

       

      BARRIERS IN PRACTICE

      Laws and Legislation

      When the Supreme Court tackled the Conservative challenge to the Affordable Care Act (ACA), the focus was on whether it was constitutional to mandate health insurance purchase.27 This overshadowed Section 1557's anti-discrimination provisions protecting transgender individuals. The 2016 Rule, finalized by Health and Human Services, extended Title IX's anti-sex discrimination coverage to include "gender identity," ensuring equitable access to healthcare for transgender patients. The Trump administration attempted to reverse these protections but faced legal obstacles. This led to the Supreme Court's ruling in Bostock v. Clayton County, which affirmed protections for transgender individuals under existing civil rights statutes. Despite the Trump administration's efforts, subsequent legal challenges and judicial actions further emphasized protections for transgender individuals, leading to ongoing debates and policy shifts under the Biden administration.27

       

      The Bostock ruling, initially about employment, now impacts transgender minors' access to gender-affirming care.27 Federal courts often interpret Title VII and Title IX together, meaning they see both statutes as prohibiting sex-based discrimination similarly.25 This means that the Biden Administration can confidently enforce protections for gender identity under Title IX, following Bostock's reasoning.27 Since Bostock's ruling was made under a majority conservative Supreme Court, it's unlikely to be reversed. This leaves opponents of gender-affirming care to explore other tactics, like raising religious objections or labeling such care as "experimental" or "medically dangerous."27 These viewpoints circumvent many physicians’ clinical judgement, thus restricting how they practice medicine.

       

      Over the past 18 months, the number of states implementing laws that restrict or prohibit minors' access to gender affirming care has increased dramatically.28 Currently, the count of states with restrictions increased from just four states in June 2022 to 23 states by January 2024. Among these states, 17 have fully enacted their restrictions, while four face temporary injunctions, and one is permanently blocked pending appeal. The laws vary in complexity, with some focusing on specific aspects of gender affirming care, such as GAHT or gender affirming surgery. Additionally, while these laws primarily target minors' access to care, they often include provisions affecting other groups, such as parents, medical providers, and teachers.28 These laws and policies cause potential harm to the wellbeing of young TGD, thus emphasizing the need for continued advocacy and support for inclusive and affirming practices.

       

      Insurance Coverage

      Ensuring comprehensive healthcare for transgender individuals requires access to both gender-affirming care and a wide range of inclusive services. However, numerous barriers have historically hindered access, with lack of health insurance coverage being shaped by intersecting factors at the individual, interpersonal, and structural levels.

       

      Many state Medicaid programs exclude coverage for gender-affirming care, posing a significant concern given the elevated prevalence of poverty among transgender people. In a study utilizing Behavioral Risk Factor Surveillance System (BRFSS) data, gender non-conforming individuals were nearly twice as likely as cisgender women to report unmet care needs due to financial issues.29According to the 2015 United States Transgender Survey, 25% of insured respondents encountered insurance discrimination.29 Experiences included denial of coverage for gender-specific services, such as cancer screenings (13%), for care unrelated to gender affirmation (7%), and for gender-affirming surgery (55%) or hormone therapy (25%).29 TGD individuals (33%) reported negative experiences related to being transgender when seeing a healthcare provider in the previous year, which includes verbal harassment, physical assault, or treatment refusal.29 Additionally, 23% refrained from seeking care when needed in the previous year due to fear of mistreatment.29

       

      A 2019 systematic review revealed that 27% (range, 19% to 40%) of transgender individuals reported outright denial of healthcare.230 Assessments of provider readiness indicate that many clinicians lack training in transgender clinical and cultural competency, potentially contributing to interpersonal discrimination in healthcare settings.

       

      Assessing Implicit Bias, Addressing Bad Behavior

      1. Respect Gender Identity: TGD individuals deserve the same respect as cisgender patients. Address patients by their chosen name and pronouns, reflecting their gender identity. Avoid gossiping or making jokes about patients and treat them with the same respect you would want at work.31

       

      1. Recognize Workplace Values: Understand the difference between your personal beliefs and the workplace values of dignity and respect for everyone. While you are entitled to your opinions, professionalism requires setting aside personal views and treating everyone with fairness and courtesy in the workplace.31

       

      3.Seek Feedback and Learn from Mistakes: Don't be afraid to ask for feedback from TGD individuals about how you can better support them or avoid inadvertently causing harm. Be open to learning from your mistakes and apologize if you unintentionally offend someone. Additionally, take the initiative to stay updated on evolving terminology and practice recommendations, as ideas/norms about gender are fluid and change over time. Learning from reputable sources, such as The Trevor Project's Guide to Being an Ally to Transgender and Nonbinary Youth, shows a genuine commitment to fostering inclusivity and respect in the workplace.31,32

       

      1. Support Colleagues with Challenges: If you notice co-workers struggling to adjust to interactions with TGD individuals, offer gentle reminders about using the correct name and pronouns. Help them understand the impact of their behavior on both the TGD individual and the workplace environment. Encourage empathy and understanding to foster a more inclusive workplace culture.31

       

      1. Intervene When Appropriate: If you witness blatant inappropriate behavior or discriminatory actions with no remorse towards a TGD individual in the workplace, don't remain silent. Find appropriate ways to intervene, whether it's addressing the behavior directly, reporting it to management, or offering support to the affected individual. Standing up against prejudice and discrimination helps create a safer and more inclusive work environment for everyone.31

       

      CONCLUSION

      Embracing gender diversity and providing gender-affirming care is essential in healthcare settings, including pharmacies. Pharmacists and pharmacy technicians who employ inclusive language and possess a thorough understanding of pharmacological interventions play a critical role for transgender individuals. Pharmacists can help tailor GAHT regimens to individual patient needs, promoting safety and helping patients achieve their goals towards gender affirmation. Pharmacists and pharmacy technicians can create a more inclusive and safer environment when interacting with patients. As healthcare workers in the pharmacy setting, we can provide patients with the resources they need without judgement.

       

      Pharmacist Post Test (for viewing only)

      What You’ve GAHT to Know About Gender-Affirming Care

      Pharmacist Questions
      Learning Objectives
      After completing this continuing education activity, pharmacists will be able to
      ● Use inclusive language that respects the gender identity of patients during communication and/or interactions
      ● Review masculinizing and feminizing therapy in adults and adolescents
      ● Provide recommendations for inclusive and stigma-free care practices
      ● Discuss the components of a gender-affirming treatment plan

      1. Why is it important for pharmacists to use inclusive language in their practice?
      A) To demonstrate respect for patients with diverse gender identities
      B) To comply with legal regulations and licensing requirements
      C) To confirm assumptions about demographic information

      2. Emily, a 35-year-old transgender individual, is scheduled for a routine medical appointment. As a healthcare provider, you want to ensure a welcoming and inclusive environment for Emily. Which of the following statements best aligns with employing gender-inclusive language and respecting Emily's identity?
      A) Address Emily using birth-assigned pronouns until pronouns are disclosed
      B) Assume Emily's pronouns based on appearance and mannerisms
      C) Ask Emily if they are comfortable sharing their gender identity

      3. What are the goals of feminizing pharmacology care?
      A) Development of female secondary sex characteristics
      B) Development of female primary sex characteristics
      C) Minimization of female secondary sex characteristics

      4. Sarah, a 35-year-old transgender woman, is scheduled for a consultation regarding feminizing hormone therapy. During the appointment, she asks her healthcare provider about the medication commonly used as an antiandrogen in feminizing hormone therapy. Which of the following medications should the healthcare provider explain as a commonly used antiandrogen in feminizing hormone therapy?
      A) Testosterone
      B) Spironolactone
      C) Progesterone

      5. How do GnRH agonists work in puberty suppression?
      a) By stimulating testosterone or estrogen production
      B) By reducing gonadotropin and sex steroid hormones levels
      C) By inhibiting the secretion of luteinizing hormone

      6. What is the recommended approach to chest binding?
      a) Use methods like duct tape or plastic wrap for maximum compression
      B) Educate patients on safe binding techniques and monitor for adverse effects
      C) Advise the patient to wear chest binders only during strenuous physical activities.

      7. Which of the following is the best recommendation for TGD individuals seeking treatment on voice and communication?
      A) Assume that all TGD individuals will experience complete alignment between their voice and gender identity after hormone therapy.
      B) Provide early counseling to establish realistic expectations about the potential impact of hormone therapy on voice and communication.
      C) Advise TGD individuals to avoid seeking voice training if they are dissatisfied with the outcomes of hormone treatment.

      8. Michael, a 28-year-old transgender man, visits the clinic for a consultation on hormone therapy. He expresses his desire to develop more masculine features and asks about the primary masculinizing hormone used in hormone therapy for transgender men. Which of the following hormones should the healthcare provider explain to Michael as the primary masculinizing hormone used in hormone therapy for transgender men?
      a) Progesterone
      b) Estrogen
      c) Testosterone

      9. Jax, a 22-year-old transgender individual, is considering "top" surgery as part of their gender-affirming journey. They have just started estrogen therapy and are eager to know how long they should continue before considering breast augmentation. How long should Jax be on sex hormone therapy before undergoing "top surgery?
      a) 6 months
      b) 1 year
      c) 2 years

      10. What is the ideal timing for presenting fertility preservation options to individuals considering Gender-Affirming Hormone Therapy (GAHT)?
      a) After initiating GAHT
      b) Before initiating GAHT
      c) During GAHT

      Pharmacy Technician Post Test (for viewing only)

      What You’ve GAHT to Know About Gender-Affirming Care

      Pharmacy Technician Questions

      Learning Objectives
      After completing this continuing education activity, pharmacy technicians will be able to
      ● Use inclusive language that respects the gender identity of patients during communication and/or interactions
      ● Review masculinizing and feminizing therapy in adults and adolescents
      ● Identify best practices for inclusive, stigma-free care for patients undergoing gender-affirming care
      ● Discuss the components of a gender-affirming treatment plan

      1. What is the importance of using gender-inclusive language in healthcare settings, particularly when addressing diverse gender identities?
      a) To make patients more comfortable by reinforcing traditional gender norms
      b) To acknowledge and respect all gender identities while avoiding assumptions
      c) To limit communication with patients and coworkers for more efficient conversations

      2. Which pronoun is recommended for use when unsure of someone's gender identity?
      a) He/him/his
      b) She/her/hers
      c) They/them/theirs

      3. What is the suggested language to use when inviting individuals to bring their partners to an event in a gender-inclusive manner?
      A) "Bring your husbands or wives."
      B) "Bring your spouses or partners."
      C) "Bring your boyfriends or girlfriends."

      4. Which hormone therapy medication is commonly used to achieve pubertal suppression in transgender adolescents?
      A) Estrogen
      B) GnRH agonists
      C) Progesterone

      5. Which medication is commonly used as hormone therapy in feminizing hormone therapy?
      a) Testosterone
      b) Estrogen
      c) Progesterone

      6. What is the primary masculinizing hormone used in hormone therapy for transgender men?
      a) Progesterone
      b) Estrogen
      c) Testosterone

      7. When is chest binding commonly used among transgender individuals?
      A) To enhance breast growth
      B) To reduce the appearance of chest size
      C) To prevent muscle loss

      8. Which surgery is typically recommended for transgender males seeking to masculinize their chest appearance?
      A) Appendectomy
      B) Mastectomy
      C) Breast augmentation

      9. What is the recommended approach when a patient asks about chest binding?
      a) Express personal opinions about transgender identities and ask follow-up questions about sexual orientation
      B) Offer counseling services on safe binding techniques from a professional
      C) Tell the patient that they need surgery because chest binding is not safe

      10. Amy, a 43-year-old transgender woman, is nervous about picking up her prescription for estrogen tablets for the first time and confides in you about her transgender identity. She asks if the medication will change her voice. Which hormone treatment will NOT lead to desired shifts in voice pitch?
      A) Estrogen treatment
      B) Testosterone treatment
      C) Progesterone treatment

      References

      Full List of References

      References

          REFERENCES

          1. Cooper K, Russell A, Mandy W, Butler C. The phenomenology of gender dysphoria in adults: A systematic review and meta-synthesis. Clin Psychol Rev. 2020;80:101875. doi:10.1016/j.cpr.2020.101875
          2. Lindley L, Galupo MP. Gender dysphoria and minority stress: Support for inclusion of gender dysphoria as a proximal stressor. Psychol Sex Orient Gender Divers. 2020;7(3), 265–275.
          3. Hembree WC, Cohen-Kettenis PT, Gooren L, et al. Endocrine Treatment of Gender-Dysphoric/Gender-Incongruent Persons: An Endocrine Society Clinical Practice Guideline. Endocr Pract. 2017;23(12):1437. doi:10.4158/1934-2403-23.12.1437
          4. Hodax JK, DiVall S. Gender-affirming endocrine care for youth with a nonbinary gender identity. Ther Adv Endocrinol Metab. 2023;14:20420188231160405. doi:10.1177/20420188231160405
          5. Glossary of Terms. Human Rights Campaign. Accessed March 9, 2024. https://www.hrc.org/resources/glossary-of-terms?utm_source=ads_ms_HRC_20240306-HRC-AW-GS-Natl-GlossaryRP_GlossaryKeywords_a001-dynamic-rst_b:non%20binary&gad_source=1&gclid=Cj0KCQiArrCvBhCNARIsAOkAGcWMlNVNa8mwXDI4nO8wKJYrEIyi5maw0AHGclXc1Is1bJqfO8LFqO8aAstDEALw_wcB
          6. Inclusive Language Guide OneGSMA.; 2020. Accessed May 19, 2024. https://www.gsma.com/aboutus/wp-content/uploads/2020/11/GSMA-Inclusive-Language-Guide_2020.pdf
          7. Coleman E, Radix AE, Bouman WP, et al. Standards of Care for the Health of Transgender and Gender Diverse People, Version 8. Int J Transgend Health. 2022;23(Suppl 1):S1-S259. doi:10.1080/26895269.2022.2100644
          8. National Cancer Institute. Gonadotropin-releasing hormone. NCI Dictionary of Cancer Terms. Accessed February 27, 2024. https://www.cancer.gov/publications/dictionaries/cancer-terms/def/gonadotropin-releasing-hormone
          9. Estradiol. Lexi-Drugs. Storrs, CT: Lexicomp, 2024. Updated March 7, 2024. Accessed March 11, 2024.http://online.lexi.com/.
          10. Spironolactone. Lexi-Drugs. Storrs, CT: Lexicomp, 2024. Updated February 29, 2024. Accessed March 11, 2024. http://online.lexi.com/
          11. Leuprolide. Lexi-Drugs. Storrs, CT: Lexicomp, 2024. Updated February 23, 2024. Accessed March 11, 2024. http://online.lexi.com/
          12. Histrelin. Lexi-Drugs. Storrs, CT: Lexicomp, 2024. Updated March 6. 2024. Accessed March 11, 2024. http://online.lexi.com/
          13. Aldactone. Package insert. Pfizer; 2018.
          14. Tips for Working with Transgender Coworkers. Transgender Law Center. Accessed March 10, 2024. https://transgenderlawcenter.org/tips-for-working-with-transgender-coworkers/
          15. Glintborg D, T'Sjoen G, Ravn P, Andersen MS. Management of Endocrine Disease: Optimal feminizing hormone treatment in transgender people. Eur J Endocrinol. 2021;185(2):R49-R63. doi:10.1530/EJE-21-0059
          16. Center of Excellence for Transgender Health, University of California, San Francisco, Department of Family and Community Medicine. Guidelines for the Primary and Gender-Affirming Care of Transgender and Gender Nonbinary People.
          17. Irwig MS. Testosterone therapy for transgender men [published correction appears in Lancet Diabetes Endocrinol. 2017 Apr;5(4):e2]. Lancet Diabetes Endocrinol. 2017;5(4):301-311. doi:10.1016/S2213-8587(16)00036-X
          18. Testosterone. Lexi-Drugs. Storrs, CT: Lexicomp, 2024. Updated March 8, 2024. Accessed March 11, 2024. http://online.lexi.com/
          19. Ziegler A, Henke T, Wiedrick J, Helou LB. Effectiveness of testosterone therapy for masculinizing voice in transgender patients: A meta-analytic review. Int J Transgenderism, 2018:19(1);25-45. https://doi.org/10.1080/15532739.2017.1411857.
          20. Electrolysis vs. Laser Hair Removal: An Intro for Trans Folks. www.pointofpride.org. Published June 8, 2023. Accessed January 6, 2024. https://www.pointofpride.org/blog/electrolysis-vs-laser-hair-removal-an-intro-for-trans-folks
          21. Tollinche LE, Rosa WE, van Rooyen CD. Perioperative Considerations for Person-Centered Gender-Affirming Surgery. Adv Anesth. 2021;39:77-96. doi:10.1016/j.aan.2021.07.005
          22. Boskey ER, Taghinia AH, Ganor O. Association of Surgical Risk with Exogenous Hormone Use in Transgender Patients: A Systematic Review. JAMA Surg. 2019;154(2):159-169. doi:10.1001/jamasurg.2018.4598
          23. Arrington-Sanders R, Connell NT, Coon D, et al. Assessing and Addressing the Risk of Venous Thromboembolism Across the Spectrum of Gender Affirming Care: A Review. Endocr Pract. 2023;29(4):272-278. doi:10.1016/j.eprac.2022.12.008
          24. Rungkitwattanakul J. GFR Estimation in Transgender Patients: An Evolution in Progress. Oral presentation at: 2023 American Society of Health-System Pharmacists Midyear Clinical Meeting & Exhibition; December 2023; Anaheim, CA.
          25. Ainsworth AJ, Allyse M, Khan Z. Fertility Preservation for Transgender Individuals: A Review. Mayo Clin Proc. 2020;95(4):784-792. doi:10.1016/j.mayocp.2019.10.040
          26. Wierckx K, Van Caenegem E, Pennings G, et al. Reproductive wish in transsexual men. Hum Reprod. 2012;27(2):483-487. doi:10.1093/humrep/der406
          27. Adeleye AJ, Cedars MI, Smith J, Mok-Lin E. Ovarian stimulation for fertility preservation or family building in a cohort of transgender men. J Assist Reprod Genet. 2019;36(10):2155-2161. doi:10.1007/s10815-019-01558-y
          28. Greg Mercer, First, Do No Harm: Prioritizing Patients Over Politics in the Battle Over Gender-Affirming Care, 39 Ga. St. U. L. Rev. 479 (2023). Accessed May 19, 2024.

          https://readingroom.law.gsu.edu/gsulr/vol39/iss2/11

          1. Dawson L, Published JK. The Proliferation of State Actions Limiting Youth Access to Gender Affirming Care. KFF. Published January 31, 2024. Accessed May 19, 2024. https://www.kff.org/policy-watch/the-proliferation-of-state-actions-limiting-youth-access-to-gender-affirming-care/
          2. Scheim AI, Baker KE, Restar AJ, Sell RL. Health and Health Care Among Transgender Adults in the United States. Annu Rev Public Health. 2022;43:503-523. doi:10.1146/annurev-publhealth-052620-100313
          3. Kcomt L. Profound health-care discrimination experienced by transgender people: rapid systematic review. Soc Work Health Care. 2019;58(2):201-219. doi:10.1080/00981389.2018.1532941
          4. The Trevor Project. A Guide to Being an Ally to Transgender and Nonbinary Youth. The Trevor Project. Accessed October 1, 2024. https://www.thetrevorproject.org/resources/guide/a-guide-to-being-an-ally-to-transgender-and-nonbinary-youth/

           

          GENES AS MEDICINES: GENE THERAPY

          Learning Objectives

           

          After completing this continuing education activity, pharmacists will be able to

          • Recognize which patient populations qualify for gene therapy
          • Name the different components of gene therapy vectors
          • Describe toxicities associated with gene therapies
          • Identify gene therapies that are approved/under development in the United States

          After completing this continuing education activity, pharmacy technicians will be able to

          • Recognize patient populations that qualify for gene therapy
          • Distinguish types of gene therapies
          • Explain the patient experience for different types of gene therapies
          • Describe the pros and cons of gene therapy.

          A boy, sitting in a chair, and a girl, in a wheelchair, excited surrounded by multiple DNA strands.

          Release Date:

          Release Date:  November 1, 2024

          Expiration Date: November 1, 2027

          Course Fee

          Pharmacists: $7

          Pharmacy Technicians: $4

          There is no grant funding for this CE activity

          ACPE UANs

          Pharmacist: 0009-0000-24-050-H01-P

          Pharmacy Technician: 0009-0000-24-050-H01-T

          Session Codes

          Pharmacist: 24YC50-ABC23

          Pharmacy Technician: 24YC50-BCA78

          Accreditation Hours

          2.0 hours of CE

          Accreditation Statements

          The University of Connecticut School of Pharmacy is accredited by the Accreditation Council for Pharmacy Education as a provider of continuing pharmacy education.  Statements of credit for the online activity ACPE UAN 0009-0000-24-050-H01-P/T  will be awarded when the post test and evaluation have been completed and passed with a 70% or better. Your CE credits will be uploaded to your CPE monitor profile within 2 weeks of completion of the program.

           

          Disclosure of Discussions of Off-label and Investigational Drug Use

          The material presented here does not necessarily reflect the views of The University of Connecticut School of Pharmacy or its co-sponsor affiliates. These materials may discuss uses and dosages for therapeutic products, processes, procedures and inferred diagnoses that have not been approved by the United States Food and Drug Administration. A qualified health care professional should be consulted before using any therapeutic product discussed. All readers and continuing education participants should verify all information and data before treating patients or employing any therapies described in this continuing education activity.

          Faculty

           

          Sandy Casinghino, MS
          Retired Senior Principal Scientist
          Pfizer, Groton, CT

          Faculty Disclosure

          In accordance with the Accreditation Council for Pharmacy Education (ACPE) Criteria for Quality and Interpretive Guidelines, The University of Connecticut School of Pharmacy requires that faculty disclose any relationship that the faculty may have with commercial entities whose products or services may be mentioned in the activity.

          Ms. Casinghino has no relationships with ineligible companies.

           

          ABSTRACT

          Gene therapy is a relatively new class of medicine that is rapidly evolving, and that brings hope for a cure to patients with genetic diseases. This continuing education activity will introduce learners to the diverse approaches that researchers and clinicians use to correct genes, including in vivo and ex vivo gene therapies. Adeno-associated virus (AAV) vector-based in vivo gene therapy, one of the most common approaches, is the focus of this learning activity. This activity describes the biology of AAV, vector design and production, toxicities, and FDA-approved AAV-based gene therapies. Finally, a look to the future includes new AAV-based therapies that are in development and a discussion of immune system-related hurdles that must be conquered before AAV-based gene therapy can reach its full potential in maximizing patient efficacy and safety.

          CONTENT

          Content

          INTRODUCTION

          Gene therapy is a medical approach to replace missing genes or correct dysfunctional genes in patients with genetic diseases. Gene therapies are best suited for patients who have well-defined, single (monogenic) mutations.1,2 Many are rare diseases for which there are few, if any, treatment options. Therapeutics to correct gene mutations are biologics with the potential to cure a variety of previously incurable diseases such as muscular dystrophy, hemophilia, cystic fibrosis, and some types of blindness. Scientists are also developing gene therapies to stop cancer-causing genes and boost immune responses against tumors.

           

          The term “gene therapy” encompasses multiple broad strategies that can be separated into two general approaches: in vivo (performed inside an organism) and ex vivo (cells that are removed from the organism, genetically modified, and then returned to organism).3 Within these approaches, multiple techniques and delivery systems are currently used or in development:4,5

          • Viral vectors (in vivo or ex vivo)
          • Non-viral delivery particles (in vivo or ex vivo)
          • Gene editing (in vivo or ex vivo)
          • Cell engineering (ex vivo only)

           

          The entire field of gene therapy is beyond the scope of this activity. This activity’s focus will be in vivo gene delivery via engineered adeno-associated virus (AAV), with some discussion of gene therapy’s basics and background. This is valuable information for pharmacists and pharmacy technicians as this complex biologic class matures and more gene therapies become available to patients.

           

          BASICS OF GENE THERAPY

          Gene Therapy Terminology

          People outside of the field may be unfamiliar with many terms used to describe gene therapies. Table 1 defines common terms.

           

          Table 1. Common Terms Used to Describe Gene Therapy6,7,8

          Term Definition
          In vivo gene therapy Administered directly into patients by injection
          Ex vivo gene therapy Cells are removed from patients, genetically modified, and re-introduced into patients
          Adeno-associated virus (AAV) vector Genetically modified virus commonly used to deliver gene therapy in vivo
          Capsid Outer icosahedral (20 roughly triangular facets arranged in a spherical or spherical-like manner) protein shell of the virus/viral vector
          Serotype Distinct variation between viral capsids within a species based on surface antigens (e.g., AAV serotype 9 [AAV9])
          Host Gene therapy recipient
          Tropism A virus’s specificity for a particular host tissue, likely driven by cell-surface receptors on host cells
          Target tissue Tissue/organ/cell type intended for genetic correction
          Gene of interest (GOI)/

          transgene

          Gene that needs to be fixed
          Expression cassette GOI plus DNA sequences to make it function, including a promoter
          Inverted terminal repeat (ITR) DNA sequences that flank the GOI as part of the expression cassette; required for genome replication and packaging; the ITR-flanked transgene forms a circular structure (episome)
          Episome Self-contained and self-replicating circular DNA that contains the expression cassette; stays in the cell’s cytoplasm and does not become part of the cell’s chromosomes
          cap Gene that encodes the proteins comprising the virus capsid
          rep Gene that encodes replicase proteins required for virus replication and packaging
          Neutralizing antibodies (NAb) Antibodies that bind to specific areas of viral vector capsids to block uptake by host cells
          Vector genomes/kilogram of patient body weight (vg/kg) Common terminology for vector dosing; sometimes referred to as genome copies (gc) per kilogram

          DNA, deoxyribonucleic acid.

           

          We have used brand drug names preferentially throughout this activity because generic names for gene therapies are complex (See Sidebar).

           

          SIDEBAR: What’s in a Name? How Are Gene Therapies Named?9,10

           

          For in vivo gene therapies, the generic names are composed of two words:

          • First word corresponds to the gene component
            • Prefix: random element to provide unique identification
            • Infix: element to denote the gene’s pharmacologic class (gene’s mechanism of action)
            • Suffix: element to indicate “gene”
          • Second word corresponds to the vector component
            • Prefix: random element to provide unique identification
            • Infix: element to denote the viral vector family
            • Suffix: element to identify the vector type (non-replicating, replicating, plasmid)
            • 4-letter distinguishing suffix: devoid of meaning and attached to the core name with a hyphen

          Example:

           

          The Pros and Cons of Gene Therapy 

          Patients and/or caregivers considering gene therapy should consider several factors11-13:

          • Duration of efficacy
            • PRO: Potential exists for permanent correction of a disease state. If successful, patients may not need lifelong treatments/medications.
            • CON: Gene therapy is relatively new and long-term efficacy data is lacking. If gene expression wanes over time, patients may need redosing (which may be impossible) or alternative treatments.
          • Safety
            • PRO: Regulatory agencies have approved several products, and safety data is available.
            • CON: Complete understanding of adverse effect mechanisms is lacking, and long-term safety information doesn’t exist.
          • Cost
            • PRO: A curative gene therapy may be more cost-effective than a lifetime of other medications/treatments.
            • CON: Available gene therapies are very expensive, $2.9 to $3.5 million for the AAV in vivo therapies approved in 2022 and 2023.

           

          The History of Gene Therapy

          Gene therapy is a relatively new field. Clinicians ran the first clinical trial in 1990. Scientists made several advancements in the 1990s and early 2000s, and progress has rapidly accelerated since then.14 (See Sidebar).

           

          ABBREVIATIONS: AAV, adeno-associated virus vector; Ad, adenovirus; ADD, adenosine deaminase deficient; ALL, acute lymphoblastic leukemia; CALD, cerebral adrenoleukodystrophy; CAR T, chimeric antigen receptor; Cas9, CRISPR-associated protein 9; CRISPR, clustered regularly interspaced palindromic repeats; DMD, Duchenne muscular dystrophy; EMA, European Medicines Agency; FDA, Food and Drug Administration; HSC, human stem cells; LV, lentivirus; DLBCL, diffuse large B-cell lymphoma; SCD, sickle cell disease; SCID, severe combined immunodeficiency disorder; SMA, spinal muscular atrophy; TDT, transfusion-dependent thalassemia.

           

          Gene Therapy Systems

          Viral Vectors

          Prototypical gene therapy is an in vivo approach to curing genetic diseases. It uses a delivery vehicle, such as an engineered virus that encapsulates the gene of interest (GOI) for injection into a patient by various routes, such as intravenous (IV), intraocular, or intrathecal.39 This method takes advantage of a virus’s natural ability to enter mammalian cells efficiently. Once the delivery vehicle enters host cells, the encapsulated gene drives production of the missing or faulty protein. Clinicians use this approach for diseases such as muscular dystrophies, where mutations in the dystrophin gene cause progressive weakness and muscle-wasting, and cystic fibrosis, where mutations in the cystic fibrosis transmembrane conductance regulator gene impair lung function.

           

          Non-viral Delivery Vehicles

          Non-viral delivery vehicles, such as nanoparticles, can also deliver genes or gene editing systems in vivo. These particles use biocompatible materials such as polymers and lipids to carry genes or nucleic acids into cells.3 Researchers can customize a particle’s physiochemical properties to target the intended cell types better and evade immune responses. Non-viral particles are less efficient than viruses at entering cells but may have several other advantages. It’s likely that most patients are immunologically naïve to manufactured particles and lack pre-existing antibodies that may prevent successful uptake by cells. Non-viral particles may also be easier to manufacture and purify, making them more cost-effective to produce than viral vectors.40

           

          Recent gene therapy clinical trials using nanoparticles or lipid nanoparticles include the following41-43:

          • Reqorsa: contains a tumor suppressor gene encapsulated in a lipid nanoparticle for treatment of several types of lung cancer
          • NTLA-2001: contains a gene editing system encapsulated in a lipid nanoparticle for treatment of hereditary transthyretin amyloidosis (a disease which deposits abnormal protein [amyloid] in organs)

           

          Gene Editing Systems

          Gene editing systems, which can be in vivo or ex vivo approaches, can provide precise, targeted gene modifications. Gene editors are engineered nucleases (enzymes) that produce double-stranded breaks at a specific target site. These breaks stimulate the cell’s natural DNA repair mechanisms, resulting in the repair of the break by homology-directed repair or non-homologous end joining. With these systems, target-specific DNA insertions, deletions, modifications, or replacements are all possible.3,44

           

          Many gene editing tools exist, including3,44

          • clustered regularly interspaced short palindromic repeats (CRISPR) Cas-associated nucleases
          • transcription activator-like effector nucleases (TALENs)
          • zinc-finger nucleases (ZFNs)
          • meganucleases (MNs)

           

          Gene editing ex vivo systems are a fast-growing area with many programs in development.41 In vivo gene editing is rife with challenges, especially those concerning delivery to the intended cells. Gene editing systems are an evolving cutting-edge platform reviewed in much more detail elsewhere.3,44,45

           

          Ex Vivo Gene Therapy

          In ex vivo gene therapy, medical and/or laboratory personnel remove a patient’s cells from the body, genetically modify them (using viral vectors, non-viral delivery particles, or gene editing systems), and then re-introduce them into the patient. Alternatives to the use of a patient’s cells include genetically modified cell lines or cells from another donor. The use of autologous (patients’ own) cells avoids the need to find an immuno-compatible donor. Examples of systems include chimeric antigen receptor (CAR) T cells and engineered hematopoietic stem cells (HSC). CAR T cells are T lymphocytes that are modified to recognize tumor antigens, such as the B lymphocyte antigen Cluster of Differentiation-19 (CD-19) and B-cell maturation antigen (BCMA). Once genetically modified, the CAR T cells bind to cells expressing the tumor antigen and subsequently kill them. HSC have the ability for self-renewal and to differentiate into multiple cell lineages, therefore engineering them to correct genetic flaws such as enzyme deficiencies and hemoglobinopathies (inherited disorders affecting hemoglobin, the molecule that transports oxygen in the blood) makes them a promising approach.

           

          Several products have received regulatory approval in the United States (U.S.)46:

          • Autologous CAR T cells47-50
            • CD19-directed autologous T cell immunotherapies for the treatment of various types of B cell lymphomas include the following:
              • Yescarta (axicabtagene ciloleucel) – approved 2017
              • Kymriah (tisagenlecleucel) – approved 2017
              • Tecartus (brexucabtagene autoleucel) – approved 2020
              • Breyanzi (lisocabtagene maraleucel) – approved 2021
            • BCMA-directed autologous T cell immunotherapies for treatment of relapsed or refractory multiple myeloma include the following51,52:
              • Abecma (idecabtagene vicleucel) – approved 2021
              • Carvykti (ciltacabtagene autoleucel) – approved 2022
          • Autologous HSC-based gene therapies include the following53-56:
            • Skysona (elivaldogene autotemcel) – slows neurological dysfunction in cerebral adrenoleukodystrophy by inducing synthesis of adrenoleukodystrophy protein – approved 2022
            • Zynteglo (betibeglogene autotemcel) – corrects β-thalassemia by adding functional copies of a modified β-globin gene into the patient’s HSC – approved 2022
            • Casgevy (exagamglogene autotemcel) – first FDA-approved CRISPR/Cas9 gene-editing therapeutic; corrects sickle cell disease (SCD) and transfusion-dependent β-thalassemia by adding functional copies of a modified β-globin gene into the patient’s HSC – approved 2023
            • Lyfgenia (lovotibeglogene autotemcel) – corrects SCD by adding functional copies of a modified β-globin gene into the patient’s HSC – approved 2023

           

          CAR T cell gene therapy is an effective treatment for several types of cancers but comes with many challenges to patients, medical professionals, and pharmacy personnel. Product manufacturing, administration, and adverse effect mitigation are more complex than for many other treatment types. Medical, laboratory, and/or pharmacy personal carry out the following key steps at specialized medical centers47-50:

          1. Collect the patient’s white blood cells (leukapheresis)
          2. Manufacture the CAR T cells in a laboratory with a typical time frame of two to four weeks
            • Patients may need to travel to and remain near the center while they wait for the cells
            • If the process fails, then personnel must repeat the cell collection and CAR T cell manufacturing
          3. Administer chemotherapy to deplete the patient’s lymphocytes, two to 14 days prior to CAR T cell infusion, which makes room for the CAR T cells
          4. Administer the CAR T cells to the patient by slow infusion to minimize infusion-related adverse reactions
          5. Monitor the patient for at least four weeks, likely requiring the patient to stay at or near the treatment center

           

          This therapy class carries Boxed Warnings:

          • CD-19 directed therapies47-50,57
            • Cytokine release syndrome (CRS): over-activation of the immune system with release of large amounts of cytokines (immune system proteins); this is a common, potentially life-threatening adverse event
            • Neurotoxicity: the mechanism by which this occurs is not well understood, but it is common and can be life-threatening
          • BCMA-directed therapies53,54
            • CRS and neurotoxicity as listed for CD-19 directed therapies
            • Hemophagocytic lymphohistiocytosis/macrophage activation syndrome: a hyperinflammatory immune response that can be life-threatening
            • Prolonged cytopenia (low numbers of blood cells) with bleeding and infection; can be life-threatening

           

          Ex vivo gene therapy with autologous HSC is also a complex process with multiple challenges and toxicities.53,54 For these therapies, medical personnel pretreat patients with granulocyte-colony stimulating factor to increase production and release of HSCs from bone marrow. Laboratory staff then collect and purify HSC from the patient’s blood. Staff may need to collect cells more than once to amass the required number of cells or in cases where manufacturing fails. Laboratory staff genetically modify the patient’s HSCs, typically with a lentiviral vector, to express the GOI. The cell manufacturing process can take up to three months. The modified cells require cryopreservation and liquid nitrogen storage conditions, adding to the process’s complexity.

           

          When the cells are ready, medical personnel administer lymphocyte-depleting chemotherapy to the patient to remove HSCs that are making the faulty protein and to make room in the bone marrow for the genetically modified HSCs. Next, medical personnel infuse the thawed HSCs to the patient intravenously. After infusion, patients may need to stay at the medical center for several months for recovery and monitoring.

           

          The prescribing information lists toxicities including prolonged cytopenias, serious infections, and an increased risk for lentiviral vector-mediated oncogenesis (development of a new cancer). It recommends patient monitoring for 15 years to life for hematologic malignancies. Skysona and Lyfgenia have Boxed Warnings for hematologic malignancy.53,56

           

          The overview above describes how the field of gene therapy is broad and encompasses multiple approaches. New and evolving approaches include non-viral delivery, gene editing, and ex vivo cell engineering; they have recently started to become available to patients. This is an exciting and hopeful time for patients with genetically-linked diseases, and it is likely that many more effective and approved therapies will be available soon.

           

          AAV-BASED IN VIVO GENE THERAPY

          Although researchers are developing viral vectors based on many types of viruses (e.g., adenovirus, gamma retrovirus, herpes simplex virus, lentivirus) adeno-associated virus (AAV) has emerged as the leading viral vector for in vivo gene therapy with five current regulatory approvals in the U.S. and many more programs under development.41,46 Its favorable characteristics include not causing human disease, inability to replicate in the host without a helper virus, and ability to elicit a low host immune response relative to many other viruses. Since the expression cassette is typically maintained on an episome, scientists expect AAV-based vectors to have a low frequency of integration into the host genome, conferring a minimal risk of cancer.58 In addition, at least one serotype of AAV (AAV9) can cross the blood-brain barrier making AAV a suitable choice for neurologic diseases without invasive local administration of the vectors into the brain. Researchers find AAV-based vectors to be attractive, versatile tools with suitable properties and utility for a wide variety of diseases.

           

          AAV Biology

          Naturally occurring AAVs are small, non-enveloped viruses that belong to the Parvovirus family. They have a linear single-stranded DNA genome of approximately 4.7 kilobases, including rep and cap genes that encode for replication and capsid proteins, respectively.3 Figure 1A illustrates the genomic structure of a wild type (naturally occurring) AAV.

           

          In engineered AAVs used for gene therapy, developers remove the rep and cap genes and replace them with an expression cassette, as illustrated in Figure 1B. The expression cassette contains the GOI, regulatory elements (promoter/enhancer), and poly-adenosine tail (to stabilize the messenger RNA and facilitate translation into protein) flanked by inverted terminal repeats (ITRs; required for genome replication and packaging). The expression cassette replaces approximately 96% of the native genome.3

           

          Figure 1. Genomic Structure of Wild Type AAV and Engineered AAV Vector


          cap, capsid gene; GOI, gene of interest; ITR, inverted terminal repeat; rep, replicase gene.

           

          AAV capsids in both the wild type AAV and engineered AAV vectors are composed of three viral proteins (VPs) named VP1, VP2, and VP3. Sixty molecules of these proteins, estimated to exist in a 1:1:10 ratio (VP1:VP2:VP3), assemble into each icosahedral capsid (Figure 2). The VP sequences overlap, with VP1 being 137 amino acids longer than VP2, which is 57 amino acids longer than VP3. Differences in VP3 sequences distinguish one AAV serotype from another.59

           

          Figure 2. Protein Structure of the AAV Capsid


          VP, viral protein.

           

          AAV exists as at least 11 natural serotypes, which share about 51% to 99% sequence identity in their VP3 protein.60,61 Sequence comparisons between different AAV serotypes identified nine variable regions situated on the capsid surface. The specific amino acid sequences of these regions impact AAV binding to host cell receptors, thus determining cell- and tissue-specific tropism (affinity for a specific tissue or cell type). These variable sequences also function as binding sites (epitopes) for AAV-specific antibodies, thus influencing host immune responses.62

           

          An AAV serotype can be tropic to multiple cell types and tissues, and multiple serotypes can be tropic to the same cells/tissues. Researchers isolate serotypes from non-human primates and develop synthetic serotypes using protein engineering to alter tropisms and/or evade pre-existing AAV-specific antibodies.1

           

          PAUSE AND PONDER: If your child had a life-shortening genetic disorder and a new AAV9-based therapy became available, how would you feel if your child had a high anti-AAV9 neutralizing antibody titer that excluded them from clinical trials or treatment?

           

          Neutralizing antibodies (NAbs) are naturally occurring antibodies that bind to AAV surface epitopes and block uptake into target cells. NAb binding to the AAV capsid can induce rapid clearance of the gene therapy by the patient’s immune system. Clinical personnel must screen patients for pre-existing Nabs. Trial protocols and prescribing instructions often exclude patients with NAbs specific for the gene therapy’s serotype.

           

          Older children and adults tend to have a high prevalence of pre-existing antibodies against commonly circulating (wild type) AAV serotypes because of previous exposure to these viruses over the course of their lives. For example, studies showed that approximately 40% of humans have NAbs to AAV serotypes 5, 6, 7, 8, and 9.63 Between 6% and 95% of individuals with hemophilia A and B have AAV-specific antibodies based on AAV serotype and assay used.64 In addition, due to the high degree of conservation of capsid protein amino acid sequences, pre-existing antibodies to one serotype may cross-react with other serotypes, further limiting the availability of a therapy for a patient. Patients without NAbs prior to gene therapy will develop high titers of NAbs following vector administration, rendering them ineligible for additional rounds of gene therapy with the same vector or a cross-reactive serotype.1,63-65

           

          Vector Design

          To create a vector for a particular disease, drug developers try to target an AAV vector to the specific cell or tissue type where gene correction is needed. The capsid serotype choice significantly influences this decision.

           

          AAV2, AAV5, AAV6, AAV8, and AAV9 account for a majority of the ongoing AAV gene therapy clinical trials.60,66 Commonly, AAV2 or AAV8 is the choice for ocular therapies; AAV2, AAV8, AAV5, and AAV9 are best for liver targeting; and AAV2 and AAV9 are preferred targeting muscle or the central nervous system. Some researchers are also using AAV serotypes isolated from rhesus monkeys, such as rh74.60,67 As discussed, AAV9 can cross the blood-brain barrier, allowing IV administration of this serotype to target brain tissue while avoiding invasive intrathecal injections.60,68 Therefore, AAV9 is a popular vector to treat many diseases affecting the nervous system.

           

          Developers derive the capsids of AAV vectors either from natural AAV viruses or by engineering capsids through rational design, directed evolution, or computer-guided strategies. The impetus to develop AAV vectors with capsids from less common AAV serotypes or novel engineered AAV capsids serves to improve or modify tissue targeting and circumvent immune recognition.69

           

          Considerations for vector design include61,62

          • Choosing the best AAV serotype to target the intended cell type or tissue, using the desired route of administration
          • Potential for tissue-specific promoters (e.g., targeting the muscle for muscular dystrophy or the liver for hemophilia) rather than constitutive promoters (that will drive gene expression in a wide range of tissues and perhaps result in off-target toxicity)
          • Whether an enhancer is needed to boost expression in the target tissue to achieve desired therapeutic effect
          • Modifying capsid epitopes to reduce recognition/response from the host immune system

           

          Vector Production and Purification

          Once developers choose the best capsid serotype and design the vector, they proceed to the manufacturing step. Gene therapies are complex biologics, and manufacturing and purification are of utmost importance for efficacy, safety, and product stability. Regulatory agencies require good manufacturing practice compliance.70

           

          Scientists commonly use mammalian cell lines to propagate engineered AAV vectors and then purify the vectors from cell lysates. Rigorous purification is essential. As the science of gene therapy matures, drug developers continuously improve purification methods. Contaminants from the engineered AAV cultivation process are a potential source of toxicity and can induce unwanted immune responses. Release testing of the final product in the U.S. must comply with a series of FDA-established requirements and predetermined specifications to determine product safety, purity, concentration, identity, potency, and stability.71 Characterization of the final product includes a determination of the viral genome (vg) titer, infectious titer (potency), product identity (AAV capsid and genome), and therapeutic gene identity (expression/activity).72

           

          Gene therapy developers follow these steps to manufacture AAV-based therapies73-75:

          1. Use conventional recombinant DNA technology in bacterial systems to produce the plasmids
          2. Use mammalian cell lines, such as human embryonic kidney 293 cells, or insect cell lines, such as the baculovirus/insect cell system, to produce the vectors
          3. Transfect (introduce genetic material into a cell) three plasmids into the cell line
            • a recombinant AAV plasmid containing the expression cassette (see Figure 1b)
            • an adenovirus-based helper plasmid supplying genes needed for virus replication
            • a plasmid containing the essential rep and cap genes needed for virus replication and capsid formation
          4. Collect produced vectors from the cells and purify them. Complex purification processes require multiple methods that may be specific for each individual contaminant. Rigorous purification minimizes patient risk (see Sidebar). Examples of purification process steps (and techniques used) include the following:
            • Cells lysis to release the viral particles (detergent, mechanical stress, hypertonic shock, freeze-thawing)
            • Removal of nucleic acids (nuclease treatment), cell fragments and proteins, cell culture contaminants (centrifugation, filtration, chromatography)
            • Separation of full vector particles from empty particles (cesium chloride gradient ultracentrifugation or chromatography)
          5. Formulate vectors after purification for administration to the patient. Formulation optimization prior to manufacture is not trivial. Some considerations are:73-75
            • Formulation chemical composition must be optimized for intended route of administration
            • Formulation must be sterile and have low endotoxin concentration
            • Formulation must minimize product degradation to avoid aggregation and loss of efficacy due to product instability

               

              SIDEBAR: Patient Safety: The Importance of Purification of AAV69,74

              • Non-vector sequences (including plasmid DNA, helper virus DNA, and DNA from the cell line used to produce the vector) can unintentionally be packaged into the capsids. AAV vector genomes can recombine with non-vector DNA, resulting in AAV vectors that contain chimeric (mixtures of DNA from different sources) sequences. The behavior of these unintended sequences is unpredictable in patients.
              • Capsids containing the complete intended therapeutic gene, partial sequences, unintended chimeric sequences, or no genetic sequence material at all (empty capsids) are all possible outcomes of vector manufacturing. Administering a mixture of different forms of the therapeutic to patients may result in a partial effective dose, thus lowering potency and necessitating administration of higher overall numbers of AAV particles to achieve efficacy. The higher the number of AAV particles, the higher the risk of toxicities and immune system activation.

               

              Toxicities/Adverse Events

              Although AAV gene therapy is generally considered safe, multiple treatment-emergent serious adverse events have occurred following gene therapy administration to patients. These include severe hepatoxicity and thrombotic microangiopathy (TMA). Other potential toxicities and identified risks include myocarditis, neurotoxicity (dorsal root ganglion [DRG] degeneration), oncogenicity, and immunotoxicity.69

               

              In general, AAV vectors administered IV first travel to the liver. Liver enzyme increases denoting liver damage commonly occur and corticosteroid treatment is often effective. On occasion, acute serious liver injury, liver failure, and death have occurred. Although the mechanism is not completely understood, more severe liver injury appears to correlate with higher vector doses. Severe liver injury following AAV vector administration for spinal muscular atrophy (SMA) and X-linked myotubular myopathy genetic diseases has occurred.69,76

               

              TMA is a pathological condition characterized by formation of thrombi (clots) in small blood vessels, following endothelial cell injury. TMA’s clinical presentation often includes complement activation, cytokine release, thrombocytopenia (decreased platelets), and kidney injury/failure. Several cases of TMA have been reported in patients or clinical trial participants following AAV gene therapy for SMA and Duchenne muscular dystrophy (DMD). Treatments for affected patients included hemodialysis, platelet transfusion, and the complement inhibitor eculizumab. As with severe liver injury, TMA development appears to be related to high vector doses.77,78

               

              Several patients in DMD clinical trials have developed myocarditis, which was fatal in one patient. A hypothesis is that pre-existing inflammation in DMD patients’ muscles, including heart muscle, worsened upon local expression of dystrophin. Steroid treatment successfully resolved myocarditis in some cases.79

               

              DRG degeneration/toxicity is an identified potential risk of AAV gene therapy. DRGs are collections of sensory neurons that relay impulses from the periphery to the central nervous system. Researchers have observed AAV vector-induced DRG toxicity mainly in non-clinical studies with pigs and non-human primates. Direct administration of AAV into cerebral spinal fluid and high vector doses were contributing factors. Pathology studies have detected DRG degeneration in autopsy samples from humans who received AAV gene therapy. Scientists do not completely understand DRG toxicity’s underlying mechanisms in animals or the significance of clinical translation to humans.80

               

              Oncogenicity due to insertional mutagenesis (introducing foreign DNA into a person’s genome) is a potential risk of gene therapy. Studies in mice that received AAV vectors revealed integration events and hepatocellular carcinoma. Hepatocyte clonal expansion occurred in dogs following AAV vector administration although tumors were not found. AAV vector genome integration into chromosomes has been detected in humans, but so far AAV-associated oncogenesis has not been reported.58 Due to the potential risk, regulators expect long-term monitoring after vector administration.69,81

               

              Although immune responses to wild type AAV are low relative to other viruses, AAV can engage all arms of the immune system and can do so robustly especially when high vector doses are administered. The immune response to AAV gene therapy is complex, and poorly understood, and can contribute to loss of efficacy and adverse effects. Local (rather than systemic) dosing, use of tissue specific promoters, and increasing the vector’s potency (increasing promoter strength/achieving higher levels of expression per AAV particle) may effectively minimize toxicity.65,76,82,83

               

              Immune responses to AAV gene therapy include the following65,66,79,82:

              • Innate immune responses: may lead to cytokine induction and/or activation of the complement cascade (e.g., toll-like receptor recognition and signaling in response to capsid proteins and nucleic acids)
              • Humoral responses: antibody binding to AAV capsid may activate complement and immune cells and remove the vector from circulation before it can reach its target tissue. After gene therapy administration, the body generates new antibodies that can be specific for a capsid or transgene product.
              • Cellular immune responses: may lead to inflammation and elimination of the cells producing the disease-correcting protein (e.g., activation/expansion of capsid- or transgene-product-specific cytotoxic T lymphocytes)

               

              APPROVED IN VIVO GENE THERAPIES

              As of December, 2023, the FDA approved eight in vivo gene therapies, five of which are AAV based.46

               

              Non-AAV-Based Therapies

              Three of the FDA-approved in vivo gene therapies are non-AAV based; they are adenovirus (Ad)-based or herpes simplex virus (HSV)-based. None are systemically administered, but instead are administered locally to the skin or bladder.

               

              Vyjuvek (beremagene geperpavec-svdt) is a live, replication deficient HSV type 1 (HSV-1) vector genetically modified to express human type VII collagen. Vyjuvek is indicated for wound treatment in patients with dystrophic epidermolysis bullosa with mutation(s) in the collagen type VII alpha 1 chain gene. Topical application to wounds induces production of the mature form of type VII collagen leading to wound healing.84

               

              Adstiladrin (nadofaragene firadenovec-vncg) is a non-replicating adenoviral serotype 5 vector genetically modified to produce human interferon α-2b (IFNα-2b). Adstiladrin is indicated for patients with high-risk Bacillus Calmette-Guérin-unresponsive non-muscle invasive bladder cancer with carcinoma in situ with or without papillary tumors. Intravesical (within the bladder) instillation results in local expression of IFNα-2b protein that is anticipated to have anti-tumor effects.85

               

              Imlygic (talimogene laherparepvec) is a live, attenuated HSV vector genetically modified to replicate within tumors and to produce the immune stimulatory protein granulocyte-macrophage colony-stimulating factor (GM-CSF). Imylgic is indicated for local treatment, by intralesional injection of unresectable cutaneous, subcutaneous, and nodal lesions in patients with melanoma recurrent after initial surgery. Imylgic causes tumor lysis followed by release of tumor-derived antigens, which together with virally derived GM-CSF may promote an antitumor immune response. However, the exact mechanism of action is unknown.86

               

              AAV-Based Therapies

              Luxturna (voretigene neparvovec-rzyl) is a genetically modified non-replicating AAV2 expressing the human retinoid isomerohydrolase (RPE65) gene approved in 2017. It’s used to treat patients with confirmed biallelic RPE65 mutation-associated retinal dystrophy, a condition causing progressive retinal degeneration and dysfunction, which can lead to vision loss and blindness over time. Retinal pigment epithelial (RPE) cells produce RPE65. Mutations in this gene result in vision impairment, so Luxturna aims to correct these mutations. A clinician administers 1.5 x 1011 vg of Luxturna subretinally (directly into the space beneath the retina) to each eye on separate days, at least six days apart. Patients typically take systemic oral corticosteroids starting three days before its administration and continuing with a tapering dose for 10 days. Preparation of Luxturna for administration is complex and includes thawing, dilution, and preparation of syringes for injection. Warnings and precautions include endophthalmitis (infection/inflammation of the inner structures of the eye), permanent decline in visual acuity, retinal abnormalities, increased ocular pressure, intraocular air bubble expansion, and cataracts. Immune responses to Luxturna were mild in clinical trials, perhaps due to corticosteroid administration.23

               

              Zolgensma (onasemnogene abeparvovec-xioi) is a genetically modified non-replicating AAV9 expressing the human survival motor neuron (SMN) protein. The FDA approved it in 2019 for treatment of patients younger than 2 years of age with spinal muscular atrophy (SMA) with bi-allelic mutations in the SMN1 gene. SMN protein is key for muscle development and movement and Zolgensma aims to correct these mutations to treat the disease. After Zolgensma is thawed, a clinician administers 1.1 × 1014 vg/kg of Zolgensma intravenously by slow infusion. Patients typically take systemic corticosteroids starting one day before Zolgensma administration and continuing for a total of 30 days. Serious adverse effects described in the Boxed Warning include acute liver injury and failure with fatal outcomes. Other warnings and precautions include systemic immune response, thrombocytopenia, TMA, and elevated troponin (a protein involved in muscle contraction).87

               

              Hemgenix (etranacogene dezaparvovec-drlb) is a genetically modified non-replicating AAV5 expressing human coagulation Factor IX (Padua variant), under control of a liver-specific promoter. Approved in 2022, it is employed to treat male patients with hemophilia B (congenital Factor IX deficiency). The Padua variant has an 8-fold higher specific activity relative to wild type Factor IX, and Hemgenix would ideally correct the disease by providing circulating Factor IX activity. Clinicians administer 2.0 × 1013 gc/kg of Hemgenix by slow intravenous infusion. Hemgenix is a refrigerated suspension that requires dilution into normal saline. The prescribing information recommends corticosteroids, not prophylactically, but only if the liver enzyme aspartate aminotransferase (AST) increases to twice the patient’s baseline value. Warnings and precautions include infusion reactions (including anaphylaxis), hepatotoxicity, and hepatocellular carcinogenicity (theoretical risk if vector DNA integrates into the host cell genome).88

               

              Elevidys (delandistrogene moxeparvovec-rokl) is a genetically modified non-replicating AAVrh74 (originally isolated from rhesus monkeys) expressing human micro-dystrophin. The FDA approved it in 2023 for treatment of ambulatory 4- to 5-year-old patients with DMD with a confirmed mutation in the dystrophin gene. The vector’s promoter/enhancer drives transgene expression predominantly in skeletal and cardiac muscle. The dystrophin protein’s micro version consists of selected domains of dystrophin that confer function to muscle cells. After Elevidys is thawed, clinicians administer 1.33 × 1014 vg/kg by intravenous infusion using a syringe infusion pump. The prescribing information recommends prophylactic corticosteroids following a complex administration and tapering schedule, which is further complicated in patients with DMD already on a corticosteroid regimen. Warnings and precautions include acute serious liver injury, immune-mediated myositis, and myocarditis.89

               

              Roctavian (valoctocogene roxaparvovec-rvox) is a genetically modified non-replicating AAV5 expressing the B-domain-deleted form of human coagulation Factor VIII (the smallest active form of Factor VIII) under control of a liver-specific promoter. Approved in 2023 for treatment of male patients with severe hemophilia A, clinicians administer Roctavian after thawing at 6.0 × 1013 vg/kg by intravenous infusion using a syringe infusion pump. The prescribing information recommends corticosteroids, not prophylactically, but only if liver enzymes increase to 1.5 times the patient’s baseline or to above the upper limit of normal. Warnings and precautions include infusion reactions (including anaphylaxis), hepatotoxicity, and thromboembolic events.90

               

              PAUSE AND PONDER: The prescribing information for Hemgenix and Roctavian do not recommend these gene therapies for women. Why?

               

              A LOOK TO THE FUTURE

              As discussed above, the FDA has approved five AAV-based gene therapies, Figure 3 illustrates disease indications being studied in AAV-based clinical trials including 90 ongoing, interventional studies.41

               

              Figure 3. AAV-based gene therapy clinical trials for different disease indications as a percentage of all AAV-based clinical trials for therapies not yet approved for marketing41

              The percentages of each disease indication were calculated based on the total of current AAV-based interventional clinical trials. Clinical trials were identified using the search terms gene therapy and adeno-associated (for condition/disease) and interventional (study type). Trials designated as recruiting, active – not yet recruiting, enrolling by invitation, and completed were included in the analysis (n = 73). Trials designated as terminated, suspended, or unknown status were not included. Data are current as of April 12, 2024.

               

              Ophthalmology and neurology represent the highest percentage of forthcoming therapies. Within the ophthalmology category, multiple trials are underway for achromatopsia (color blindness), amaurosis (complete vision loss without visible eye damage; typically, an optic nerve disease), and retinitis pigmentosa (progressive vision loss due to retina deterioration), among others. The neurological disease category includes trials for Alzheimer’s disease, Huntington’s disease, Parkinson’s disease, and others. Hematological and musculoskeletal clinical trials are highly focused on hemophilia and muscular dystrophies, respectively. The metabolic disease category is diverse containing a few trials each for numerous genetic diseases.41

               

              Controlling the immune response to AAV vectors is one of the biggest hurdles for future therapeutics. The human immune system is complex and very efficient. Often, it has a back-up plan in case an organism escapes the first round of attack and usually a back-up plan for the back-up plan. It becomes impossible for an AAV vector (a virus in sheep’s clothing) to go unnoticed, especially when the doses are greater than 1 trillion vg/kg of body weight. Thus, a patient’s immune system will go into action starting shortly after receiving gene therapy and mount a multi-pronged attack.

               

              New and improved strategies to control immune responses will greatly benefit patients. Researchers are diligently pursuing strategies (Table 2) that target the vector itself or immune system components.91-93 Success will probably use a combinations of strategies.

               

              Table 2. Strategies to Control or Circumvent Immune Responses91-94

              Strategy Rationale Potential Advantages Potential Disadvantages
              AAV capsid engineering

               

              Remove or alter NAb-binding epitopes ·  Allow dosing with pre-existing NAb

              ·  Allow redosing

              ·  Complex, expensive, lengthy process

              ·  May alter tropism to target tissue

              ·  May require patient screening to determine what epitopes to modify

              Direct administration to appropriate tissue Minimizing systemic exposure may minimize immune response ·  Reduced toxicity after gene therapy administration ·  Not possible for all indications
              Plasmapheresis

               

              Reduce amount of all immunoglobulins in a patient ·  Allow dosing with pre-existing Nab

              ·  Allow redosing

              ·  Invasive procedure

              ·  Not specific for capsid antibodies

              ·  May increase infection risk due to reduced circulating antibody

              Capsid decoys

               

              Pretreat patient with empty capsid to ‘absorb’ capsid-specific antibodies ·  Allow dosing with pre-existing Nab

              ·  Allow redosing

              ·  Depending on clearance time for empty capsid-NAb complexes, may increase the total capsid burden and enhance immune response
              IdeS Degrades all IgG ·  Allow dosing with pre-existing Nab

              ·  Allow redosing

              ·  Good safety profile in transplant patients

              ·  Patient may have pre-existing antibodies to IdeS that could induce an immune response

              ·  Patient may develop antibodies to IdeS, so may not be able to be used more than once

              ·  Not specific for anti-AAV IgG

              ·  Increased infection risk due to reduced circulating IgG

              Immunosuppression Overall or cell type-specific suppression of the immune response ·  Reduced toxicity after gene therapy administration ·  Can have adverse effects, especially if used long term

              ·  Increased infection risk

              AAV, adeno-associated virus; IdeS, immunoglobulin G-degrading enzymes of Streptococcus pyogenes; IgG, immunoglobulin type G; NAb, neutralizing antibody.

               

              Perfection of technologies to remove pre-existing NAbs would allow many more patients to be eligible for gene therapies. Curbing antibody production in the days following the gene therapy may boost efficacy, reduce toxicity, and allow patients to remain eligible for more than one round of AAV gene therapy if needed. Methods to control T cell-mediated responses would prevent destruction of the cells producing the transgene product, increasing the persistence of the curative gene expression.

               

              Early clinical studies took a reactive approach to immune responses to AAV; they used medications such as corticosteroids following observation of increases in liver enzymes or signs of inflammation. More recently, efforts to identify drugs and combinations of drugs that will suppress the immune response prophylactically have accelerated91,93:

              • Corticosteroids (e.g., methylprednisolone): general anti-inflammatory
              • Tacrolimus: inhibits T cell proliferation and differentiation
              • Rituximab: depletes B cells to block antibody production
              • Rapamycin (sirolimus): disrupts cytokine signaling resulting in inhibition of B cell and T cell activation
              • Mycophenolate mofetil: inhibits B cell and T cell proliferation
              • Eculizumab: complement inhibitor
              • Hydroxychloroquine: inhibits toll-like receptor-9-mediated responses to viral DNA an antigen presentation

               

              Researchers must investigate other key variables: the timing of immunosuppression initiation and the requisite treatment duration.

               

              Many clinical trials have employed corticosteroids, but corticosteroids alone are insufficient to control immune responses. Regulators have approved the immunosuppressants listed above for indications other than gene therapy, and their safety profiles are known, making them logical choices to investigate for gene therapy indications. Future work must maximize safety and efficacy of AAV gene therapy while balancing adverse effects of the immunosuppressive regimens.93

               

              SUMMARY

              Gene therapy is a relatively new, complex, and evolving field in medicine that offers hope to patients with previously incurable genetic diseases. The information presented here is intended to introduce a topic that pharmacists and pharmacy technicians may not have been previously exposed to, and perhaps inspire them to read more.

               

               

              Pharmacist Post Test (for viewing only)

              GENES AS MEDICINES: GENE THERAPY
              Pharmacist Posttest

              Learning Objectives
              After completing this application-based continuing education activity, pharmacists will be able to
              • Recognize which patient populations qualify for gene therapy
              • Name the different components of gene therapy vectors
              • Describe toxicities associated with gene therapies
              • Identify gene therapies that are approved/under development in the United States

              1. Which of the following patients would qualify for an AAV9-based gene therapy?
              A. A patient with a monogenic disease who has neutralizing antibodies to AAV9
              B. A patient with a monogenic disease without neutralizing antibodies to AAV9
              C. A patient with an undefined genetic disease without neutralizing antibodies to AAV9

              2. Which of the following is an in vivo approach to gene therapy?
              A. Intravenous administration of AAV5 carrying a dystrophin GOI
              B. An autologous CAR T cell therapy targeting B cells in a patient with B cell lymphoma
              C. Autologous hematopoietic stem cells engineered to produce functional β-globin in a patient with β-thalassemia

              3. Which of the following are components of an AAV vector?
              A. Expression cassette, capsid, GOI
              B. Promoter, cell wall, GOI
              C. Expression cassette, liposome, GOI

              4. Which product is a U.S.-approved AAV gene therapy with a Boxed Warning for serious liver injury and acute liver failure?
              A. Zolgensma
              B. Hemgenix
              C. Adstiladrin

              5. What toxicities are associated with administration of AAV gene therapy?
              A. TMA, blindness, liver failure
              B. Rash, myocarditis, loss of sense of smell
              C. Liver failure, myocarditis, TMA

              6. Which of the following statements is TRUE?
              A. AAV confers a lower risk of inducing gene therapy-related cancers than lentiviral vectors.
              B. AAV serotype does not influence what tissue will express the transgene product
              C. Route of administration of a gene therapy is unlikely to contribute to its toxicity profile

              7. Which situation would warrant administration of the complement inhibitor, eculizumab, in a patient that had received AAV gene therapy?
              A. A patient complains of nausea the day after receiving gene therapy
              B. A patient received gene therapy 5 days afo and has not urinated for 24 hours
              C. A patient’s liver enzymes are elevated 6 months after receiving gene therapy

              8. Which of the following statements is TRUE about viral vector production purification?
              A. Proteins from the cell line used to propagate the vector may promote an inflammatory immune response
              B. The main reason to remove empty capsids from the drug product is to reduce cost to the patient
              C. Capsids containing partial or chimeric DNA sequences may provide a boost in efficacy of the therapy

              9. A patient with sickle cell disease was hospitalized four times last year with severe pain due to vaso-occlusive crisis. The patient tells you that traditional symptom-managing medicines seem to be less effective than they used to be. Which FDA-approved gene therapies would be appropriate to discuss with this patient to educate them?
              A. Hemgenix and Roctavian
              B. Casgevy and Lyfgenia
              C. Breyanzi

              10. The FDA has approved several ex vivo gene therapies since 2017. A patient with -thalassemia learned from his doctor that he is a candidate for ex vivo gene therapy and asks you about the patient experience. Which of the following is the MOST appropriate education to provide?
              A. He will be tested for antibodies to the gene therapy. If the test is negative, then he will be eligible for the therapy. He will receive an intravenous injection in the hospital or as an outpatient and will need to be monitored for several weeks or months for adverse effects and to determine if the therapy is working.
              B. In an outpatient procedure, medical personnel will collect a large number of his white blood cells and modify them in a laboratory in a process that takes several weeks. When the cells are ready, he will go to a special treatment center and get chemotherapy to make room for the new cells. Once he receives the new cells, he will be closely monitored for several weeks, likely requiring an extended stay at the treatment center. He may experience severe, life-threatening adverse effects.
              C. He will be given a drug so his body will produce more stem cells. Those cells will be collected and modified in a laboratory, in a process that may take 4-6 months. When the cells are ready, he will go to a special treatment center and get chemotherapy to make room for the new cells. For several months after receiving the new cells, he may need to stay at the treatment center for recovery and monitoring. At first, he likely will be prone to infections. He will have an increased risk for cancer, requiring monitoring for at least 15 years.

              Pharmacy Technician Post Test (for viewing only)

              GENES AS MEDICINES: GENE THERAPY
              Pharmacy Technician Posttest

              Learning Objectives
              After completing this continuing education activity, pharmacy technicians will be able to
              • Recognize patient populations that qualify for gene therapy
              • Distinguish types of gene therapies
              • Explain the patient experience for different types of gene therapies
              • Describe the pros and cons of gene therapy.

              1. Which of the following patients would qualify for an AAV9-based gene therapy?
              A. A patient with a monogenic disease who has neutralizing antibodies to AAV9
              B. A patient with a monogenic disease without neutralizing antibodies to AAV9
              C. A patient with an undefined genetic disease without neutralizing antibodies to AAV9

              2. Which of the following is an in vivo approach to gene therapy?
              A. Intravenous administration of AAV5 carrying a dystrophin GOI
              B. An autologous CAR T cell therapy targeting B cells in a patient with B cell lymphoma
              C. Autologous hematopoietic stem cells engineered to produce functional β-globin in a patient with β-thalassemia

              3. A single mom has been informed that her 6-year-old son with DMD is a good candidate for Elevidys gene therapy and asks you about the pros and cons of this treatment. Which of the following is the MOST appropriate education to provide?
              A. The treatment may not completely cure her son’s disease; adverse effects are well understood; is very expensive
              B. The treatment may completely cure her son’s disease; may have unknown adverse effects; is very expensive
              C. The treatment may completely cure her son’s disease; may have unknown adverse effects; is not expensive

              4. Which product is a U.S.-approved AAV gene therapy with a Boxed Warning for serious liver injury and acute liver failure?
              A. Zolgensma
              B. Hemgenix
              C. Adstiladrin

              5. What toxicities are associated with administration of AAV gene therapy?
              A. TMA, blindness, liver failure
              B. Rash, myocarditis, loss of sense of smell
              C. Liver failure, myocarditis, TMA

              6. Which of the following statements about patient challenges with different types of gene therapies is TRUE?
              A. Patients receiving AAV gene therapy rarely have immune responses.
              B. Patients receiving CAR T cell therapy for B cell lymphoma are less likely to experience Cytokine Release Syndrome than patients receiving an AAV gene therapy for a monogenic disease.
              C. Patients receiving HSC therapy undergo long term safety monitoring due to increased risk of developing treatment-related cancers.

              7. A patient with Hemophilia A is awaiting his AAV5 neutralizing antibody test results to determine whether he will be able to be treated with Roctavian. He asks you to explain about the potential outcomes and implications of the antibody test. Which of the following statements is TRUE?
              A. If his test is negative (he does not have AAV5-specific antibodies), he will not be able to receive Roctavian.
              B. If his test is negative (he does not have AAV5-specific antibodies), he will be able to receive Roctavian as many times as needed until he is cured.
              C. If his test is positive (he does have the AAV5-specific antibodies), he will not be able to receive Roctavian.

              8. A patient receives prophylactic oral corticosteroids starting 3 days before gene therapy begins. She then receives 2 sub-retinal injections of AAV vector 7 days apart and continues with tapering doses of the oral corticosteroids for 10 days. Which U.S.-approved AAV gene therapy product did she receive?
              A. Luxturna
              B. Zolgensma
              C. Imlygic

              9. A patient with sickle cell disease was hospitalized four times last year with severe pain due to vaso-occlusive crisis. The patient tells you that traditional symptom-managing medicines seem to be less effective than they used to be. Which FDA-approved gene therapies would be appropriate to discuss with this patient to educate them?
              A. Hemgenix and Roctavian
              B. Casgevy and Lyfgenia
              C. Breyanzi

              10. The FDA has approved several ex vivo gene therapies since 2017. A patient with -thalassemia learned from his doctor that he is a candidate for Zynteglo (ex vivo HSC gene therapy) and asks you about the patient experience. Which of the following is the MOST appropriate education to provide?
              A. He will be tested for antibodies to the gene therapy. If the test is negative, then he will be eligible for the therapy. He will receive an intravenous injection in the hospital or as an outpatient and will need to be monitored for several weeks or months for adverse effects and to determine if the therapy is working.
              B. In an outpatient procedure, medical personnel will collect a large number of his white blood cells and modify them in a laboratory in a process that takes several weeks. When the cells are ready, he will go to a special treatment center, and will receive his cells back. He will be closely monitored for several weeks, likely requiring an extended stay at the treatment center. He may experience severe, life-threatening adverse effects.
              C. He will be given a drug so his body will produce more stem cells. His cells will be collected and modified in a laboratory, which may take 4-6 months. He will go to a special treatment center and get chemotherapy to make room for the new cells. He may need to stay at the treatment center for several months for recovery and monitoring. He will likely be prone to infections and be monitored for at least 15 years because of an increased risk for cancer.

              References

              Full List of References

              References

                  1. Issa SS, Shaimardanova AA, Solovyeva VV, Rizvanov AA. Various AAV serotypes and their applications in gene therapy: an overview. Cells. 2023;12(5):785. doi:10.3390/cells12050785

                   

                  1. Naso MF, Tomkowicz B, Perry WL, Strohl WR. Adeno-associated virus (AAV) as a vector for gene therapy. BioDrugs. 2017;31(4):317-334. doi:10.1007/s40259-017-0234-5

                   

                  1. Shahryari A, Burtscher I, Nazari Z, Lickert H. Engineering gene therapy: advances and barriers. Adv Ther. 2021;4(9):2100040. doi:10.1002/adtp.202100040

                   

                  1. Dunbar CE, High KA, Joung JK, Kohn DB, Ozawa K, Sadelain M. Gene therapy comes of age. Science. 2018 Jan 12;359(6372). doi:10.1126/science.aan4672

                   

                  1. Chapa González C, Martínez Saráoz JV, Roacho Pérez JA, Olivas Armendáriz I. Lipid nanoparticles for gene therapy in ocular diseases. Daru. 2023;31(1):75-82. doi:10.1007/s40199-023-00455-1

                   

                  1. The free dictionary by Farlex. 2003-2023. Accessed December 29, 2023. https://encyclopedia.thefreedictionary.com/

                   

                  1. 7. Bulcha JT, Wang Y, Ma H, Tai PWL, Gao G. Viral vector platforms within the gene therapy landscape. Signal Transduct Target Ther. 2021;6(1):53. doi:10.1038/s41392-021-00487-6

                   

                  1. GT Reference – Decoding the science of gene therapy glossary. 2022. Accessed February 16, 2024. https://www.gtreference.com/resources/glossary/

                   

                  1. American Medical Association. Gene therapy naming scheme. Accessed October 3, 2023. https://www.ama-assn.org/about/united-states-adopted-names/gene-therapy-naming-scheme

                   

                  1. Peters GL, Hennessey EK. Naming of biological products. US Pharm. 2020;45(6)33-36 June 18, 2020. Accessed October 6, 2023. https://www.uspharmacist.com/article/naming-of-biological-products

                   

                  1. Wehrwein P. FDA approves Roctavian, the first gene therapy for hemophilia A. Managed Healthcare Executive. June 30, 2023. Accessed October 7, 2023. https://www.managedhealthcareexecutive.com/view/fda-approves-roctavian-the-first-gene-therapy-for-hemophilia-a

                   

                  1. Stein, R. Muscular dystrophy patients get first gene therapy. NPR. June 22, 2023. Accessed October 7, 2023. https://www.npr.org/sections/health-shots/2023/06/22/1183576268/muscular-dystrophy-patients-get-first-gene-therapy

                   

                  1. Pagliarulo N. FDA approves first gene therapy for hemophilia B. BioPharma Dive. Updated November 23, 2022. Accessed October 7, 2023. https://www.biopharmadive.com/news/hemophilia-gene-therapy-fda-approval-hemgenix-csl-uniqure/636999/

                   

                  1. genehome bluebird bio. History and evolution of gene therapy. Accessed October 7, 2023. https://www.thegenehome.com/what-is-gene-therapy/history

                   

                  1. Blaese RM, Culver KW, Miller AD, et al. T lymphocyte-directed gene therapy for ADA- SCID: initial trial results after 4 years. Science. 1995;270(5235):475-480. doi:10.1126/science.270.5235.475

                   

                  1. Sibbald B. Death but one unintended consequence of gene-therapy trial. CMAJ. 2001;164(11):1612. https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/11402803/

                   

                  1. Hacein-Bey-Abina S, Garrigue A, Wang GP, et al. Insertional oncogenesis in 4 patients after retrovirus-mediated gene therapy of SCID-X1. J Clin Invest. 2008;118(9):3132-3142. doi:10.1172/jci35700

                   

                  1. Cavazzana-Calvo M, Fischer A. Gene therapy for severe combined immunodeficiency: are we there yet? J Clin Invest. 2007;117(6):1456-1465. doi:10.1172/jci30953

                   

                  1. Pearson S, Jia H, Kandachi K. China approves first gene therapy. Nat Biotechnol. 2004;22(1):3-4. doi:10.1038/nbt0104-3

                   

                  1. Daley J. Gene therapy arrives. Nature. 2019;576(7785):S12-S13. doi:10.1038/d41586-019-03716-9

                   

                  1. Vaidya R. Realising the potential of AAV gene therapies. European Pharmaceutical Review. April 27, 2023. Accessed February 14, 2024. https://www.europeanpharmaceuticalreview.com/article/181742/realising-the-potential-of-aav-gene-therapies

                   

                  1. Aiuti A, Roncarolo MG, Naldini L. Gene therapy for ADA‐SCID, the first marketing approval of an ex vivo gene therapy in Europe: paving the road for the next generation of advanced therapy medicinal products. EMBO Mol Med. 2017;9(6):737-740. doi:10.15252/emmm.201707573

                   

                  1. Luxturna. Package Insert. Spark Therapeutics, Inc.; 2022.

                   

                  1. U.S. Food and Drug Administration. FDA approves CAR-T cell therapy to treat adults with certain types of large B-cell lymphoma. Updated March 21, 2018. Accessed October 7, 2023. https://www.fda.gov/news-events/press-announcements/fda-approves-car-t-cell-therapy-treat-adults-certain-types-large-b-cell-lymphoma
                  2. U.S. Food and Drug Administration. FDA approves brexucabtagene autoleucel for relapsed or refractory B-cell precursor acute lymphoblastic leukemia. October 1, 2021. Accessed October 7, 2023. https://www.fda.gov/drugs/resources-information-approved-drugs/fda-approves-brexucabtagene-autoleucel-relapsed-or-refractory-b-cell-precursor-acute-lymphoblastic

                   

                  1. Cross R. CRISPR is coming to the clinic this year. Chemical & Engineering News. January 8, 2018. Accessed October 7, 2023. https://cen.acs.org/articles/96/i2/CRISPR-coming-clinic-year.html

                   

                  1. U.S. Food and Drug Administration. FDA approves innovative gene therapy to treat pediatric patients with spinal muscular atrophy, a rare disease and leading genetic cause of infant mortality. May 24, 2019. Accessed October 7, 2023. https://www.fda.gov/news-events/press-announcements/fda-approves-innovative-gene-therapy-treat-pediatric-patients-spinal-muscular-atrophy-rare-disease

                   

                  1. bluebird bio, Inc. bluebird bio announces EU Conditional Marketing Authorization for ZYNTEGLO Gene Therapy. June 3, 2019. Accessed April 17, 2024. https://investor.bluebirdbio.com/news-releases/news-release-details/bluebird-bio-announces-eu-conditional-marketing-authorization

                   

                  1. U.S. Food and Drug Administration. FDA approves new treatment for adults with relapsed or refractory large-B-cell lymphoma. February 5, 2021. Accessed October 7, 2023. https://www.fda.gov/news-events/press-announcements/fda-approves-new-treatment-adults-relapsed-or-refractory-large-b-cell-lymphoma

                   

                  1. U.S. Food and Drug Administration. FDA approves idecabtagene vicleucel for multiple myeloma. March 29, 2021. Accessed October 7, 2023. https://www.fda.gov/drugs/resources-information-approved-drugs/fda-approves-idecabtagene-vicleucel-multiple-myeloma

                   

                  1. U.S. Food and Drug Administration. FDA approves ciltacabtagene autoleucel for relapsed or refractory multiple myeloma. March 7, 2022. Accessed October 7, 2023. https://www.fda.gov/drugs/resources-information-approved-drugs/fda-approves-ciltacabtagene-autoleucel-relapsed-or-refractory-multiple-myeloma

                   

                  1. U.S. Food and Drug Administration. FDA Roundup: September 20, 2022. September 20, 2022. Accessed February 16, 2024.

                  https://public4.pagefreezer.com/browse/FDA/01-10-2022T16:45/https://www.fda.gov/news-events/press-announcements/fda-roundup-september-20-2022

                   

                  1. U.S. Food and Drug Administration. FDA approves first cell-based gene therapy to treat adult and pediatric patients with beta-thalassemia who require regular blood transfusions. August 17, 2022. Accessed October 7, 2023. https://www.fda.gov/news-events/press-announcements/fda-approves-first-cell-based-gene-therapy-treat-adult-and-pediatric-patients-beta-thalassemia-who

                   

                  1. U.S. Food and Drug Administration. FDA approves first gene therapy for adults with severe hemophilia A. June 30, 2023. Accessed October 6, 2023. https://www.fda.gov/news-events/press-announcements/fda-approves-first-gene-therapy-adults-severe-hemophilia

                   

                  1. U.S. Food and Drug Administration. FDA Approves First gene therapy to treat adults with hemophilia B. November 22, 2022. Accessed October 7, 2023. https://www.fda.gov/news-events/press-announcements/fda-approves-first-gene-therapy-treat-adults-hemophilia-b

                   

                  1. U.S. Food and Drug Administration. FDA approves first gene therapy for treatment of certain patients with Duchenne muscular dystrophy. June 23, 2023. Accessed October 7, 2023. https://www.fda.gov/news-events/press-announcements/fda-approves-first-gene-therapy-treatment-certain-patients-duchenne-muscular-dystrophy

                   

                  1. U.S. Food and Drug Administration. FDA approves first gene therapies to treat patients with sickle cell disease; December 8, 2023. Accessed February 14, 2024. https://www.fda.gov/news-events/press-announcements/fda-approves-first-gene-therapies-treat-patients-sickle-cell-disease

                   

                  1. Dunleavy K. Vertex, CRISPR's gene-editing therapy Casgevy wins early FDA nod to treat beta thalassemia. January 16, 2024. Accessed February 14, 2024. https://www.fiercepharma.com/pharma/vertex-crispr-win-early-fda-nod-gene-therapy-casgevy-treat-beta-thalassemia

                   

                  1. Lundstrom K. Viral Vectors in gene therapy: where do we stand in 2023? Viruses. 2023;15(3):698. doi:10.3390/v15030698

                   

                  1. Wang K, Kievit FM, Zhang M. Nanoparticles for cancer gene therapy: Recent advances, challenges, and strategies. Pharmacol Res. 2016;114:56-66. doi:10.1016/j.phrs.2016.10.016

                   

                  1. National Institutes of Health National Library of Medicine National Center for Biotechnology Information. ClinicalTrials.gov. Accessed April 12, 2024. https://www.clinicaltrials.gov/

                   

                  1. REQORSA Immunogene Therapy. Genprex. Accessed September 20, 2023. https://www.genprex.com/technology/reqorsa/

                   

                  1. Gillmore JD, Gane E, Taubel J, et al. CRISPR-Cas9 in vivo gene editing for transthyretin amyloidosis. N Engl J Med. 2021;385(6). doi:10.1056/nejmoa2107454

                   

                  1. Gaj T, Sirk SJ, Shui S, Liu J. Genome-editing technologies: principles and applications. Cold Spring Harb Perspect Biol. 2016;8(12):a023754. doi:10.1101/cshperspect.a023754
                  2. Godbout K, Tremblay JP. Prime editing for human gene therapy: where are we now? Cells. 2023;12(4):536. doi:10.3390/cells12040536

                   

                  1. U.S. Food and Drug Administration. Approved cellular and gene therapy products. Updated: December 8, 2023. Accessed February 15, 2024. https://www.fda.gov/vaccines-blood-biologics/cellular-gene-therapy-products/approved-cellular-and-gene-therapy-products

                   

                  ‌47. Yescarta. Package Insert.  Kite Pharma, Inc.; 2022.

                   

                  1. Kymriah. Package Insert. Novartis Pharmaceuticals Corporation; 2022.

                   

                  1. Tecartus. Package Insert. Kite Pharma, Inc.; 2023.

                   

                  1. Breyanzi. Package Insert. Juno Therapeutics Inc.; 2023.

                   

                  1. Abecma. Package Insert. Celgene Corporation; 2024.

                   

                  1. Carvykti. Package Insert. Janssen Biotech, Inc., 2023.

                   

                  1. Skysona. Package Insert. bluebird bio, Inc.; 2022.

                   

                  1. Zynteglo. Package Insert. bluebird bio, Inc.; 2022.

                   

                  1. Casgevy. Package Insert. Vertex Pharmaceuticals Inc.; 2024.

                   

                  1. Lyfgenia. Package Insert. Bluebird bio, Inc.; 2023.

                   

                  1. Castaneda-Puglianini O, Chavez JC. Assessing and management of neurotoxicity after CAR-T therapy in diffuse large B-cell lymphoma. J Blood Med. 2021;12:775-783. doi:10.2147/jbm.s281247

                   

                  1. Martins KM, Breton C, Zheng Q, Zhang Z, Latshaw C, Greig JA, Wilson JM. Prevalent and disseminated recombinant and wild-type adeno-associated virus integration in macaques and humans. Hum Gene Ther. 2023;34(21-22):1081-1094. doi:10.1089/hum.2023.134

                   

                  1. Wörner TP, Bennett A, Habka S, et al. Adeno-associated virus capsid assembly is divergent and stochastic. Nat Commun. 2021;12(1):1642. doi:10.1038/s41467-021-21935-5

                   

                  1. Mietzsch M, Jose A, Chipman P, et al. Completion of the AAV structural atlas: serotype capsid structures reveals clade-specific features. Viruses. 2021;13(1):101. doi:10.3390/v13010101

                   

                  1. Daya S, Berns KI. Gene therapy using adeno-associated virus vectors. Clin Microbiol Rev. 2008;21(4):583-593. doi:10.1128/cmr.00008-08

                   

                  1. Tseng YS, Agbandje-McKenna M. Mapping the AAV capsid host antibody response toward the development of second generation gene delivery vectors. Front Immunol. 2014;5. doi:10.3389/fimmu.2014.00009

                   

                  1. Elmore ZC, Oh DK, Simon KE, Fanous MM, Asokan A. Rescuing AAV gene transfer from neutralizing antibodies with an IgG-degrading enzyme. JCI Insight. 2020;5(19). doi:10.1172/jci.insight.139881

                   

                  1. Schulz M, Levy D, Petropoulos CJ, et al. Binding and neutralizing anti-AAV antibodies: Detection and implications for rAAV-mediated gene therapy. Mol Ther. 2023;31(3):616-630. doi:10.1016/j.ymthe.2023.01.010

                   

                  1. Shirley JL, de Jong YP, Terhorst C, Herzog RW. Immune responses to viral gene therapy vectors. Mol Ther. 2020;28(3):709-722. doi:10.1016/j.ymthe.2020.01.001

                   

                  1. Li X, Wei X, Lin J, Ou L. A versatile toolkit for overcoming AAV immunity. FrontImmunol. 2022;13:991832. doi:10.3389/fimmu.2022.991832

                   

                  1. Gao G, Alvira MR, Somanathan S, et al. Adeno-associated viruses undergo substantial evolution in primates during natural infections. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. 2003;100(10):6081-6086. doi:10.1073/pnas.0937739100

                   

                  1. Samulski RJ, Muzyczka N. AAV-mediated gene therapy for research and therapeutic purposes. Annu Rev Virol. 2014;1(1):427-451. doi:10.1146/annurev-virology-031413-085355

                   

                  1. U.S. Food and Drug Administration. BRIEFING DOCUMENT Food and Drug Administration (FDA) Cellular, Tissue, and Gene Therapies Advisory Committee (CTGTAC) Meeting #70 Toxicity risks of adeno-associated virus (AAV) vectors for gene therapy. Sept 2-3, 2021. Accessed October 7, 2023. https://www.fda.gov/media/151599/download

                   

                  1. U.S. Food and Drug Administration. Chemistry, manufacturing, and control (CMC) information for human gene therapy investigational new drug applications (INDs). January 2020. Accessed October 7, 2023. https://www.fda.gov/regulatory-information/search-fda-guidance-documents/chemistry-manufacturing-and-control-cmc-information-human-gene-therapy-investigational-new-drug

                   

                  1. Davidsson M, Negrini M, Hauser S, et al. A comparison of AAV-vector production methods for gene therapy and preclinical assessment. SciRep. 2020;10:21532. doi:10.1038/s41598-020-78521-w

                   

                  1. Clément N, Grieger JC. Manufacturing of recombinant adeno-associated viral vectors for clinical trials. Mol Ther Methods Clin Dev. 2016;3:16002. doi:10.1038/mtm.2016.2

                   

                  1. Srivastava A, Mallelab KMG, Deorkara N, Brophy G. Manufacturing challenges and rational formulation development for AAV viral vectors. JPharm Sci. Published online April 2, 2021. doi:10.1016/j.xphs.2021.03.024

                   

                  1. Penaud-Budloo M, François A, Clément N, Ayuso E. Pharmacology of recombinant adeno-associated virus production. Mol Ther Methods Clin Dev. 2018;8:166-180. doi:10.1016/j.omtm.2018.01.002

                   

                  1. Van der Loo JCM, Wright JF. Progress and challenges in viral vector manufacturing. Hum Mol Genet. 2015;25(R1):R42-R52. doi:10.1093/hmg/ddv451

                   

                  1. Kishimoto TK, Samulski RJ. Addressing high dose AAV toxicity – “one and done” or “slower and lower”?. Expert Opin Biol Ther. 2022;22(9):1067-1071. doi:10.1080/14712598.2022.2060737

                   

                  1. Chand D, Mohr F, McMillan H, et al. Hepatotoxicity following administration of onasemnogene abeparvovec (AVXS-101) for the treatment of spinal muscular atrophy. JHepatol. 2021;74(3):560-566. doi:10.1016/j.jhep.2020.11.001

                   

                  1. Mendell JR, Al-Zaidy SA, Rodino-Klapac LR, et al. Current clinical applications of in vivo gene therapy with AAVs. Mol Ther. 2021;29(2):464-488. doi:10.1016/j.ymthe.2020.12.007

                   

                  1. Ertl HCJ. Immunogenicity and toxicity of AAV gene therapy. Front Immunol. 2022;13:975803. doi:10.3389/fimmu.2022.975803

                   

                  1. Hordeaux J, Buza EL, Dyer C, et al. Adeno-associated virus-induced dorsal root ganglion pathology. Hum Gene Ther. 2020;31(15-16):808-818. doi:10.1089/hum.2020.167

                   

                  1. Sabatino DE, Bushman FD, Chandler RJ, et al. Evaluating the state of the science for adeno-associated virus integration: an integrated perspective. Mol Ther. 2022;30(8):2646-2663. doi:10.1016/j.ymthe.2022.06.004

                   

                  1. Ronzitti G, Gross DA, Mingozzi F. Human immune responses to adeno-associated Virus (AAV) vectors. Front Immunol. 2020;11. doi:10.3389/fimmu.2020.00670

                   

                  1. Paulk N. Gene Therapy: It’s time to talk about high-dose AAV. Genetic Engineering and Biotechnology News. July 7, 2020. Accessed October 6, 2023. https://www.genengnews.com/insights/gene-therapy-its-time-to-talk-about-high-dose-aav/

                   

                  1. Vyjuvek. Package Insert. Krystal Biotech, Inc.; 2023.

                   

                  1. Adstiladrin. Package Insert. Ferring Pharmaceuticals; 2022.

                   

                  1. Imlygic. Package Insert. BioVex, Inc., a subsidiary of Amgen, Inc.; 2023.

                   

                  1. Zolgensma. Package Insert. Novartis Gene Therapies, Inc.; 2023.

                   

                  1. Hemgenix. Package Insert. UniQure, Inc.; 2022.

                   

                  1. Elevidys. Package Insert. Sarepta Therapeutics, Inc.; 2023.

                   

                  1. Roctavian. Package Insert. BioMarin Pharmaceutical Inc.; 2023.

                   

                  1. Prasad S, Dimmock DP, Greenberg B, et al. Immune responses and immunosuppressive strategies for adeno-associated virus-based gene therapy for treatment of central nervous system disorders: current knowledge and approaches. Hum Gene Ther. 2022;33(23-24):1228-1245. doi:10.1089/hum.2022.138

                   

                  1. Monahan PE, Négrier C, Tarantino M, Valentino LA, Mingozzi F. Emerging immunogenicity and genotoxicity considerations of adeno-associated virus vector gene therapy for hemophilia. J Clin Med. 2021;10(11):2471. doi:10.3390/jcm10112471

                   

                  1. Arruda VR, Favaro P, Finn JD. Strategies to modulate immune responses: a new frontier for gene therapy. Mol Ther. 2009;17(9):1492-1503. doi:10.1038/mt.2009.150

                   

                  1. Jordan SC, Lorant T, Choi J, et al. IgG endopeptidase in highly sensitized patients undergoing transplantation. N Engl J Med. 2017;377(5):442-453. doi:10.1056/nejmoa1612567

                   

                   

                   

                   

                  Pain Points: A Comprehensive Approach to Pain Management

                  Learning Objectives

                   

                  After completing this continuing education activity, pharmacists will be able to

                  Describe the three major categories of pain
                  Discuss the elements of a comprehensive pain assessment
                  Identify appropriate pharmacologic and non-pharmacologic treatment options for pain
                  Distinguish factors that create challenges for individual pain management

                  After completing this continuing education activity, pharmacy technicians will be able to

                  Describe the three major categories of pain
                  Explain why patients who have pain need a comprehensive pain assessment
                  Identify pharmacologic and non-pharmacologic treatment options for pain
                  Classify symptoms that a patient with pain may share that require referral to a pharmacist

                  Image of a woman who appears in pain. Woman has a grimaced expression while holding her neck and back.

                  Release Date:

                  Release Date:  October 15, 2024

                  Expiration Date: October 15, 2027

                  Course Fee

                  Pharmacists: $7

                  Pharmacy Technicians: $4

                  There is no grant funding for this CE activity

                  ACPE UANs

                  Pharmacist: 0009-0000-24-041-H08-P

                  Pharmacy Technician: 0009-0000-24-041-H08-T

                  Session Codes

                  Pharmacist: 24YC41-HLK43

                  Pharmacy Technician: 24YC41-KLH37

                  Accreditation Hours

                  2.0 hours of CE

                  Accreditation Statements

                  The University of Connecticut School of Pharmacy is accredited by the Accreditation Council for Pharmacy Education as a provider of continuing pharmacy education.  Statements of credit for the online activity ACPE UAN 0009-0000-24-041-H08-P/T  will be awarded when the post test and evaluation have been completed and passed with a 70% or better. Your CE credits will be uploaded to your CPE monitor profile within 2 weeks of completion of the program.

                   

                  Disclosure of Discussions of Off-label and Investigational Drug Use

                  The material presented here does not necessarily reflect the views of The University of Connecticut School of Pharmacy or its co-sponsor affiliates. These materials may discuss uses and dosages for therapeutic products, processes, procedures and inferred diagnoses that have not been approved by the United States Food and Drug Administration. A qualified health care professional should be consulted before using any therapeutic product discussed. All readers and continuing education participants should verify all information and data before treating patients or employing any therapies described in this continuing education activity.

                  Faculty

                   

                  Jack Vincigurerra, PharmD, Clinical Program Advisor, Express Scripts, St Louis, MO

                  Faculty Disclosure

                  In accordance with the Accreditation Council for Pharmacy Education (ACPE) Criteria for Quality and Interpretive Guidelines, The University of Connecticut School of Pharmacy requires that faculty disclose any relationship that the faculty may have with commercial entities whose products or services may be mentioned in the activity.

                  Dr. Vincigurerra has worked at Walgreens pharmacy.

                   

                  ABSTRACT

                  The universal understanding of pain persists as one of the fundamental challenges of medicine. Since the 1950s, the definition of pain has evolved from a consequence of disease to a disease state itself. The International Association for the Study of Pain has developed the three major categories of pain (nociceptive, neuropathic, and nociplastic) to illustrate the physiologic differences of the complex pain pathways in the body. Greater understanding of pain types paves the way to a comprehensive pain assessment. Matching pathogenesis with medication selection ensures adequate analgesia. Not all pain is the same and must be considered on case-by-case basis. A more holistic approach to pain allows providers to develop a more descriptive picture of the entire condition. Applying the biopsychosocial model to pain provides insight into the many other factors that can affect the development of a pain state negatively or positively. The advances in pain medicine are significant, but numerous shortcomings remain. Most pain cases are complex and involve multiple pain types and overlapping conditions. Appropriate pain management becomes increasingly difficult the more nuanced a case is. To continue pushing pain management forward, all healthcare providers must adopt a multimodal individualized approach considering all the contributing factors of pain.

                  CONTENT

                  Content

                  INTRODUCTION

                  Pharmacy teams understand pain is on the nation's radar, and the nuances of pain management can be challenging for the clinical team and the patient. Pain is among the most common reasons why people seek medical care. Conditions like osteoarthritis, back pain, and headaches consistently land in the top ten reasons someone would see a doctor.1 Statisticians estimate that more than 30% of people worldwide are affected by some variation of chronic pain. It exerts a substantial personal and economic burden; three of the four leading causes of years lost to disability are chronic pain conditions (back pain, neck pain, musculoskeletal disorders).2 A 2010 Institute of Medicine review estimated that chronic pain afflicts one in three Americans, costing between $560 billion and $635 billion annually in medical costs and lost productivity. It is worth noting that this estimation did not include institutionalized individuals (i.e., prisoners, nursing home patients), military personnel, or children.3

                   

                  A few fun facts are planted along the way in this activity, so watch for interesting information about redheads, snakes, and social anxiety. Pain is the appropriate response of an intact nervous system, serving as a protective mechanism crucial to function. It is an adaptive tool that grants insight to the nature of a disease state and the healing process, until it doesn’t. In 1953, John J. Bonica, the “father of pain medicine,” described pain’s complexity, stating that when pain is intractable (not able to be managed or controlled), it no longer serves a useful purpose. Through both mental and physical effects, it becomes destructive.4 While the general consensus on pain has graduated from being considered a mere symptom of disease, most practitioners still fail to recognize the condition as its own distinct disease state.

                   

                  Pain can range widely in intensity, quality, and duration and has diverse pathophysiologic mechanisms and meanings, making it difficult to define concisely.5 In 2020, the International Association for the Study of Pain (IASP) produced a revised definition of pain supplemented with additional clarifications. The list below outlines the major takeaways:6

                  • Pain, an unpleasant sensory and emotional experience, is associated with or resembles actual or potential tissue damage.
                  • Biologic, psychologic, and social factors influence pain perception, making it a highly personal experience.
                  • Respecting a person’s narrative of his or her pain experience is a healthcare team responsibility.
                  • Pain and nociception are different, so clinicians shouldn’t infer that a patient is having pain exactly where the patient reports the pain.
                  • Although pain is usually adaptive, it may adversely affect a patient’s functioning and social and psychologic well-being.
                  • Each individual’s life experiences develop their own notion of pain.
                  • Patients use several behaviors to express pain, not just their words; people who cannot communicate (i.e., have dementia or cognitive compromise) can and do experience pain.

                  The recent modifications propose a more individualized and holistic comprehension of pain and further solidify the case for pain as a disease state.6

                  PAUSE AND PONDER: A patient walks up to your pharmacy counter and asks for help picking out an over-the-counter medication for his chest pain. What questions might you ask before recommending a product?

                   

                  NOCICEPTIVE PAIN

                  Pain specialists define nociceptive pain as normal neural activity in response to noxious (harmful) stimuli damaging tissue. 7  Physical or chemical assaults such as trauma, surgery, or chemical burns stimulate nociceptors (pain receptors) found in the skin, organs, joints, bones, and muscles. The presence of a noxious stimuli triggers the basic pain mechanism, which can be broken down into three stages: transduction, transmission, and modulation. Transduction begins with the conversion of the inciting stimulus to chemical tissue and synaptic cleft events. Neurons propagate these events as electrical signals to be transduced as chemical events at the synapses. Transmission conveys the peripheral nociceptor activation to the central nervous system (CNS) using electrical impulses and neurotransmitter release along the neurons in the spinal cord.7 Once the signal reaches the somatosensory cortex of the brain, the individual perceives pain. In other words, once an event occurs, a chemical process starts and travels through the tissue and synapses. Next, an electrical system takes over and eventually conveys the message that the patient needs to feel pain to the CNS.

                   

                  Perception of pain also plays a role in the brain’s ability to generate alerts for future avoidance behaviors.8 The sensation of nociceptive pain continues as long as the offending stimuli remains present. Pain modulation occurs at every level of the nociceptive pathway. The body’s ability to alter pain signaling partially explains why the same noxious stimulus may elicit different individual responses.9

                   

                  The two subtypes of nociceptive pain are somatic and visceral. Somatic pain occurs due to injury to the skin, bones, joints, or soft tissue.10 This pain is localized, often manifesting as an ache, a dull discomfort, or a sensation of soreness. Visceral pain arises from damage to visceral organs (e.g., heart, kidney, liver, lungs). Direct stimulation of afferent nerves (nerves that relay sensory information from the organ to the CNS) due to tumor, distention (swelling), or ischemia (restricted blood supply) of viscera results in this cramping/squeezing pain sensation. Visceral pain often presents as diffuse and poorly localized in space and time.10

                   

                  The lack of sensory nerves in organs and blood vessels often results in referred pain (discussed below).10 Pain signals from viscera are transmitted over common nerve pathways used in somatic pain responses. For example, during a heart attack, pain may initially present in the neck, jaw, shoulder, or medial arm before the patient feels it in the chest. Visceral pain is also commonly associated with nausea/vomiting, tachycardia, and other vital sign changes due to its non-specific involvement of the autonomic system.10

                   

                  NEUROPATHIC PAIN

                  Neuropathic pain can be defined as a process occurring after a primary lesion or disease of the somatosensory system (the body’s system for sensing touch, pain, and temperature). The injury results in improper excitatory and inhibitory somatosensory signaling, maladaptive changes to ion channels, and increased variability of pain modulation across the CNS.11 Prolonged exposure to a neuropathic event often results in sensitization (increased sensitivity to stimuli in the peripheral or central nervous system). When involving a noxious stimulus, sensitization is a normal response. Due to some outside force, the body becomes hyperaware of potential future damage. Sensitization, however, becomes a significant issue in chronic pain cases because it eventually produces painful stimuli even if no apparent harm is present.12

                   

                  Peripheral sensitization describes a reduction in action potential threshold causing an amplified response of nociceptors.12 A stimulus of a lower magnitude creates more pain than one would expect. This occurs when primary sensory neurons’ peripheral terminals are exposed to inflammatory mediators and damaged tissue, localizing the dysfunction to the site of tissue injury. Nociceptors still initiate this pain response, but these nociceptors now require much less input to trigger pain signals. Central sensitization results from changes in the neurons’ properties in the CNS. The result: the nociceptive system becomes abnormally responsive and overexerts itself. These CNS changes alter response to sensory inputs, no longer requiring the presence of peripheral noxious stimuli. Pain experts describe the process as sensory illusion, where pain sensation occurs even in the absence of noxious stimuli or peripheral pathologies.12

                   

                  Common signs and symptoms associated with neuropathic pain include:13

                  • Allodynia (pain due to a stimulus that does not normally provoke pain)
                  • Hyperalgesia (increased sensitivity to feeling pain and an extreme response to pain)
                  • Paresthesia (abnormal touch sensation, such as burning or prickling)

                   

                  While nociceptive pain is understood best by its inherent “detect and protect” mechanism, neuropathy has no benefit or protective function.14 This condition’s pathology can originate from a number of different mechanisms best described by anatomic location or etiology.15 Neuropathy’s variable etiology makes it more difficult to treat than nociceptive pain. Neuropathic pain syndromes are divided into those representing a peripheral or central lesion or disease. Peripheral nerve damage may stem from a number of potential causes including mechanical, chemical, or infectious offenders. Metabolic dysfunction, medications, toxins, or inflammatory mediators can change the density of fibers involved in neuronal signaling resulting in hyperexcitability. Injuries along the axon including trauma, compression, hypoxia, or chemical damage can result in fiber degeneration and faulty signal transmission. Some examples of common peripheral neuropathies include:15

                  • Carpal tunnel syndrome
                  • Chemotherapy-induced peripheral neuropathy
                  • Diabetic neuropathy
                  • Post-herpetic neuralgia

                   

                  Central neuropathy is associated with traumatic injury to the brain or the spinal cord, a stroke, or multiple sclerosis. In some cases, patients may not experience the total manifestation of central neuropathy until months after a CNS injury.15

                   

                  NOCIPLASTIC PAIN

                  In 2017, the IASP introduced nociplastic pain as the third mechanistic pain descriptor, indicating significant differentiation from well-established nociceptive and neuropathic pain. 16  Nociplastic pain arises from altered nociception despite no clear evidence of actual or threatened damage to tissue or the somatosensory system. Before establishing nociplastic pain as its own entity, the IASP referred to this class as predominant central sensitization (CS) pain. CS is understood as an amplification of neural signaling within the CNS that results in various forms of dysfunction that induce pain hypersensitivity. Examples of dysfunction include:16

                  • Altered sensory processing in the brain in resting state
                  • Increased brain activity in areas involved in acute pain sensation (e.g., prefrontal cortex)
                  • Altered activity in brain-orchestrated nociceptive facilitatory pathway
                  • Decreased or improper endogenous analgesia activity

                   

                  In 2021, the IASP developed clinical criteria and a grading scale for nociplastic pain. Table 1 lists nociplastic pain’s criteria components.16

                   

                  Table 1. IASP Criteria for a Nociplastic Pain Diagnosis 16

                   

                  Pain lasting at least 3 months in duration (chronic)*
                  Regional rather than discrete pain distribution*
                  Pain cannot be explained entirely by nociceptive or neuropathic mechanisms*
                  Patient must display clinical signs of pain hypersensitivity (e.g., thermal or mechanical allodynia) at least in the reported region of pain*
                  History of pain hypersensitivity in the region of pain
                  Patient presents with at least 1 of the defined comorbidities: increased sensitivity to light/sound/color, sleep disturbance with frequent nocturnal awakenings, fatigue, or cognitive problems with attention or memory

                  *Mandatory for “possible nociplastic pain” diagnosis

                   

                  This criteria’s establishment by a worldwide scientific organization helps recognize nociplastic pain as the third mechanistic pain descriptor along with nociceptive and neuropathic pain. The stressed importance of assessing comorbidities with non-pain symptoms and sensory hypersensitivity highlights the notion that CS, a key underlying mechanism of nociplastic pain, goes beyond the nociceptive system.16

                   

                  Some common disease states recognized as nociplastic include fibromyalgia, irritable bowel syndrome, and chronic headache.17 These conditions highlight the nuance required to assess chronic pain thoroughly. Typically, an individual with a chronic condition will either have mixed pain clearly involving all three pain types or a nociplastic condition disguised as neuropathy or visceral pain. Pain categorization guides its pharmacologic treatment approach and jumpstarts the pain assessment triage.17

                   

                  PAUSE AND PONDER: Now that a third type of pain has been globally defined, how has your overall perception of pain changed?

                   

                  PAIN ASSESSMENT

                  As recently clarified by the IASP, healthcare providers should recognize and treat pain as a unique, individual experience.1 Chronic pain does not impact all people equally. According to the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), the highest prevalence rates of chronic pain are seen in women, military veterans, individuals from lower socioeconomic backgrounds, and people residing in rural areas. With regard to race and ethnicity, studies are mixed; however, most have reported higher incidence in racial and ethnic minorities (e.g., African American, indigenous people). Research attributes these differences to enhanced physiologic pain sensitivity, cultural differences, and reduced access to care.1

                   

                  To create a more holistic approach to patient assessment, healthcare providers must first categorize and classify pain, then cross-reference these factors against personal lifestyle factors. Upon determining which of the three major pain types a person is experiencing, the pain management team must consider other more general features of the pain before making a specific diagnosis. The other components of the classification system include duration, actual or perceived location, and intensity.18

                   

                  DURATION AND LOCATION OF PAIN

                  Providers typically describe pain as acute or chronic. According to the IASP, acute pain is commonly associated with actual or threatened tissue damage that lasts from a few seconds to three months. Chronic pain persists or recurs for more than three months. It is sometimes further differentiated by considering if the chronic condition is cancer-related, non-cancerous, or episodic.6

                   

                  Over the last few years, the IASP has fought alongside the World Health Organization (WHO) to change the way the healthcare system recognizes chronic pain conditions.6 They advocate a shift to considering chronic pain as a disease in its own right rather than an underlying consequence of another affliction. In 2015, the IASP Task Force proposed updated categorization of pathologic pain conditions for the 11th Revision of the International Classification of Diseases (ICD-11). The revamped definition supported with adequate coding would grant pain sufferers greater access to proper care. This in turn improves epidemiological data regarding chronic pain and helps address some of the shortcomings that have plagued pain management.6

                   

                  The actual or perceived location of pain can help with treatment selection and/or prognosis in an emergent situation. For example, if a patient has left arm pain, it would be vital to differentiate a fractured humerus bone from referred cardiac pain sometimes associated with a heart attack. Although etiology may not always match with sensory information, perceived location of pain helps initiate the diagnostic process and establishes a patients’ baseline pain pattern.18

                   

                  Pain intensity is a subjective but valuable diagnostic element. Unidimensional pain assessment tools such as verbal rating scales (VRS), numerical rating scales (NRS), and visual analog scales (VAS) provide a baseline pain score dictating the level of analgesia necessary to achieve an optimal pain response.19 Providers combine these rating scales with multi-dimensional pain assessment tools (e.g., Brief Pain Inventory, McGill Pain Questionnaire) to capture comprehensive understanding of the complaint and guide treatment.20

                   

                  THE BIOPSYCHOSOCIAL MODEL
                  The biopsychosocial model of pain demonstrates the dynamic interaction of physical symptoms combined with biologic, psychologic, and social factors. Some contributing biologic factors considered include age, sex, genetics, and other predisposing conditions (i.e., hormone abnormalities, nervous system sensitization).21

                   

                  Psychologic factors corresponding to chronic pain include depression, anxiety, post-traumatic stress, diminished coping skills, and somatization (expression of psychologic or emotional factors as physical symptoms), among others.21 If a disease state significantly impairs a patient’s ability to work, a state of helplessness often follows. A chronic pain condition can rapidly diminish self-esteem, which in turn can negatively impact interpersonal relationships. Higher rates of divorce, substance abuse, and suicide are often seen in those battling chronic pain conditions.21

                   

                  Sociocultural factors linked to chronic pain include low education status, job dissatisfaction, lack of social support, and fundamental cultural differences.21

                   

                  ELEMENTS OF A MULTIDIMENSIONAL ASSESSMENT

                  Chronic pain can detrimentally affect a number of social conditions in one’s life.22 Providers must be cognizant of the evolving picture of health to provide well rounded care. They should acknowledge that the cause-and-effect relationship between pain and lifestyle is bidirectional. A patient’s sub-optimal living condition may increase the likelihood of a condition developing into a chronic problem. Underlying depression, anxiety, or poor sleep habits may exacerbate an injury’s severity or even predispose individuals to pain. Health care providers should increase efforts to promote each pain patient’s resiliency. Two ways of doing this are strengthening emotional support systems and promoting positive health practices. Both interventions can expedite restoration and hinder chronification.22

                   

                  In addition to the unidimensional scales and questionnaires, healthcare practitioners use multidimensional assessment to address the eight elements of a pain complaint. Practitioners often use the mnemonic PQRSTU, described in Table 2, to help guide this systematic approach.23

                   

                  Table 2. The PQRSTU Mnemonic for Pain Assessment

                  P Precipitating or Provocative Factors

                  “What brings on the pain? What makes it worse?”

                  Changes in position, bowel movements, and even eating habits can sometimes alter the level of pain.

                  Palliative Factors

                  “What relieves the pain? What makes it better?”

                  This is strictly in reference to non-pharmacologic aids, including ice or heat application, sleeping, or any distraction strategies.

                  Previous Therapy

                  “What have you used for pain control in the past? How well did the medication work? Did you experience any side effects?”

                  Consider all prescription, over-the-counter, and homeopathic remedies.

                  Q Quality of Pain

                  “What does the pain feel like?”

                  It is best practice to ask patients to try and describe it in their own words and only prompt with suggestions if they are struggling to explain the sensation (e.g., aching, stabbing, burning).

                  R Region/Radiation of Pain

                  “Where do you feel the pain? Does it spread to other areas or remain in the same place?”

                  Always try and have patients show you where they perceive the pain. This may provide greater context as to the pain being referred or localized.

                  S Severity of Pain

                  “How bad is the pain?”

                  The use of a VRS is crucial for establishing a baseline and indicating if specific interventions should be implemented for pain control.

                  T Temporal Aspects of Pain

                  “When did the pain start? Is the pain constant or intermittent? How long does the pain last or how frequently does it occur?”

                  Duration of pain and time since pain onset are crucial to differentiating an acute or chronic pain condition.

                  U YoU-Associated Symptoms of Pain

                  “How does the pain affect your everyday life? What do you want to be doing right now that you cannot because of your pain?”

                  Consider how significantly quality of life might be decreased if the patient is now unable to work or exercise because of their condition.

                  VRS, verbal rating scale.

                   

                  PAUSE AND PONDER: What is the pharmacist's role in the multidisciplinary approach to pain management?

                   

                  GOALS OF PAIN MANAGEMENT

                  The 3 basic goals of a successful pain management plan are

                  1. To relieve pain! Identify and treat the cause of pain (when possible) by matching the analgesic with the pathogenesis.
                  2. To restore function. Improve the patient’s ability to perform every day activities without exceeding limits of pain and discomfort.
                  3. To prevent pain from becoming chronic. If pain becomes chronic, optimize therapies by titrating to the lowest dose that improves pain without unacceptable side effects.

                   

                  To achieve these goals, a well-constructed pain team monitors the situation from all angles. A multidisciplinary approach is a standard of care; nurses, pharmacists, physicians, social workers, and therapists all pool their expertise with the common objective of pain control. The pain team does not just include healthcare professionals. Family members or caregivers can also significantly contribute on the road to recovery. The unique support that they provide can add a familiar layer of comfort for patients in an unfamiliar situation.24

                   

                  In 1986, WHO designed an analgesic ladder (see Figure 1) as a tool to aid in the development of cancer pain treatment plans. The simple, stepwise approach to addressing pain severity while considering adverse effects of pharmacologic agents revolutionized pain management. It was immediately clear that this conservative protocol was not limited to cancer pain and could be applied to most acute or chronic conditions.

                   

                  <<< Insert Figure 1 Near Here >>>

                   

                  In 2020, clinicians from the Mayo Clinic considered updates from the CDC Guideline for Prescribing Opioids for Chronic Pain and the American Society of Interventional Pain Physicians to modernize the analgesic ladder. The three modifications are as follows:25

                  1. Attempt to employ integrative medical treatments at each step of the ladder. Therapies including yoga, acupuncture, tai chi, and spinal manipulation have demonstrated a positive effect on patient outcomes. Acupuncture as a complementary treatment for chronic pain displays evidence of decreasing required opioid analgesic dosages and, in some cases, eliminating the need for opioids all together.
                  2. Consider minimally invasive interventions at step 3 when non-opioids or weak opioids have failed to control the pain. Procedures such as nerve blocks, epidural or subarachnoid administration of local anesthetics, and spinal cord stimulation may slow the progression to the need for strong opioid medications.
                  3. Prescribe strong opioid medications at step 4 only as a last resort after all other modalities fail.

                   

                  PAUSE AND PONDER: Consider a time when a patient has told you that they do not even know what the medication they are taking is for. Or maybe they asked why they take an anti-seizure medication and have never had a seizure in their life. How can you bridge the knowledge gap?

                   

                  TREATMENT OPTIONS FOR NOCICEPTIVE PAIN

                  First line treatments for somatic or visceral nociceptive pain include non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs), acetylsalicylic acid (aspirin; ASA), acetaminophen (APAP), and steroids.

                   

                  Providers prescribe NSAIDs (e.g., celecoxib, diclofenac, ibuprofen, indomethacin, naproxen) largely due to their analgesic properties, anti-inflammatory mechanism, and antipyretic (fever reducing) effect.26 This class of drugs exerts its effects by inhibiting the enzyme cyclooxygenase (COX). COX is responsible for the conversion of arachidonic acid into thromboxanes, prostaglandins, and prostacyclins. Thromboxanes are involved in platelet adhesion following tissue injury. Prostaglandins and prostacyclins cause vasodilation and play a role in anti-nociception.26

                   

                  The two isoenzymes of COX (COX-1 and COX-2) exert different effects that help explain the class’s adverse effect profile.26 COX-1 is the prime mediator for maintaining gastrointestinal tract lining. Inflammatory conditions induce COX-2 expression. Due to most NSAIDs’ nonselective nature, gastric distress is a common adverse effect of these drugs. COX inhibitors with selectivity to COX-2 (e.g., celecoxib) significantly limit damage to the digestive tract. Other significant adverse drug reactions (ADRs) include renal damage and antiplatelet function.26

                   

                  Although ASA is considered an NSAID, its unique mechanism of action is worth noting. The drug simultaneously modifies both COX-1 and COX-2. The interaction with COX-2 is believed to turn off prostaglandin production but triggers the creation of novel protective lipid mediators.26

                   

                  It is important to recognize that while APAP has analgesic and antipyretic properties, it is considered to be at best a weak anti-inflammatory agent. A study showed that daily doses of APAP may reduce neural activity related to the emotional pain associated with social rejection. Participants’ brain activity were measured and found that APAP decreased neural response in areas associated with distress caused by social pain.27 Despite its long history of use, APAP’s mechanisms are still not completely understood. It is widely accepted that its metabolite, N-acylphenolamine, works on receptors in the brain and the dorsal horn. The ADR of highest concern associated with APAP is liver damage. Healthy adults should not take more than 4 grams of APAP daily and should avoid extended exposures to high dose therapy.28 Older patients and individuals with liver disease or chronic alcohol use should limit APAP use to 3 grams daily.

                   

                  An adjuvant therapy is a drug that is not primarily recognized as an analgesic based on its pharmacologic class but has been shown in clinical practice to either demonstrate some independent analgesic effect or provide a synergistic effect when combined with opioids.29 The adjuvant will act on excitatory neurotransmitters (e.g., glutamate, substance P), inhibitory transmitters (e.g., GABA), or neurotransmitters that modulate the experience of pain (e.g., serotonin, norepinephrine). Drug classes commonly used as adjuvant therapies for pain management include:30

                  • Skeletal muscle relaxants (e.g., carisoprodol, baclofen)
                  • Tricyclic antidepressants (TCAs; e.g., amitriptyline)
                  • Serotonin norepinephrine reuptake inhibitors (e.g., venlafaxine, duloxetine)
                  • Anti-epileptics (e.g., carbamazepine)

                   

                  Opioids’  (e.g., codeine, hydrocodone, methadone, morphine, oxycodone, tramadol) role in pain management is paradoxical. Opioids are a mainstay in perioperative and palliative care settings. However, their use and effectiveness in chronic pain cases becomes increasingly controversial over time due to their problematic set of short-term and long-term adverse effects.31 A solution may be on the way in the form of snake venom. Researchers reported that the isolation of a specific class of peptides from the African black mamba snake were found to have analgesic effects comparable to morphine in mice.32

                   

                  Opioids exhibit their effects by binding to the three categories of opioid receptor subtypes: mu (µ), delta (δ), and kappa (Κ) found across the CNS and other tissues. Each subtype (see Table 3) is capable of producing spinal or supra-spinal analgesia, but their specific localizations provide insight into the adverse effect profile of this drug class. For example, µ receptors are found in the small intestine and function to decrease intestinal transit rate, which often results in the commonly seen adverse effect of constipation.

                   

                  Table 3. Opioid Receptor Subtypes33,34

                  RECEPTOR UNIQUE FUNCTIONS LOCATIONS
                  µ ·        Sedation

                  ·        Inhibition of respiration

                  ·        Decreased intestinal transit rate

                  ·        Regulation of hormone and neurotransmitter secretion

                  ·        Brain (thalamus, caudate, amygdala, raphe nuclei, gray matter, hippocampus)

                  ·        Dorsal horn

                  ·        Peripheral terminals

                  ·        Small intestine

                  δ ·        Regulation of hormone and neurotransmitter secretion ·        Brain (cortex, amygdala, hypothalamus, midbrain)

                  ·        Spinal cord

                  Κ ·        Psychotomimetic effects

                  ·        Decreased gastrointestinal transit

                  ·        Brain (cortex, thalamus, hypothalamus, gray matter, black matter, caudate, and putamen)

                   

                   

                  Opioids may be classified as agonists (full or partial receptor activators), antagonists (receptor blockers), partial agonists (submaximal receptor activators), or mixed agonist-antagonists (activate one receptor subtype while blocking another).33 The varying potency at which different opioids act at one or more of their receptors also contributes to their wide array of pharmacologic effects.34 Table 4 provides examples of each opioid classification relative to its receptor affinity.

                   

                  Table 4. Opioid Affinity and Activity35

                  RECEPTOR SUBTYPE
                  µ δ Κ
                  Morphine (agonist) Affinity: +++

                  Activity: ***

                   

                  Affinity: +

                  Activity: *

                   

                  Affinity: +

                  Activity: *

                   

                  Buprenorphine (partial/mixed agonist) Affinity: ++

                  Activity: (***)

                  Affinity: -

                  Activity: -

                  Affinity: +

                  Activity: XX

                  Naltrexone (antagonist) Affinity: +++

                  Activity: XXX

                  Affinity: ++

                  Activity: X

                  Affinity: ++

                  Activity: XXX

                  +, low affinity; ++, moderate affinity; +++, high affinity; -, negligible affinity/activity; *, agonist activity; ( ), partial agonist activity; X, antagonist activity.

                   

                  Opioids’ common adverse effects include constipation, dependence and tolerance, CNS impairment, and respiratory depression. Counseling patients on what to watch for and how to mitigate these adverse effects when they occur improves their quality of life. Recommendations when discussing potential drawbacks of opioid therapies include:11,36,37,38

                  1. Confirm a bowel regimen is in place that includes both drug and nondrug treatments. Using a stool softener, stimulant and/or osmotic laxative combined with increased physical activity, fluid intake, and dietary fiber intake can minimize constipation.
                  2. Establish a baseline cognitive level. Sedation and decreased cognition can occur with initiation of opioid therapy or when increasing the dose. Pharmacists should perform a thorough medication review to modify or eliminate unnecessary medications that synergize CNS effects (e.g., antihistamines, antidepressants).
                  3. Differentiate between dependence and tolerance. Physical dependence is the result of an altered physiologic state due to chronic drug exposure. Tolerance describes the need for a dose increase to achieve desired analgesic effect. Clinicians should also recognize the lack of complete cross tolerance with opioids. Tolerance with one opioid does not mean tolerance to all, and titrating a new opioid to the target equianalgesic dose is crucial in the prevention of an overdose.
                  4. Identify risk factors for opioid-induced respiratory depression. Advanced age, female sex, and comorbidities (e.g., diabetes, sleep apnea) increase the likelihood of this potentially fatal adverse effect. The simultaneous use of multiple opioid drugs or modified-release opioid formulations can also put patients at higher risk.

                   

                  Opioid use in patients with hepatic or renal insufficiency must be closely monitored. Opioids undergo phase 1 metabolism via the cytochrome P450 (CYP) pathway and/or phase 2 glucuronidation in the liver.39 Primary metabolic enzymes include CYP3A4 and CYP2D6, resulting in substantial interaction potential with a number of commonly used drugs (e.g., cardiovascular agents, antibiotics, statins). Moderate to severe liver disease can result in higher peak plasma levels of opioids and their metabolites, which is associated with an increased incidence of adverse events. Primary elimination of opioids through urine necessitates dose adjustment in the renally impaired population. The impact of kidney dysfunction on opioid excretion is not uniform. For example, while morphine only sees its clearance decrease slightly, the clearance of morphine’s active metabolites decreases significantly. Accumulation of these metabolites correlates with serious CNS adverse effects and respiratory depression. Hepatic or renal impairment impact fentanyl and methadone, two commonly used opioids, least. Clinicians should consider low and slow dose titration, dose reduction, and extension of dosing intervals when treating people with hepatic or renal impairment.39

                   

                  Designation of opioids based on potency is of limited practical use and often can perpetuate misperception among prescribers. The notion that a “weak” opioid (e.g., tramadol, codeine) is less likely to result in dependence or withdrawal symptoms compared to a “strong” opioid is false. Prescribers need to consider the potential harm of opioid use and misuse regardless of the drug’s classified potency.40

                   

                  In the United States, the number of patients taking opioids regularly is equal to the number of patients diagnosed with psoriatic arthritis, epilepsy, and obsessive-compulsive disorder combined. The Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, Fifth Edition (DSM-5) defines opioid use disorder (OUD) as repeated opioid use within 12 months resulting in problems or distress including two or more of the following:41

                  1. Continued opioid use despite worsening physical or psychological health
                  2. Continued opioid use despite social and interpersonal consequences
                  3. Decreased social or recreational activities
                  4. Difficulty fulfilling professional duties at school or work
                  5. Excessive time spent obtaining or recovering from taking opioids
                  6. Taking more opioids than intended
                  7. Experiencing opioid cravings
                  8. Inability to decrease the amount of opioids used
                  9. Development of opioid tolerance
                  10. Continued opioid despite the dangers it poses to the user
                  11. Experiencing withdrawal or continuing to take opioids to avoid withdrawal

                   

                  Congress enacted the Drug Addiction Treatment Act of 2000 (DATA 2000) to allow qualified practitioners to prescribe buprenorphine outside of opioid treatment programs in an effort to increase access to medication-assisted treatment.42 Interested prescribers needed to obtain the DATA-Waiver (a document to allow prescribing of opioid treatment products outside of parameters established by existing law. As of December 2022, the DATA-Waiver previously necessary to prescribe medications for OUD treatment no longer exists, and any provider with a standard DEA number may prescribe buprenorphine products. Pharmacists play a versatile role in combatting the opioid epidemic by using prescription drug monitoring programs, providing education, dispensing naloxone, and referring patients or loved ones to resources and treatment services.42

                   

                  PAUSE AND PONDER: You have noticed that a patient is asking for a refill on their opioid prescription a week early for the third consecutive month. What questions might you have for the patient? The prescriber?

                   

                  NEUROPATHIC PAIN TREATMENT OPTIONS

                  When considering neuropathic pain treatment, guidelines recommend first considering the patient’s report of negative (e.g., reduced sensation to touch, vibration, pin prick, and temperature) or positive sensory symptoms (e.g., spontaneous or evoked pain). Spontaneous pain includes dysesthesia (abnormal sensation), paresthesia, or superficial burning pain. Evoked pain symptoms include touch-induced hyperalgesia, thermal hyperalgesia, or a prolonged sensation of pain after the stimuli is removed (aftersensation).43

                   

                  First line treatments for neuropathic pain include serotonin-norepinephrine reuptake inhibitors (SNRIs), gabapentinoids, TCAs, and topical medications.

                   

                  Duloxetine and venlafaxine are the most common SNRIs used to treat pain.43 These drugs exhibit some staying power when considering neuropathic pain first line options. The class has demonstrated effectiveness in both peripheral and central neuropathies, including peripheral diabetic neuropathy, painful peripheral neuropathy, and central neuropathic pain secondary to multiple sclerosis. Compared to TCAs and selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors, patients tolerate SNRIs better, with the most common adverse effects including nausea, headache, and drowsiness. Beyond neuropathic pain, SNRIs have also provided benefit in a number of potentially concurrent chronic pain conditions including osteoarthritis, chronic low back pain, and fibromyalgia.43

                   

                  Long recognized as the cornerstone of nerve pain treatment are gabapentinoids: gabapentin and pregabalin. This notion has recently fallen under a heightened scrutiny due to a lack of strong data. A recent study found around 50% of patients treated with gabapentin will not derive meaningful pain relief but will likely experience adverse events.44 While sometimes mistaken as benign drugs, gabapentinoids carry significant risks and have been moved onto the controlled substance schedule (drugs that carry the potential risk for addiction/use disorder) in many states. CNS effects such as dizziness, sedation, and gait instability occur in roughly every third patient, even when taken at a therapeutic dosage. This creates additional concern when prescribers use them with opioids. Concomitant gabapentinoid and opioid use increases risk of hospitalization and opioid-related death compared to gabapentinoid or opioid monotherapy. The updated Beers criteria list cautions against the use of this dual therapy regimen in older adults.45

                   

                  TCAs impact pain through multiples mechanisms of action. Serotonin and norepinephrine reuptake inhibition serves as the primary pain-relieving effect.43 In addition, drugs like amitriptyline and nortriptyline block other neurotransmitters and neuromodulators involved in the pain response, including histamine, acetylcholine, and epinephrine. This wide-spread, non-specific activity also contributes to TCAs’ broad adverse effect profile. Significant incidence of anticholinergic effects (e.g., dry mouth, constipation, urinary retention) combined with cardiotoxic potential create legitimate concern when using these drugs in older adults.46 The fact that only 20% to 30% of the dose normally used in effective anti-depressant treatment is necessary for pain relief may mitigate these concerns slightly.43

                   

                  Topical lidocaine or capsaicin circumvent the cautious dosing regimens of previously discussed classes.43 Although lidocaine is considered first or second line therapy only in post herpetic neuralgia, its safety and tolerability establish the drug as a viable adjunct option for other neuropathic pain causes. A three-week trial period may provide the patient with modest pain relief while using a non-systemic mechanism of action, so long as that person does not have red hair. Studies show that redheads are more sensitive to thermal pain and more resistant to the effects of topical anesthetics like lidocaine.47 Success of capsaicin is dependent on consistent use, however, pharmacists should caution patients against overuse due to nerve desensitization risk.43

                   

                  NOCIPLASTIC PAIN TREATMENT OPTIONS

                  Non-pharmacologic interventions are first line for nociplastic pain. The pain management plan should include:48

                  • Routine, aerobic and mind-body exercises
                  • Cognitive behavioral therapy and/or acceptance commitment therapy
                  • Strict sleep hygiene practices
                  • Physical/occupational therapy
                  • Keeping a pain journal to track goals and identify potential barriers

                   

                  A positive patient-provider relationship is crucial due to the complex nature of the disease states that cause nociplastic pain. Providers must communicate to patients that pain may not be a true representation of underlying inflammation and/or joint damage. Explanation and identification of nociplastic pain may validate the patient experience and improve the withdrawn and dismissive affect associated with this population.48

                   

                  Data on effective pharmacologic treatment options for nociplastic pain is limited. The main objectives of treatment are to reduce symptoms and improve quality of life. Most first line and adjuvant drugs used in nociceptive pain are considered marginally effective at best. Codeine provides weak analgesia in regards to fibromyalgia but not without the increased risk of prescription opioid misuse seen in nociplastic pain patients. TCAs, SNRIs, and gabapentinoids have shown some efficacy in nociplastic pain, but are not without concern due to the high incidence of adverse effects linked to these drug classes.17

                   

                  It is worth mentioning that ketamine has shown promise in complex regional pain syndrome (CRPS), making a case for trial in other nociplastic pain conditions. CRPS occurs after a stroke, heart attack, or injury that presents as severe extremity pain disproportionate to the inciting event. Ketamine primarily works in the CNS to decrease neuronal activity, and secondarily through other pathways that affect pain and mood regulation.49

                   

                  CONCLUSION

                  Successful pain management demands collaboration. Consider the work that you do every day. Whether pain is the chief complaint or a secondary issue, odds are that it will be a factor in your clinical decision making. A comprehensive pain assessment starts this process. Understanding the different pain classifications enables the assessment to guide next steps in care. Healthcare providers formulate and modify a treatment plan as more information rolls in. Pain does not follow an algorithm; it is an individual experience that requires nuance and balance. How can you make an impact? Figure 1 lists ways to improve your practice.

                  Pharmacist Post Test (for viewing only)

                  Pain Points: A Comprehensive Approach to Pain Management

                  Pharmacist Post-test

                  After completing this continuing education activity, pharmacists will be able to
                  • Describe the three major categories of pain
                  • Discuss the elements of a comprehensive pain assessment
                  • Identify appropriate pharmacologic/non pharmacologic options in treatment
                  • Distinguish factors that create challenges for individual pain management

                  1. Which of the following major pain categories includes somatic and visceral pain?
                  A. Nociceptive pain
                  B. Neuropathic pain
                  C. Nociplastic pain

                  2. Which of the following major pain categories includes abnormal touch sensation such as burning or prickling as a common symptom?

                  A. Nociplastic pain
                  B. Neuropathic pain
                  C. Nociceptive pain

                  3. Which of the following major pain categories includes clinical conditions such as irritable bowel syndrome and chronic headache?
                  A. Nociplastic pain
                  B. Somatic pain
                  C. Neuropathic pain

                  4. Which of the following pneumonic devices do providers use to guide a multidimensional pain assessment?
                  A. IASP
                  B. PQRSTU
                  C. ICDTCA

                  5. Maria, 55, is a long-time customer of your pharmacy. She comes in to pick up her first prescription of ibuprofen 800 mg BID for her intractable lower back pain, an increase from her usual 600 mg BID dose. She appears stressed and visibly uncomfortable. You ask several questions and learn that Maria is in the middle of a trying divorce and she exacerbated her back pain carrying boxes of her things to a storage unit. Maria currently takes sertraline 50 mg for depression/anxiety and levothyroxine 75 mcg for hypothyroidism.
                  Which of the following describe factors that may predispose Maria to chronic pain?
                  A. Contributing factors can be ignored at this time. A small dose increase of ibuprofen is negligible.
                  B. Maria’s sex, current medication regimen, and social support system may predispose Maria to chronic pain.
                  C. Maria’s divorce is the primary social factor – her current pain is only related to somatization. Recommend counseling.

                  6. Maria returns to your pharmacy a month later with greater pain and an Eliquis prescription for her newly diagnosed atrial fibrillation. The cardiologist instructed Maria to stop her ibuprofen immediately. You call the pain management doctor to develop a new treatment plan. Which of the following describes the next logical step for Maria’s pain management?
                  A. Schedule an office visit for an epidural injection of steroid + local anesthetic and initiate oral baclofen therapy.
                  B. Initiate tramadol 100mg TID with oxycodone 10mg PRN as soon as possible. May add adjuvant as needed.
                  C. Initiate APAP 500mg QID + tramadol 50mg PRN. Consider cross-taper of sertraline to venlafaxine.

                  7. Which of the following is an example of a unidimensional pain assessment tool?
                  A. Visual analog scale
                  B. Brief Pain Inventory
                  C. McGill Pain Questionnaire

                  8. You are working up a nociplastic pain patient with fibromyalgia. Which of the following is considered a first line option?

                  A. Weak to moderate opioid therapy
                  B. Non-pharmacologic options
                  C. Steroid therapy

                  9. Which of the following is a first line agent for the treatment of nociceptive pain?
                  A. Gabapentinoids
                  B. Opioids
                  C. NSAIDs

                  10. Jackson, 66, complains of numbness and the sensation of pins and needles in his right wrist. He explains that he is not able to hold a pen to sign a check due to the weakness in his wrist. He is diagnosed with carpal tunnel syndrome. Which of the following describes this clinical condition?
                  A. Acute somatic pain
                  B. Peripheral neuropathy
                  C. Central neuropathy

                  Pharmacy Technician Post Test (for viewing only)

                  Pain Points: A Comprehensive Approach to Pain Management

                  Pharmacy Technician Post-test

                  After completing this continuing education activity, pharmacists will be able to
                  • Describe the three major categories of pain
                  • Explain why patients who have pain need a comprehensive pain assessment
                  • Identify pharmacologic/non pharmacologic options in treatment
                  • Classify symptoms that a patient with pain may share that require referral to a pharmacist

                  1. Which of the following major pain categories includes somatic and visceral pain?
                  A. Nociceptive pain
                  B. Neuropathic pain
                  C. Nociplastic pain

                  2. Which of the following major pain categories includes abnormal touch sensation such as burning or prickling as a common symptom?

                  A. Nociplastic pain
                  B. Neuropathic pain
                  C. Nociceptive pain

                  3. Which of the following major pain categories includes clinical conditions such as irritable bowel syndrome and chronic headache?
                  A. Nociplastic pain
                  B. Somatic pain
                  C. Neuropathic pain

                  4. Why do patients need a comprehensive pain assessment when they complain of pain?
                  A. Patients tend to exaggerate their pain so it is critical to be a “pain detective” and ensure it’s real.
                  B. Many people believe that the only way to get the healthcare provider’s attention is to complain of pain.
                  C. Pain isn’t always what it appears to be; it may occur in one area of the body but come from another

                  5. Mr. Jackson, 66, complains of muscle soreness and incision pain after a recent hip replacement. The surgery was two weeks ago. Which of the following is an appropriate description of Mr. Jackson’s pain?
                  A. Chronic somatic pain
                  B. Acute visceral pain
                  C. Acute somatic pain

                  6. Which of the following is an example of a unidimensional pain assessment tool?
                  A. Visual analog scale
                  B. Brief Pain Inventory
                  C. McGill Pain Questionnaire

                  7. You are working up a nociplastic pain patient with fibromyalgia. Which of the following is considered a first line option?

                  A. Weak to moderate opioid therapy
                  B. Non-pharmacologic options
                  C. Steroid therapy

                  8. Which of the following is a first line agent for the treatment of nociceptive pain?
                  A. Gabapentinoids
                  B. Opioids
                  C. NSAIDs

                  9. Which of the following patients is most likely to require referral to the pharmacist after complaining of shoulder pain?
                  A. A 21-year-old college student who pitched a double header yesterday
                  B. A 67-year-old man with a history of cardiac problems
                  C. A 35-year-old program assistant who recently had a rotator cuff surgery

                  10. The biopsychosocial model plays an important role in pain assessment. How does this model complement the physical symptoms of pain?
                  1. It demonstrates the dynamic interaction between physical symptoms and biologic, psychologic, and social factors.
                  2. It is an assessment tool that measures the severity of pain on multiple scales to quantify pain levels.
                  3. It is a mental health screening tool that considers how psychologic factors such as depression and anxiety impact pain.

                  References

                  Full List of References

                  References

                    1. Dahlhamer J, Lucas J, Zelaya, C, et al. Prevalence of Chronic Pain and High-Impact Chronic Pain Among Adults — United States, 2016. MMWR Morbidity and Mortality Weekly Report. 2018;67(36):1001-1006. doi:https://doi.org/10.15585/mmwr.mm6736a2
                    2. Cohen SP, Vase L, Hooten WM. Chronic pain: an update on burden, best practices, and new advances. Lancet. 2021;397(10289):2082-2097. doi:10.1016/S0140-6736(21)00393-7
                    3. Institute of Medicine (US) Committee on Advancing Pain Research, Care, and Education. Relieving Pain in America: A Blueprint for Transforming Prevention, Care, Education, and Research. Washington (DC): National Academies Press (US); 2011.‌ Charak S, George Thattil R, Mohan Srivastava C, Prasad Das P, Shandilya M. Assessment and Management of Pain in Palliative Care. Suggestions for Addressing Clinical and Non-Clinical Issues in Palliative Care. doi:https://doi.org/10.5772/intechopen.96676
                    4. Raffaeli W, Arnaudo E. Pain as a disease: an overview. J Pain Res. 2017;10:2003-2008. doi:10.2147/JPR.S138864
                    5. Apkarian AV. Definitions of nociception, pain, and chronic pain with implications regarding science and society. Neurosci Lett. 2019;702:1-2. doi:10.1016/j.neulet.2018.11.039
                    6. Raja SN, Carr DB, Cohen M, et al. The Revised International Association for the Study of Pain Definition of pain: Concepts, challenges, and compromises. J Intl Assoc Study Pain. 2020;161(9):1976-1982. doi:10.1097/j.pain.0000000000001939
                    7. Yam MF, Loh YC, Tan CS, Khadijah Adam S, Abdul Manan N, Basir R. General Pathways of Pain Sensation and the Major Neurotransmitters Involved in Pain Regulation. Int J Mol Sci. 2018;19(8):2164. doi:10.3390/ijms19082164
                    8. Gereau RW, Cavallone LF. Mechanisms of pain transmission and transduction. In: Evers AS, Maze M, Kharasch ED, eds. Anesthetic Pharmacology: Basic Principles and Clinical Practice. Cambridge University Press; 2011:227-247.
                    9. Kirkpatrick DR, McEntire DM, Hambsch ZJ, et al. Therapeutic Basis of Clinical Pain Modulation. Clin Transl Sci. 2015;8(6):848-856. doi:10.1111/cts.12282
                    10. Boezaart AP, Smith CR, Chembrovich S, et al. Visceral versus somatic pain: an educational review of anatomy and clinical implications. Regional Anesthesia & Pain Medicine. 2021;46(7):629-636. doi:https://doi.org/10.1136/rapm-2020-102084
                    11. Colloca L, Ludman T, Bouhassira D, et al. Neuropathic pain. Nature Reviews Disease Primers. 2017;3(1). doi:https://doi.org/10.1038/nrdp.2017.27.
                    12. Latremoliere A, Woolf CJ. Central Sensitization: A Generator of Pain Hypersensitivity by Central Neural Plasticity.  J Pain. 2009;10(9):895-926. doi: https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jpain.2009.06.012
                    13. Cavalli E, Mammana S, Nicoletti F, Bramanti P, Mazzon E. The neuropathic pain: An overview of the current treatment and future therapeutic approaches. Int J Immunopathol Pharmacol.. 2019;33(33):205873841983838. doi:https://doi.org/10.1177/2058738419838383
                    14. St. John Smith E. Advances in understanding nociception and neuropathic pain. J Neurol. 2017;265(2):231-238. doi:https://doi.org/10.1007/s00415-017-8641-6
                    15. Meacham K, Shepherd A, Mohapatra DP, Haroutounian S. Neuropathic Pain: Central vs. Peripheral Mechanisms. Current Pain and Headache Reports. 2017;21(6). doi:https://doi.org/10.1007/s11916-017-0629-5
                    16. Nijs J, Lahousse A, Kapreli E, et al. Nociplastic Pain Criteria or Recognition of Central Sensitization? Pain Phenotyping in the Past, Present and Future. J Clin Med. 2021;10(15):3203. doi:https://doi.org/10.3390/jcm10153203

                    17 Bułdyś K, Górnicki T, Kałka D, et al. What Do We Know about Nociplastic Pain?. Healthcare (Basel). 2023;11(12):1794. Published 2023 Jun 17. doi:10.3390/healthcare11121794doi:https://doi.org/10.1212/wnl.0b013e3182872e80

                    1. Ngamkham S, Holden JE, Wilkie DJ. Differences in Pain Location, Intensity, and Quality by Pain Pattern in Outpatients With Cancer. Cancer Nurs. 2011;34(3):228-237. doi:https://doi.org/10.1097/ncc.0b013e3181faab63
                    2. Cook KF, Dunn W, Griffith JW, et al. Pain assessment using the NIH Toolbox. Neurology. 2013;80(Issue 11, Supplement 3):S49-S53.
                    3. Manish Shandilya, Chandra Mohan Srivastava, Sonika Charak, Thattil R, Prabhu Prasad Das. Assessment and Management of Pain in Palliative Care.; 2019.
                    4. Meints SM, Edwards RR. Evaluating psychosocial contributions to chronic pain outcomes. Prog Neuropsychopharmacol Biol Psychiatry. 2018;87(Pt B):168-182. doi:10.1016/j.pnpbp.2018.01.017
                    5. Pain: clinical manual for nursing practice Pain: clinical manual for nursing practice Margo McCaffery Alexander Beebe Mosby Yearbook UK £17.25 0 7234 1992 2. Nurs Stand. 1994;9(11):55. doi:10.7748/ns.9.11.55.s69
                    6. Bates BP, Bates BR, Northway DI. PQRST: A mnemonic to communicate a change in condition. J Am Med Dir Assoc. 2002;3(1):23-25.
                    7. Pham T. Introduction to Pain Management. PowerPoint slideshow. October 2017. Accessed August 9, 2023.
                    8. Yang J, Bauer BA, Wahner-Roedler DL, Chon TY, Xiao L. The Modified WHO Analgesic Ladder: Is It Appropriate for Chronic Non-Cancer Pain?. J Pain Res. 2020;13:411-417. Published 2020 Feb 17. doi:10.2147/JPR.S244173
                    9. Kim KH, Seo HJ, Abdi S, Huh B. All about pain pharmacology: what pain physicians should know. Korean J Pain. 2020;33(2):108-120. doi:10.3344/kjp.2020.33.2.108
                    10. Dewall CN, Macdonald G, Webster GD, et al. Acetaminophen reduces social pain: behavioral and neural evidence. Psychol Sci. 2010;21(7):931-937. doi:10.1177/0956797610374741
                    11. Ohashi N, Kohno T. Analgesic Effect of Acetaminophen: A Review of Known and Novel Mechanisms of Action. Front Pharmacol. 2020;11:580289. Published 2020 Nov 30. doi:10.3389/fphar.2020.580289
                    12. Khan MI, Walsh D, Brito-Dellan N. Opioid and adjuvant analgesics: compared and contrasted. Am J Hosp Palliat Care. 2011;28(5):378-383. doi:10.1177/104990911141029845.
                    13. Shanti B, Tan G, Shanti I. Adjuvant Analgesia for Management of Chronic Pain. Pract Pain Manag. 2006;6(3).
                    14. Lambert DG. Opioids and opioid receptors; understanding pharmacological mechanisms as a key to therapeutic advances and mitigation of the misuse crisis. BJA Open. 2023;6:100141. Published 2023 May 17. doi:10.1016/j.bjao.2023.100141
                    15. Diochot S, Baron A, Salinas M, et al. Black mamba venom peptides target acid-sensing ion channels to abolish pain. Nature. 2012;490(7421):552-555. doi:10.1038/nature11494
                    16. DiPiro JT, Talbert RL, Yee GC, Matzke GR, Wells BG, Posey LM, eds. Pharmacotherapy: a pathophysiologic approach. 9th ed. McGraw-Hill; 2014. Accessed April 3, 2016. http://accesspharmacy.mhmedical.com/book.aspx?bookid=689
                    17. Cardoso-Ortiz J, López-Luna MA, Lor KB, Cuevas-Flores MR, Flores de la Torre JA, Covarrubias SA. EN PRENSA Farmacología y Epidemiología de Opioides EN PRENSA. Revista Bio Ciencias. 2020;7. doi:https://doi.org/10.15741/revbio.07.e955
                    18. Maremmani, Icro & Pacini, Matteo & Pani, Pier Paolo. (2011). Basics on addiction: A training package for medical practitioners or psychiatrists who treat opioid dependence. Heroin Addiction and Related Clinical Problems. 13. 5-40.
                    19. Swegle JM, Logemann C. Management of common opioid-induced adverse effects. Am Fam Physician. 2006;74(8):1347-1354.
                    20. Benyamin R, Trescot AM, Datta S, et al. Opioid complications and side effects. Pain Physician. 2008;11(2 Suppl):S105-S120.
                    21. Bowen J, Levy N, Macintyre P. Opioid-induced ventilatory impairment: current 'track and trigger' tools need to be updated. Anaesthesia. 2020;75(12):1574-1578. doi:10.1111/anae.15030
                    22. Smith HS. Opioid metabolism. Mayo Clin Proc. 2009;84(7):613-624. doi:10.1016/S0025-6196(11)60750-7
                    23. Crush J, Levy N, Knaggs RD, Lobo DN. Misappropriation of the 1986 WHO analgesic ladder: the pitfalls of labelling opioids as weak or strong. Br J Anaesth. 2022;129(2):137-42. doi:10.1016/j.bja.2022.03.004
                    24. Dydyk AM, Jain NK, Gupta M. Opioid Use Disorder. [Updated 2024 Jan 17]. In: StatPearls [Internet]. Treasure Island (FL): StatPearls Publishing; 2024 Jan-. Available from: https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/books/NBK553166/
                    25. Kosobuski L, O'Donnell C, Koh-Knox Sharp CP, Chen N, Palombi L. The Role of the Pharmacist in Combating the Opioid Crisis: An Update. Subst Abuse Rehabil. 2022;13:127-138. Published 2022 Dec 28. doi:10.2147/SAR.S351096
                    26. Bates D, Schultheis BC, Hanes MC, et al. A Comprehensive Algorithm for Management of Neuropathic Pain [published correction appears in Pain Med. 2023 Feb 1;24(2):219. doi: 10.1093/pm/pnac194]. Pain Med. 2019;20(Suppl 1):S2-S12. doi:10.1093/pm/pnz075
                    27. Russo M, Graham B, Santarelli DM. Gabapentin-Friend or foe?. Pain Pract. 2023;23(1):63-69. doi:10.1111/papr.13165
                    28. Goodman CW, Brett AS. Gabapentinoids for Pain: Potential Unintended Consequences. Am Fam Physician. 2019;100(11):672-675.
                    29. Szok D, Tajti J, Nyári A, Vécsei L. Therapeutic Approaches for Peripheral and Central Neuropathic Pain. Behav Neurol. 2019;2019:8685954. Published 2019 Nov 21.
                    30. Liem EB, Joiner TV, Tsueda K, Sessler DI. Increased sensitivity to thermal pain and reduced subcutaneous lidocaine efficacy in redheads. Anesthesiology. 2005;102(3):509-514. doi:10.1097/00000542-200503000-00006
                    31. Murphy AE, Minhas D, Clauw DJ, Lee YC. Identifying and Managing Nociplastic Pain in Individuals With Rheumatic Diseases: A Narrative Review. Arthritis Care Res (Hoboken). 2023;75(10):2215-2222. doi:10.1002/acr.25104
                    32. Chitneni A, Patil A, Dalal S, Ghorayeb JH, Pham YN, Grigoropoulos G. Use of Ketamine Infusions for Treatment of Complex Regional Pain Syndrome: A Systematic Review. Cureus. 2021;13(10):e18910. Published 2021 Oct 19. doi:10.7759/cureus.18910

                     

                     

                    Breathing Beyond the Barriers: The Latest 2024 GOLD Report-RECORDED WEBINAR

                    Learning Objectives

                    The activity will cover the following learning objectives for Pharmacists:
                    • Recognize new definitions and parameters surrounding COPD
                    • Explain updates coinciding with screening and diagnosis for COPD
                    • Differentiate inhaler selection for COPD management corresponding to disease severity and patient specific factors
                    • Discuss non-pharmacotherapy strategies for COPD management
                    • Apply the 2024 GOLD standards to patient cases

                    Activity Release Dates

                    Released:  May 30, 2024
                    Expires:  May 30, 2027

                    Course Fee

                    $17 Pharmacist

                    ACPE UAN Code

                     0009-9999-24-023-H01-P

                    Session Code

                    24EH23-XFT24

                    Accreditation Hours

                    1.0 hours of CE

                    Accreditation Statement

                    The University of Connecticut School of Pharmacy is accredited by the Accreditation Council for Pharmacy Education as a provider of continuing pharmacy education.

                    Pharmacists and Pharmacy Technicians are eligible to participate in this application-based activity and will receive 1.0 CE Hour  for completing the activity  (ACPE UAN 0009-9999-24-023-H01-P), passing the quiz with a grade of 70% or better, and completing an online evaluation. Statements of credit are available via the CPE Monitor online system and your participation will be recorded with CPE Monitor within 72 hours of submission.

                    Grant Funding

                    There is no grant funding for this activity.

                    Faculty

                    Maria Miceli, PharmD
                    PGY-1 Resident
                    Emerson Hospital,
                    Concord, MA

                    Meagan Coughlin, PharmD, BCGP
                    Transitions of Care Pharmacy Specialist
                    Emerson Hospital
                    Concord, MA

                    Faculty Disclosure

                    • Drs. Micelli and Coughlin do not have any relationships with ineligible companies.

                     

                    Disclaimer

                    The material presented here does not necessarily reflect the views of The University of Connecticut School of Pharmacy or its co-sponsor affiliates. These materials may discuss uses and dosages for therapeutic products, processes, procedures and inferred diagnoses that have not been approved by the United States Food and Drug Administration. A qualified health care professional should be consulted before using any therapeutic product discussed. All readers and continuing education participants should verify all information and data before treating patients or employing any therapies described in this continuing education activity.

                    Content

                    Post Test Pharmacist

                    << Breathing Beyond the Barriers: The Latest 2024 GOLD Report – Recorded Webinar>>

                    Pharmacist Post-test

                    After completing this continuing education activity, pharmacists will be able to

                    • Recognize new definitions and parameters surrounding COPD
                    • Explain updates coinciding with screening and diagnosis for COPD
                    • Differentiate inhaler selection for COPD management corresponding to disease severity and patient specific factors
                    • Discuss non-pharmacotherapy strategies for COPD management
                    • Apply the 2024 GOLD standards to patient cases

                    1. Hyperinflation of the lungs is a newly recognized contributory factor of COPD. Which of the following is true regarding hyperinflation?
                    a. Hyperinflation results in a decrease in lung gas volume compared to normal values at the end of spontaneous expiration
                    b. Hyperinflation is primarily due to increased elastic recoil of the lungs
                    c. Hyperinflation can occur at rest or during exercise activities

                    2. Which of the following is a screening tool that can be used to assess COPD symptom severity?
                    a. Modified British Medical Research Council (mMRC) dyspnea scale
                    b. World Health Organization Lung Function Classification scale
                    c. Global Initiative for Chronic Obstructive Lung Disease Airflow Limitation Test

                    3. You are counseling patient ES on the proper use of an albuterol DPI. ES states that she has noticed no improvement in symptoms since starting her medication. She is concerned that she may not be able to inhale with enough force to administer the medication effectively. Which of the following recommendations can be made to improve medication delivery?
                    a. Stop the albuterol DPI and switch to albuterol tablets as tablets are more effective than inhalers.
                    b. Consider switching from an albuterol DPI to an albuterol MDI and provide a spacer.
                    c. Stop the albuterol and upgrade to a LABA DPI to increase the efficacy of her medication.

                    4. Patient DK is currently hospitalized for his second moderate exacerbation of COPD this year. DK’s current blood eosinophil count is 240 cells/mcL. Which of the following treatment regimens is appropriate?
                    a. LABA + LAMA
                    b. Bronchodilator, only
                    c. LABA + LAMA + ICS

                    5. According to the CDC, which of the following vaccines is/are recommended in individuals with COPD?
                    a. PCV20 followed by PCV23
                    b. Hepatitis A + B vaccine
                    c. Influenza vaccine

                    6. Non-pharmacologic strategies for COPD include which of the following?
                    a. Smoking cessation
                    b. Limiting physical activity
                    c. Dietary salt restriction

                    7. According to the recent GOLD Report, updates in COPD screening include which of the following?
                    a. GOLD recommends leveraging imaging from lung cancer screening and incidental lung findings for COPD screening.
                    b. GOLD recommends low dose chest computed tomography for all individuals 50 to 80 years of age.
                    c. GOLD does not recommend pre-bronchodilator spirometry to investigate obstruction in symptomatic patients.

                    LAW: “An Apple A Day Keeps COVID Away” Legal Issues in Suppressing Health Misinformation

                    Learning Objectives

                     

                    After completing this application-based continuing education activity, pharmacists and pharmacy technicians will be able to

                    o   DISCUSS the characteristics of health misinformation and its effect on public health
                    o   CHARACTERIZE the role of the states in disciplinary actions for misinformation
                    o   DESCRIBE the legal issues that emerge when state authorities try to control the flow of information.
                    o   CONTRAST different approaches taken by states in addressing the dissemination of healthcare information

                    Cartoon of a focused man on his computer surrounded by text bubbles containing sad faces and question marks

                    Release Date:

                    Release Date:  September 15, 2024

                    Expiration Date: September 15, 2027

                    Course Fee

                    Pharmacists: $7

                    Pharmacy Technicians: $4

                    There is no grant funding for this CE activity

                    ACPE UANs

                    Pharmacist: 0009-0000-24-036-H03-P

                    Pharmacy Technician: 0009-0000-24-036-H03-T

                    Session Codes

                    Pharmacist:  24YC36-FXE24

                    Pharmacy Technician:  24YC36-EXF82

                    Accreditation Hours

                    2.0 hours of CE

                    Accreditation Statements

                    The University of Connecticut School of Pharmacy is accredited by the Accreditation Council for Pharmacy Education as a provider of continuing pharmacy education.  Statements of credit for the online activity ACPE UAN 0009-0000-24-036-H03-P/T  will be awarded when the post test and evaluation have been completed and passed with a 70% or better. Your CE credits will be uploaded to your CPE monitor profile within 2 weeks of completion of the program.

                     

                    Disclosure of Discussions of Off-label and Investigational Drug Use

                    The material presented here does not necessarily reflect the views of The University of Connecticut School of Pharmacy or its co-sponsor affiliates. These materials may discuss uses and dosages for therapeutic products, processes, procedures and inferred diagnoses that have not been approved by the United States Food and Drug Administration. A qualified health care professional should be consulted before using any therapeutic product discussed. All readers and continuing education participants should verify all information and data before treating patients or employing any therapies described in this continuing education activity.

                    Faculty

                    Gerald Gianutsos, B.S. (Pharm), PhD, JD
                    Emeritus Associate Professor of Pharmacology
                    University of Connecticut School of Pharmacy
                    Storrs, CT


                     

                    Faculty Disclosure

                    In accordance with the Accreditation Council for Pharmacy Education (ACPE) Criteria for Quality and Interpretive Guidelines, The University of Connecticut School of Pharmacy requires that faculty disclose any relationship that the faculty may have with commercial entities whose products or services may be mentioned in the activity.

                    Dr. Gianutsos has no relationship with ineligible companies and therefore has nothing to disclose.

                     

                    ABSTRACT

                    Health misinformation is an age-old problem that has become more visible due to the influence of social media and the COVID pandemic. Various governmental and professional bodies have sought to temper the influence of misinformation from health care professionals but have encountered logistical and constitutional barriers. State licensing boards exist to regulate the professions and are the most appropriate body to exert influence. However, state boards are government entities and have faced First Amendment limitations. Lawsuits from individual prescribers as well as opposition from legislative bodies in some states have hampered the ability of boards to act. Recently, the FDA has also been sued for its messaging with potentially far-reaching consequences. These events will be reviewed in this activity.

                    CONTENT

                    Content

                    “I believe that misinformation is now our leading cause of death... People are distracted and misled by the medical information Tower of Babel.”1 Dr. Robert Califf, Commissioner, Food and Drug Administration.

                     

                    INTRODUCTION

                    The world faced a deadly infection running rampant. Some health experts believed that a vaccine could confer protection against the infection, but this view was met with skepticism and distrust. Misinformation spread within and beyond the scientific community and debates about the inoculation’s safety and efficacy emerged on many fronts. Physicians observed infections in some vaccinated individuals and opponents began speaking publicly about their distrust of the vaccine. The use of an animal source for the vaccine contributed to the belief that miniature cow heads could grow from sites of vaccination. Vaccine hesitancy and fear grew among the public.2

                     

                    While this may sound like recent events, it describes the atmosphere surrounding the development of a vaccine for smallpox in 1796.2 Many years later, the increasing popularity of television [like social media today] exaggerated fears of smallpox vaccination by broadcasting both descriptions and visual footage of the rare instances in which the smallpox vaccine produced severe adverse effects.2 This messaging skewed perceptions about the vaccine’s risk/benefit profile and further eroded trust in the scientific community. Overall, these misperceptions delayed the worldwide eradication of smallpox by more than 200 years.2

                     

                    This narrative illustrates that misinformation is not a recent phenomenon. Examples can be cited going back thousands of years.3 More significantly, it demonstrates misinformation’s destructive consequences. Recently, misinformation rose to unprecedented prominence with the COVID-19 pandemic, with the Director of the International Fact Checking Network calling COVID-19 “the biggest challenge fact-checkers have ever faced.”4

                     

                    Health misinformation can be harmful. U.S. Surgeon General Dr. Vivek Murthy has stated, “Misinformation takes away our freedom to make informed decisions about our health and the health of our loved ones. Simply put, health misinformation has cost us lives.”5

                     

                    Health misinformation can influence political, economic, and social well-being. People can become confused and anxious when faced with contradictory information, and this is especially dangerous during a public health crisis.5,6 It can expose patients to wasteful and harmful products and procedures, delay treatment with a more scientifically based therapy, and divide families and communities.6

                     

                    Pharmacists, of course, also have a role during a healthcare crisis and can be either another source of misinformation or a resource to clarify and refute poor advice. This continuing education activity will examine some recent efforts by governmental and non-governmental organizations to limit information that is contrary to mainstream medical advice and the sanctioning (or lack thereof) of healthcare providers for encouraging such therapies. Various approaches by governmental agencies to deal with conflicting information have raised legal issues when trying to restrict the free flow of information.

                     

                    Disclaimer: Please note that the examples referred to in this lesson were chosen based upon their high-profile and impact and should not be interpreted as representing any political commentary, agenda, or endorsement by the author or publisher. It is acknowledged that “misinformation” is hard to characterize, and a consensus can shift as more data are developed. One should also not infer that the examples represent a deliberate intent to deceive by their sponsors.

                     

                    PAUSE AND PONDER: What should be the role for pharmacists and pharmacy technicians in mitigating the impact of misinformation?

                     

                    MISINFORMATION

                    Misinformation is frequently used as a catch-all term for related concepts such as disinformation, ignorance, rumor, and conspiracy theories, often resulting in different interpretations and imprecise definitions.7 Misinformation is often distinguished from disinformation on the basis of intent. In this context, misinformation is used to describe information that is unintentionally erroneous (e.g., mistakenly repeated or due to ignorance) while disinformation is information that is deliberately intended to mislead or deceive (e.g., malicious, fraudulent, or for propaganda).7

                     

                    Health misinformation has been defined as information that is false, inaccurate, or misleading according to the best available evidence at the time (emphasis added).5 This definition recognizes that the accuracy and recognition of information can change as new data or experiences emerge. Although not health related, one needs to look no further than the writings of Galileo to find an example of information that was once condemned and humiliated. Formerly branded a heretic for claiming that the earth rotated around the sun, Galileo’s ideas later became the fundamental basis for astronomy and space travel.8                                   

                     

                    Public health recommendations changed rapidly during the progression of the COVID pandemic and resulted in confusion among the public and distrust of public health agencies. A recent survey found that 60% of adults in the U.S. say they have felt confused as a result of changes to public health officials’ recommendations on how to slow the spread of the coronavirus.9 In addition to confusing patients, negative consequences of health misinformation include misallocation of health resources, fraud, increased reliance on unreliable cures, a negative impact on mental health, and an increased hesitancy to seek medical care.

                     

                    CAN MISINFORMATION BE REGULATED?

                    If misinformation is a dangerous phenomenon, as many have suggested, can anything be done to control its flow? During COVID, officials from the federal government, many states, and healthcare and professional organizations promulgated regulations and policies aimed at limiting or promoting health information as will be described below. Some of these approaches have threatened to impose sanctions against practitioners who have disseminated erroneous or misleading information.

                     

                    However, the suppression of information can face constitutional challenges.12 Healthcare professionals, like all Americans, have a right to speech that is free of government restrictions even if the content is false.13

                     

                    Justice Thurgood Marshall wrote in a Supreme Court decision in 1972, “…the First Amendment means that government has no power to restrict expression because of its message, its ideas, its subject matter, or its content.”14 The rights enumerated in the First Amendment protect individual against government infringement on their expression, but do not protect them from other individuals, businesses, or private organizations.15 Healthcare professionals can be disciplined by professional licensing boards and health departments for certain actions, but these organizations are governmental bodies (termed state actors in constitutional law) and they, along with public hospitals and universities, are prohibited from infringing on free speech.15

                     

                    A content-based restriction “discriminates against speech based on the substance of what it communicates” and receives the greatest protection from any government-imposed restrictions.16 Content-based restrictions are presumptively unconstitutional and can only be applied if the state shows that the prohibition is the least restrictive means of achieving a compelling state interest such as the protection of public health and safety.16 (Compelling means essential or necessary rather than a matter of choice, preference, or discretion.16) The Supreme Court recognizes that certain narrow categories of expression, such as obscenity, child pornography, true threats, and incitement to imminent lawless action, can be barred because of their harmful content.16 Learners who are interested in learning more about how the courts scrutinize speech can find excellent information here: https://crsreports.congress.gov/product/pdf/R/R47986

                     

                    Commercial speech, on the other hand, does not receive as much protection as content speech. Commercial speech applies when there is some form of transaction and includes commercial advertising and solicitations.12,16 Historically, commercial speech did not receive any First Amendment protection, but an important 1976 Supreme Court decision involving pharmacies extended protection to commercial speech.16 The case, Virginia State Board of Pharmacy v. Virginia Citizens Consumer Council, challenged a state law that made it illegal for pharmacies to advertise drug prices. The Court reasoned that the First Amendment not only granted the speaker the right to speak, it also granted the listener the right to receive information. Commercial speech receives some protection because it serves the important societal interests of providing information to consumers and promoting the economic interests of the speaker.12 In the case cited, consumers had a right to receive lawful information about drug prices.16 This narrow exception to free speech could apply in cases where a healthcare practitioner monetizes health misinformation.12

                     

                    Commercial speech can be restricted if it is false, misleading, or proposes an illegal transaction since consumers must be able to make informed decisions.12 Unlike political speech, where it may be difficult to ascertain what is truthful, courts recognize that commercial advertising is more objective and more readily subject to determination of its truthfulness.16

                     

                    Courts have also traditionally recognized a third form of speech, professional speech, which is “uttered in the course of professional practice” as distinct from “speech . . . uttered by a professional.”17 This form of speech could also be restricted. Some courts have ruled that healthcare practitioners are entitled to less stringent First Amendment protection when providing professional advice to individual patients than when speaking to a larger audience about public issues.13

                     

                    However, a 2018 Supreme Court decision overturned the prior recognition of professional speech as a separate category that would receive lesser First Amendment protection.12 The Court’s decision stated that “speech is not unprotected merely because it is uttered by 'professionals.’” Consequently, speech expressed by professionals receives complete protection unless it falls under the commercial exception.

                     

                    There are also practical concerns that sanctioning health professionals for questioning accepted medical standards when they feel they are inaccurate or misguided may stifle advances in practice.13 This is especially troublesome during a public health crisis when guidance from public health officials evolves as circumstances and knowledge unfold. The many examples of shifting public health recommendations during the COVID pandemic underscore this concern.18 Generally, healthcare providers have greater latitude when speaking on medical matters to the general public, such as on social media, than they do when providing medical advice to a specific patient.19

                     

                    While constitutional protection is available to healthcare providers when sharing their view on medical matters, other legal situations can impact speech.19 An employment contract can restrict how much leeway a healthcare provider has, and tort law (malpractice claims) may provide penalties for improper medical advice, especially in the context of informed consent.15,19

                     

                    DISCIPLINING HEALTHCARE PROVIDERS FOR MISINFORMATION

                    Professional licensing boards provide oversight to ensure that rules governing the profession are followed.13 The structure and authority of medical and pharmacy boards vary from state to state.13 Each state has Practice Acts that prohibit licensed healthcare practitioners from engaging in “unprofessional conduct,” although the definition of unprofessional conduct may vary from state to state. Unprofessional conduct is the most common reason for disciplinary action against healthcare personnel.13 States have applied standards of professional conduct when trying to sanction healthcare personnel for misinformation (see below).

                     

                    It should be apparent that when attempting to sanction a healthcare provider for misinformation, state regulatory agencies must walk a fine line. During COVID, a number of healthcare organizations endorsed revocation of the licenses and certifications of physicians who disseminated harmful health misinformation such as rejection of widely accepted preventive measures and endorsement of unproven treatments. The organizations included the Federation of State Medical Boards (FSMB) and professional certification boards such as the American Boards of Family Medicine (ABFM), Internal Medicine (ABIM), and Pediatrics (ABP).13

                     

                    The FSMB took note of the “dramatic increase in the dissemination of COVID-19 vaccine misinformation and disinformation by physicians and other healthcare professionals on social media platforms, online and in the media” and issued a warning to physicians that that they risk suspension or revocation of their medical licenses by state medical boards if they generate and spread COVID-19 vaccine misinformation or disinformation.20

                     

                    The FSMB commented, “Due to their specialized knowledge and training, licensed physicians possess a high degree of public trust and therefore have a powerful platform in society, whether they recognize it or not. They also have an ethical and professional responsibility to practice medicine in the best interests of their patients and must share information that is factual, scientifically grounded and consensus-driven for the betterment of public health.” Although the statement focused on vaccination, it could apply to all health information and spreading inaccurate information undermines that responsibility and “threatens to further erode public trust in the medical profession and puts all patients at risk.”20 Of course, the same comments would apply to pharmacists and other health professionals.

                     

                    State medical boards have traditionally brought disciplinary actions against physicians for making false or misleading statements in situations such as serving as an expert witness in malpractice cases.21 Some state laws explicitly authorize disciplinary action against physicians who make false, deceptive, or misleading statements to the public. In most cases, these statutes apply to statements made in connection with advertising, especially when solicitating patients. (See distinction between content-based and commercial speech above.) However, some are worded broadly enough to cover other forms of misrepresentation.13,21 For example, Minnesota authorizes disciplinary action against physicians who engage in “conduct likely to deceive or defraud the public.”21

                     

                    It is not clear how often healthcare professionals are sanctioned for spreading misinformation, but it appears to be infrequent.22 The president of the FSMB has pointed out that medical license renewals are designed to be simple for applicants and it is usually an automatic procedural step. He added that medical boards do not have the capacity to review the large number of renewals that occur each year.22

                     

                    The license suspension process is long and slow with procedural barriers. Investigations will ordinarily begin only in response to a complaint, rather than being initiated by the board itself.23 Licensing boards are primarily concerned with medical malpractice, patient abuse, and illegal activity, so misinformation takes a relatively low priority.23 Moreover, both non-renewals and suspensions require due process.22 In addition, it can be difficult to evaluate whether a comment is outside the range of scientific and medical consensus and boards are reluctant to take action on a “fringe” opinion.23 Investigations can take months or years to complete and many proceedings are conducted in private.24 In many states the legal framework for discipline, which was developed in the 20th century, may narrowly apply to actions or speech related directly to patients under the physician’s care and not to broader circumstances like social media.25 Moreover, boards face daunting legal and policy obstacles if they try to take action (see below).25,26 Political opposition from legislators in some states can also impede a board’s actions (see below).25

                     

                    The arguments for disciplinary proceedings by licensing boards usually emphasize the potential harm to public health.13 However, this may be insufficient to achieve constitutionality in most cases where it would be necessary to apply the “least restrictive means” test mentioned above.13 A state can instead mitigate the harm by disseminating factually accurate messages, especially in instances where the commercial speech exception would not apply.13

                     

                    PAUSE AND PONDER: Is a state licensing board the best party to try to dissuade healthcare practitioners from issuing information of questionable validity?

                     

                    Professional credentialing boards (private organizations providing certification) can also take steps to minimize misinformation. For example, consider a pharmacist who works in a large health system and has a specialized position running a hypertension clinic; she has been credentialed to prescribe medication and adjust dosing. The terms of her credentialing may restrict the type and quality of the information she can provide to patients and the credentialing board can retract her credentials if she begins to tell patients that ACE inhibitors are terrible antihypertensives. A joint statement from the ABFM, ABIM, and ABP declared that providing misinformation about the COVID-19 vaccine contradicts physicians' ethical and professional responsibilities and warned physicians that such conduct may prompt a Board to take action that could put their certification at risk.28 (Credentialing boards as non-state actors have more latitude to impose penalties.)

                     

                    STATE ACTIONS AND PUSHBACK

                    Concerns over misinformation during the pandemic prompted various health related organizations to take steps. Boards in at least a dozen states have issued sanctions against physicians for spreading dubious information.24

                     

                    While private professional organizations can impose loss of credentialing, state licensing boards can levy more serious sanctions such as loss of licensure or fines. Recent Board actions have generated a number of legal skirmishes. In addition to state regulatory bodies like licensing boards, state legislatures have acted directly to address misinformation. Different states have taken different – even opposite – approaches to this issue.

                     

                    California

                    In 2022, the California legislature passed a bill stating that “the dissemination of misinformation or disinformation related to COVID-19 by physicians and surgeons constitutes unprofessional conduct.”28 The types of false or misleading information that could lead to disciplinary action include communication about the nature and risks of the COVID-19 virus; its prevention and treatment; and the development, safety, and effectiveness of COVID-19 vaccines. False statements regarding prevention and treatment “would presumably include the promotion of treatments and therapies that have no proven effectiveness against the virus.” The bill’s proponents expressed the view that “providing patients with accurate, science-based information on the pandemic and COVID-19 vaccinations is imperative to protecting public health.” They also said that the bill was necessary because “licensed physicians ... possess a high degree of public trust and therefore must be held accountable for the information they spread.”28 By passing this legislation, the law continues, “California will show its unwavering support for a scientifically informed populous to protect ourselves from COVID-19.”28

                     

                    PAUSE AND PONDER: Should laws such as those discussed above include other healthcare professionals, such as pharmacists, instead of focusing only on physicians?

                     

                    Under the statute, the misinformation or disinformation must be conveyed “[by] the licensee to a patient under the licensee's care in the form of treatment or advice.”28 It excludes speech outside of a direct physician-relationship such as social media postings.29 California Governor Newsom also indicated that he is “confident that discussing emerging ideas or treatments including the subsequent risks and benefits does not constitute misinformation or disinformation under this bill's criteria."29

                     

                    The bill’s original intent was an effort to grant California’s Medical Board the power to discipline providers who were found to have conveyed misinformation about COVID vaccines and treatments. The proposed bill included statements they might make on social media or in other public forums such as public protests. It was narrowed, however, to apply only to conversations between a provider and a patient in clinical settings when the practitioner made statements that were "contradicted by contemporary scientific consensus contrary to the standard of care."30 Opponents said the statute was overly broad and that information considered scientific consensus about the rapidly-mutating virus could change daily.30 They also argued that providers had the right to express their opinions in clinical settings.30

                     

                    Two different lawsuits were filed seeking an injunction against enforcing the law and the judges hearing the cases reached different conclusions.31 In one case, the judge declined to grant the injunction.31

                     

                    In the other, filed in a different California judicial district, a group of physicians licensed in California were joined by organizations representing the interests of doctors and patients. They sued the State alleging that the above statute was in breach of their First and Fourteenth Amendments rights (i.e., free speech and equal protection rights).32 The physicians had provided advice and treatments contrary to public health recommendations (universal masking or vaccines) and intended to continue to do so, claiming it was consistent with the standard of care.32,33 They also claimed that the law’s definition of misinformation as false information that is “contradicted by contemporary scientific consensus” would suppress the ability of physicians to advise patients about the pros and cons of alternative COVID-19 treatment and practices.32,33

                     

                    The court in this case granted a temporary injunction, ruling that the law’s definitions of misinformation and the uncertainty about its enforcement were “unconstitutionally vague”32 The Court noted that a phrase defining the unlawful conduct, as contradicting “contemporary scientific consensus,” lacked any established meaning within the medical community and was not clarified further in the statute.32 They went on to say that it “fails to provide sufficiently objective standards to focus the statute’s reach.” The judge found this particularly problematic in the context of the pandemic since scientific understanding of the virus had repeatedly changed, negating a true consensus.32

                     

                    He went on to say that the law leaves many questions unanswered, such as who determines whether a consensus exists? Moreover, the judge ruled that the term “scientific consensus” is so ill-defined that the physicians would be “unable to determine if their intended conduct contradicts the scientific consensus, and accordingly ‘what is prohibited by the law.’”

                     

                    The conflicting decisions necessitated a resolution (since the law could not be simultaneously upheld and enjoined). The first case was appealed, but the state repealed the law before the court could rule.34 Following the court’s decision granting the injunction, the state rescinded the law about a year after it was signed.30,31

                     

                    Missouri

                    Missouri also enacted statutes dealing with the dissemination of COVID-related health information, but their approach was quite different from California. A law passed in 2022 prohibits the state boards overseeing medicine and pharmacy from disciplining a registered practitioner for “lawfully” prescribing or dispensing ivermectin or hydroxychloroquine for human use.35 In other words, the prescribing or promotion of these drugs could not be used as a basis for establishing unprofessional conduct and sanctioning a healthcare practitioner.

                     

                    A second part of the law prohibits pharmacists from contacting the prescribing a physician or the patient to dispute the efficacy of ivermectin or hydroxychloroquine unless the physician or patient inquires of the pharmacist about the drug’s efficacy.35 In other words, a pharmacist would be prohibited from expressing legitimate concern about questionable treatments.36 (The Missouri Pharmacy Association issued a clarification that pharmacies are not required to dispense nor stock the drugs, nor does it prevent a pharmacist from counseling a patient who should not take these drugs due to certain health conditions or interactions.36)

                     

                    A sponsor of the bill indicated that these actions were necessary because “certain pharmacists wanted to begin acting like physicians and denying the filling of the prescriptions. This re-establishes the professional equilibrium between doctors and pharmacists.”37 No doubt most pharmacists are grateful that the equilibrium has been reestablished.

                     

                    A pharmacist also challenged this law on First Amendment grounds. The pharmacist’s suit alleged that “all pharmacists in Missouri, now face the impossible—and constitutionally impermissible—conundrum of deciding whether to endanger their livelihood when choosing whether to speak in a manner that is both vital to their professional duties to patients and protected by the First Amendment.”38 The pharmacist believed that it is a matter of legitimate professional ethics to contact a patient or prescriber to dispute a medication’s efficacy.

                     

                    The court granted an injunction against implementation of the new law stating that the relevant section quoted above “infringes the free speech rights of Plaintiff and other Missouri-licensed pharmacists by threatening to impose liability based on the viewpoint of their speech.”38 The court pointed out that the regulation “does not prohibit pharmacists from initiating contact to tout, endorse, or acclaim the drugs, thus it is taking sides in a politically charged debate about the drugs efficacy."38 In other words, it was a content-based restriction of speech (see above) and therefore was an impermissible infringement of the First Amendment.

                     

                    The Board replied that the statute was constitutional because it regulated conduct and not speech.38 Unpersuaded by this argument, the court noted that the statute does not prohibit initiating contact with patients or prescribers which would be a permissible regulation of conduct. Instead, it prohibits contact only if the pharmacist wishes to "dispute the efficacy of ivermectin tablets or hydroxychloroquine sulfate tablets for human use.” The court also said that this interpretation is “consistent with the legislature's apparent purpose in enacting (the law): to insulate ivermectin or hydroxychloroquine from criticism.”38

                     

                    Elsewhere Around the U.S.

                    In other states, attempts by medical boards to restrict dissemination of health information that deviates from mainstream medicine have faced backlash from state legislatures. Dozens of state legislatures (e.g., North Dakota) have introduced or passed measures that would prevent a regulatory agency from punishing medical providers who promote COVID-19 misinformation or unproven treatments.15,39

                     

                    A particularly contentious dispute arose in Tennessee between the state licensing board and the state legislature. The Board of Medical Examiners unanimously declared that physicians spreading false information about COVID would put their license in jeopardy and the board posted the new policy on its website.40 Soon afterwards, state legislators charged that the board had overstepped its authority and demanded that the statement be deleted from the state’s website. The state threatened to disband the board.39,40

                     

                    Many of the same Tennessee legislators had previously threatened to defund the Health Department when it promoted COVID vaccines to teens and introduced a bill that would have prevented the board from disciplining physicians for administering any treatment for COVID-19, even if it is not recommended by the Department of Health nor the FDA.39 Another proposed bill would have prevented pharmacists from interfering with prescriptions to treat COVID.

                     

                    Despite the threats, the Tennessee board voted to retain the misinformation policy with a tweaking of the definition of misinformation.41

                     

                    A similar situation arose in Washington state. Four physicians threatened with disciplinary action by the state Medical Commission for misinformation challenged the commission's policy statement. They claimed that the commission did not follow their standard procedures in implementing the policy and that the position statement infringed their constitutional right to free speech.42 The physicians faced charges over their alleged care for COVID patients with unproven treatments and "false and misleading" statements regarding the pandemic and vaccination. The physicians maintained that the distinction between them and “other medical professional[s] who were not investigated and charged under the Statement is that plaintiffs dissented politically, scientifically and medically from health officials on various matters related to COVID.”43 The physicians were charged with negligent care; one physician allegedly “failed to discuss alternative treatments” (monoclonal antibodies) with an elderly, unvaccinated patient with a COVID-19 infection who later died.43

                     

                    FDA Lawsuit

                    On a broader scale, the controversy over misinformation has even touched the FDA. In 2024, a lawsuit was brought against the FDA’s messaging with potentially very significant consequences. Three physicians in Texas who prescribed ivermectin to thousands of their patients for COVID initiated the suit.44 They objected to the FDA’s public advisory and social media posts (“You are not a horse,” a post that is no longer available) warning patients not to use the drug. (See image here: https://www.pharmamanufacturing.com/compliance/regulatory-guidance/news/11291402/you-are-not-a-cow-fda-warns-public).45 The physicians claimed that the messages exceeded the FDA’s authority and encroached on the practice of medicine.44 The physicians alleged that the posts interfered with their “ability to exercise professional medical judgment in practicing medicine” and harmed their reputations.

                     

                    The FDA claimed sovereign immunity (a legal doctrine that the government cannot be sued without its consent) in its defense.46

                     

                    The District Court (first level) judge hearing the case dismissed it, ruling that sovereign immunity protects the FDA.46 The court also noted that Congress charged the FDA “with protecting public health and ensuring that regulated medical products are safe and effective” and that “FDA has the authority, generally, to make public statements in-line with these purposes.”46

                     

                    The physicians appealed, and the appellate judge reversed the decision, finding, often in very colorful language, that the FDA did exceed its legal authority.46 The judge stated that no legal basis allows the FDA to issue recommendations or give medical advice. He wrote that the “FDA is not a physician. It has authority to inform, announce, and apprise—but not to endorse, denounce, or advise.”46

                     

                    The FDA argued that it has the authority to communicate information to the public and that the posts are purely informational and not imperative. The court, however, disagreed, finding that the posts contained syntax that directed patients to take action such as “Stop it with the #ivermectin.”46 The court also chided the FDA for failing to mention that there is also a human version of ivermectin which was being used off-label to treat the coronavirus.46

                     

                    The FDA responded to the decision by agreeing to retire the consumer update entitled "Why You Should Not Use Ivermectin to Treat or Prevent COVID-19" and to delete various related social media posts.47 The FDA issued a statement stating that "the agency has chosen to resolve this lawsuit rather than continuing to litigate over statements that are between two and nearly four years old" and that it “stands by its authority to communicate with the public regarding the products it regulates."47 Furthermore, the agency indicated that it “has not changed its position that currently available clinical trial data do not demonstrate that ivermectin is effective against COVID-19” and reiterated that it “has not authorized or approved ivermectin for use in preventing or treating COVID-19."47

                     

                    While this might appear to be a minor dispute involving the agency and aggrieved prescribers, there are fears that it could have far-reaching implications. There is a concern that the FDA, and possibly other consumer-related regulatory agencies, may need to reevaluate all their communications to the public to ensure that they comply with the decision.48 This would obviously limit the agency’s role as a public health educator. It could also disrupt the FDA’s ability to limit a manufacturer’s promotion of off label drug use.48 In addition, the physicians’ claim that they suffered harm as a result of the FDA’s actions could lead to more claims against regulatory agencies for damages.48 On the other hand, there is a consideration that the ruling could be challenged since it may be at odds with the constitutional principle of government speech in which the government can itself be a speaker and is not required to be neutral when expressing an opinion.48

                     

                    PAUSE AND PONDER: What should the FDA’s role be in discouraging misinformation?

                     

                    SUMMARY AND FINAL COMMENTS

                    Misinformation about health matters became more troublesome during the COVID pandemic, raising concerns that this has had negative consequences for society and public health. Many professional and governmental organizations have expressed apprehension about the influence of health misinformation and have sought to limit its spread by sanctioning healthcare professionals. This has been met with legal challenges by the affected healthcare providers centering around First Amendment protection of speech. At the same time, legislators in many states have tried to suppress these efforts and limit the ability of licensing boards to discipline healthcare providers for their promotion of remedies outside of mainstream medicine. Some legislative efforts have also tried to restrict the ability of healthcare providers, including pharmacists, to express concerns about unproven treatments. Recently, messaging by the FDA has also been challenged with potentially far-reaching consequences. It is important for pharmacists to be aware of the positions taken by governmental agencies and legislators in their state and to respond accordingly.

                     

                     

                     

                     

                     

                     

                     

                     

                     

                     

                    Pharmacist & Pharmacy Technician Post Test (for viewing only)

                    “An Apple A Day Keeps COVID Away”: Legal Issues in Suppressing Health Misinformation
                    Post-Test
                    Learning Objectives
                    After completing this activity, participants should be better able to

                    o DISCUSS the characteristics of health misinformation and its effect on public health
                    o CHARACTERIZE the role of the states in disciplinary actions for misinformation
                    o DESCRIBE the legal issues that emerge when state authorities try to control the flow of information.
                    o CONTRAST different approaches taken by states in addressing the dissemination of healthcare information

                    1. What did the U.S. Surgeon General’s statement about misinformation issued during the COVID pandemic say?
                    A. Health misinformation has been deadly in the U.S.
                    B. Government guidelines are a “best guess” only
                    C. All physicians must follow prevailing standards of care.

                    2. What is the position of the Federation of State Medical Boards (FSMB) on health information?
                    A. Physicians need to be able to use unauthorized treatments in a pandemic without fear of reprisal.
                    B. It is not the role of state medical boards to monitor health care workers for providing information.
                    C. Physicians risk suspension or revocation of their medical licenses if they disseminate misinformation.

                    3. Which of the following situations would be least likely to receive First Amendment protection?
                    A. A pharmacist touts the benefits of an unproven treatment for COVID during a counseling session.
                    B. A pharmacist promotes the sale of an unproven treatment though advertising in the pharmacy.
                    C. A pharmacist endorses the use of an unproven remedy on their social media page.

                    4. A law was passed in California which would sanction physicians for the dissemination of misinformation or disinformation. Which of the following is a component of the law?
                    A. The law would apply strictly to information posted on social media platforms.
                    B. Misinformation in the law is considered to be a form of unprofessional conduct.
                    C. The law provided extensive guidance on types of statements that would be included in the definition.

                    5. Missouri passed a bill dealing with information on ivermectin. What did the bill entail?
                    A. Prescribers could be sanctioned for prescribing ivermectin or recommending use of veterinary formulations.
                    B. Pharmacists were prohibited from questioning the use of ivermectin for COVID in discussions with prescribers or patients.
                    C. Prescriptions for ivermectin required a diagnostic code that pharmacists were expected to acknowledge before dispensing.

                    6. Both the California and Missouri laws were challenged in court and overturned. What was the basis for the decision in both cases?
                    A. They violated the First Amendment.
                    B. They violated health care practitioners’ due process rights.
                    C. They violated the State medical/pharmacy practice act.

                    7. A pharmacist is called into his employer’s HQ where he is asked to take down his social media post where he espouses support for a dubious treatment while dressed in his pharmacy jacket with the company’s logo. He refuses, stating it violates his First Amendment rights. What is the most likely resolution?
                    A. The pharmacist will prevail because there is no commercial transaction involved.
                    B. The company will prevail because private employers face fewer restrictions than government actors.
                    C. The pharmacist will prevail because the employer cannot tell him what he can do during his personal time.

                    8. The Tennessee state Board of Medical examiners issued a statement that physicians spreading false information about COVID would put their license in jeopardy. What did the state’s legislature do in response?
                    A. They overwhelmingly endorsed this position.
                    B. They enacted a law to include other areas beyond COVID.
                    C. They threatened to disband the board.

                    9. Physicians sued the FDA for its messaging about ivermectin during the COVID pandemic. What was the basis of the lawsuit?
                    A. The FDA was interfering with the physician-patient relationship.
                    B. The FDA has no authority to warn prescribers not to prescribe ivermectin for COVID.
                    C. The FDA was trying to prohibit off-label prescribing of ivermectin.

                    10. What did the FDA do in response to the lawsuit?
                    A. They posted a rebuttal from the physicians involved in the lawsuit.
                    B. They published an altered version notifying patients that ivermectin is approved for
                    use in humans.
                    C. They took down the public service message.

                    References

                    Full List of References

                    References

                      REFERENCES

                      1. Ollstein AM. FDA Commissioner Califf Sounds the Alarm on Health Misinformation. Association of Health Care Journalists. April 30, 2022. Accessed August 23, 2024.

                      https://healthjournalism.org/blog/2022/04/fda-commissioner-califf-sounds-the-alarm-on-health-misinformation-at-ahcj/

                      1. Jin SL, Kolis J, Parker J, et al. Social histories of public health misinformation and infodemics: case studies of four pandemics. Lancet Infect Dis. 2024:S1473-3099(24)00105-1. doi: 10.1016/S1473-3099(24)00105-1. 3. Ashby J. The Effects of Medical Misinformation on the American Public. Ballard Brief. Winter 2024. Accessed August 23, 2024.

                      https://scholarsarchive.byu.edu/cgi/viewcontent.cgi?article=1123&context=ballardbrief

                      1. Krishnatray P, Bisht SS. Misinformation, the Pandemic, and Mass Media: The India Story. In: Global Journalism in Comparative Perspective: Case Studies. edited by Dhiman Chattopadhyay. Taylor & Francis 2024. ISBN 1003848079 97810003848073

                      https://books.google.com/books?hl=en&lr=&id=iVXqEAAAQBAJ&oi=fnd&pg=RA2-PT30&dq=medical+misinformation+historical+examples&ots=GSniGY4zvG&sig=_zjsEhVgzjKewtXiqJZe_cgNXoo#v=onepage&q=medical%20misinformation%20historical%20examples&f=false

                      1. Murthy V. Confronting Health Misinformation: The U.S. Surgeon General’s Advisory on Building a Healthy Information Environment. U.S. Department of Health & Human Services. March 7, 2022. Accessed August 23, 2024.

                      https://www.hhs.gov/sites/default/files/surgeon-general-misinformation-advisory.pdf.

                      1. Caulfield T. Misinformation, Alternative Medicine and the Coronavirus. Policy Options. March 12, 2020. Accessed August 23, 2024.

                      https://policyoptions.irpp.org/magazines/march-2020/misinformation-alternative-medicine-and-the-coronavirus/

                      1. Cacciatore MA. Misinformation and Public Opinion of Science and Health: Approaches, Findings, and Future Directions. Proc Natl Acad Sci U S A. 2021;118(15):e1912437117. doi: 10.1073/pnas.1912437117.
                      2. Markel H. How Galileo’s Groundbreaking Works Got Banned. PBS News. February 15, 2022. Accessed August 23, 2024.

                      https://www.pbs.org/newshour/science/how-galileos-groundbreaking-works-got-banned

                      1. Tyson A, Funk C. Increasing Public Criticism, Confusion Over COVID-19 Response in U.S. Pew Research Center. February 9, 2022. Accessed August 23, 2024.

                      https://www.pewresearch.org/science/2022/02/09/increasing-public-criticism-confusion-over-covid-19-response-in-u-s/

                       

                      1. Keslar L. The Rise of Fake medical News. Proto. Mass General Hospital. June 18, 2018. Accessed August 23, 2024. https://protomag.com/policy/rise-fake-medical-news/
                      2. Borges do Nascimento IJ, Pizarro AB, Almeida JM, et al. Infodemics and Health Misinformation: A Systematic Review of Reviews. Bull World Health Organ. 2022;100(9):544-561. doi: 10.2471/BLT.21.287654.
                      3. Cullen E. An Apple a Day Keeps the Doctor Away: COVID-19 Misinformation by Medical Professionals May Be Protected by the First Amendment. Syracuse L. Rev. 2023;73:241-272.
                      4. Yang YT, Schaffer DeRoo S. Disciplining Physicians Who Spread Medical Misinformation. J Public Hlth Management Pract. 28(6):p 595-598, November/December 2022. Accessed August 23, 2024. DOI: 10.1097/PHH.0000000000001616
                      5. Police Department of Chicago v Mosley. 408 U.S. 92 (1972).
                      6. Sage WM, Yang YT. Reducing “COVID-19 Misinformation” While Preserving Free Speech. JAMA. 2022;327(15):1443–1444. doi:10.1001/jama.2022.4231
                      7. Hudson DL, Jr. Content Based. Middle Tennessee State University Free Speech Center. Updated July 2, 2024. Accessed August 23, 2024.

                      https://firstamendment.mtsu.edu/article/content-based/

                      1. Halberstam D. Commercial Speech, Professional Speech, and the Constitutional Status of Social Institutions. U Pa L Rev. 1999;147:771-843.
                      2. Cummins R. Think the Rules on COVID-19 Keep Changing? Here's Why. Consult. December 7, 2020. Accessed August 23, 2024.

                      https://www.umc.edu/news/News_Articles/2020/12/COVID-19-Evolving-Information.html

                      1. Weiner S. Is Spreading Medical Misinformation A Physician’s Free Speech Right? It’s Complicated. AAMC News. December 26, 2023. Accessed August 23, 2024.

                      https://www.aamc.org/news/spreading-medical-misinformation-physician-s-free-speech-right-it-s-complicated

                      1. Federation of State Medical Boards. FSMB: Spreading Covid-19 Vaccine Misinformation May Put Medical License at Risk. Federation of State Medical Boards. July 29, 2021. Accessed August 23, 2024. https://www.fsmb.org/advocacy/news-releases/fsmb-spreading-covid-19-vaccine-misinformation-may-put-medical-license-at-risk/.
                      2. Coleman CH. Physicians Who Disseminate Medical Misinformation: Testing the Constitutional Limits of Professional Disciplinary Action. First Amend. L. Rev. 2022;20:113-146.
                      3. Brumfiel G. This Doctor Spread False Information About COVID. She Still Kept Her Medical License. NPR. September 14, 2021. ccessed August 23, 2024.

                      https://www.npr.org/sections/health-shots/2021/09/14/1035915598/doctors-covid-misinformation-medical-license

                      1. Knight V. Will Doctors Who Are Spreading COVID-19 Misinformation Ever Face Penalty? Time. September 20, 2021. Accessed August 23, 2024.

                      https://time.com/6099700/covid-doctors-misinformation/

                      1. Hollingsworth H. Pressure Builds for Medical Boards to Punish Doctors Peddling False COVID-19 Claims. Mercury News. December 16, 2021. Accessed August 23, 2024.

                      https://www.mercurynews.com/2021/12/16/pressure-builds-against-doctors-peddling-false-virus-claim

                      1. Tahir D. Medical Boards Get Pushback as They Try To Punish Doctors For Covid Misinformation. Politico. February 1, 2022. Accessed August 23, 2024.

                      https://www.politico.com/news/2022/02/01/covid-misinfo-docs-vaccines-00003383

                      1. Kim OJ. Limitations of Medical Licensing: The Role of State Boards of Medicine in Regulating Medical Misinformation. Northeastern U. L. Rev. 2024;16:227-262.
                      2. American Board of Internal Medicine. Standing Up for the Profession, Protecting the Public: Why ABIM Is Combatting Medical Misinformation. May 18, 2022. Accessed August 23, 2024.

                      https://blog.abim.org/standing-up-for-the-profession-and-public-why-abim-is-combatting-medical-misinformation/.

                      1. California AB-2098. Physicians and Surgeons: Unprofessional Conduct. September 30, 2022. Accessed August 23, 2024.

                      https://leginfo.legislature.ca.gov/faces/billNavClient.xhtml?bill_id=202120220AB2098

                      1. Clark C. California Bill Barring Docs from Telling COVID Lies Signed into Law. MedPage Today. October 1, 2022. Accessed August 23, 2024.

                      https://www.medpagetoday.com/special-reports/exclusives/101008?xid=nl_medpageexclusive_2022-10-03&eun=g1359385d0r&utm_source=Sailthru&utm_medium=email&utm_campaign=MPTExclusives_100322&utm_term=NL_Gen_Int_Medpage_Exclusives_Active

                      1. Clark C. California Misinfo Law is Dead. MedPage Today. October 3, 2023. Accessed August 23, 2024.

                      https://www.medpagetoday.com/special-reports/features/106603

                      1. Sullum J. California Quietly Repeals Restrictions on Doctors' COVID-19 Advice. Reason. October 11, 2023. Accessed August 23, 2024.

                      https://reason.com/2023/10/11/california-quietly-repeals-restrictions-on-doctors-covid-19-advice/

                      1. Hoeg v. Newsom, 2:22-cv-01980 WBS AC (E.D. Cal. 2023). Accessed August 23, 2024.

                      https://caselaw.findlaw.com/court/us-dis-crt-e-d-cal/2185986.html

                      1. Myers SL. A Federal Court Blocks California’s New Medical Misinformation Law. NY Times. January 26, 2023. Accessed August 23, 2024.

                      https://www.nytimes.com/2023/01/26/technology/federal-court-blocks-california-medical-misinformation-law.html

                      1. McDonald v Lawson. US Court of Appeals, Ninth Circuit. Docket No: No. 22-56220, No. 23-55069. Decided: February 29, 2024. Accessed August 23, 2024.

                      https://caselaw.findlaw.com/court/us-9th-circuit/115884306.html

                      1. General Assembly of the state of Missouri. House Bill 2149. 101st General Assembly. 2022. Accessed August 23, 2024.

                      https://documents.house.mo.gov/billtracking/bills221/hlrbillspdf/4028H.06T.pdf

                      1. Latner AW. Missouri Law Prevents Pharmacists from Disputing Ivermectin Efficacy with Physicians. Pharmacy Learning Network. July 5, 2022. Accessed August 23, 2024.

                      https://www.hmpgloballearningnetwork.com/site/pln/commentary/missouri-law-prevents-pharmacists-disputing-ivermectin-efficacy-physicians

                      1. Weinberg T. Missouri Governor Signs Law Shielding Doctors Prescribing Ivermectin, Hydroxychloroquine. Missouri Independent. June 7, 2022. Accessed August 23, 2024.

                      https://missouriindependent.com/briefs/missouri-governor-signs-law-shielding-doctors-prescribing-ivermectin-hydroxychloroquine/

                      1. Stock v. Gray, 2:22-CV-04104-DGK (W.D. Mo. Mar. 22, 2023). Accessed August 23, 2024. https://hlli.org/mo-board-of-pharmacy/
                      2. Ollove M. States Weigh Shielding Doctors’ COVID Misinformation, Unproven Remedies. Stateline. April 6, 2022. Accessed August 23, 2024. https://stateline.org/2022/04/06/states-weigh-shielding-doctors-covid-misinformation-unproven-remedies/
                      3. Farmer B. Medical Boards Pressured to Let It Slide When Doctors Spread Covid Misinformation. KFF Health News. February 15, 2022. Accessed August 23, 2024.

                      https://kffhealthnews.org/news/article/medical-boards-pressured-to-let-it-slide-when-doctors-spread-covid-misinformation/

                      1. Farmer, B. Tennessee’s Medical Board Sticks with COVID Misinformation Policy Over Objection of GOP Leaders. WPLN News. January 26, 2022. Accessed August 23, 2024.

                      https://wpln.org/post/tennessees-medical-board-sticks-with-covid-misinformation-policy-over-objection-of-gop-leaders/

                      42. Dyer O. Covid-19: US doctors sue regulator for charging them with spreading misinformation in pandemic. BMJ. 2023;382:1991.

                      1. Henderson J. Doctors Facing Discipline for COVID Misinfo Sue State Medical Board. MedPage Today. August 9, 2023. Accessed August 23, 2024.

                      https://www.medpagetoday.com/special-reports/features/105819

                      1. Langford C. Fifth Circuit Sides with Ivermectin-Prescribing Doctors in their Quarrel with the FDA. Courthouse News. September 1, 2023. Accessed August 23, 2024.

                      https://www.courthousenews.com/fifth-circuit-sides-with-ivermectin-prescribing-doctors-in-their-quarrel-with-the-fda/

                      1. Rutherford F, The FDA Deleted Its Viral Ivermectin Tweets. Now There’s Even More Misinformation. Bloomberg News. April 16, 2024. Accessed August 23, 2024.

                      https://www.bloomberg.com/news/newsletters/2024-04-16/fda-deletes-viral-ivermectin-not-a-horse-tweet-opens-door-for-misinformation

                      1. Apter v. U.S. Dep't of Health & Human Servs., 644 F. Supp. 3d 361 (S.D. Tex. 2022). Accessed August 23, 2024.

                      https://law.justia.com/cases/federal/appellate-courts/ca5/22-40802/22-40802-2023-09-01.html

                      1. Bond P. FDA Settles Lawsuit over Ivermectin Social Media Posts. Newsweek. March 22, 2024. Accessed August 23, 2024.

                      https://www.newsweek.com/fda-settles-lawsuit-over-ivermectin-social-media-posts-1882562

                      1. Watson T, Robertson C. Silencing the FDA’s Voice – Drug Information on Trial. NEJM. 2023;389:2312-2314.

                       

                       

                       

                      State of Connecticut Naloxone Training Program-RECORDED WEBINAR

                      About this Course

                      ****IMPORTANT UPDATE****

                      Update August 2024: Naloxone Availability

                      Note that, despite their mention in this activity, intramuscular (IM) naloxone autoinjectors are no longer commercially available in the United States (U.S.). Prefilled syringes, however, remain available for IM administration of naloxone.

                      Additionally, since the original release of this continuing education activity, the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) approved naloxone for nonprescription marketing. It’s important to know that the prescription to over the counter (OTC) switch does not automatically apply to all forms of naloxone. Each manufacturer of existing naloxone products must individually apply for redesignation to OTC status. Visit Drugs@FDA: FDA-Approved Drugs to check the up-to-date status of any naloxone product before dispensing.

                      The FDA deemed naloxone nasal spray safe enough for OTC use, but that doesn’t preclude the need to counsel individuals on its safe and appropriate use. Pharmacists should counsel all patients buying OTC naloxone nasal spray about signs of an opioid overdose, how to administer naloxone, and other important clinical pearls.

                      We encourage all individuals completing this certificate to review our activity An Over-The-Counter Lifesaver: Increased Intranasal Naloxone Accessibility for more information on this topic.

                       

                      Learning Objectives

                      Upon completion of this application based CE Activity, a pharmacist will be able to:

                      •        Identify the risk factors for and clinical presentation of a person with an opioid overdose
                      •        Discuss naloxone use as an opioid antagonist
                      •        Describe naloxone prescribing and dispensing instructions for intranasal and intramuscular dosage forms
                      •        Discuss how to administer intranasal and intramuscular naloxone
                      •         Review current CT state laws regarding naloxone access
                      •        Discuss proper counseling points and technique
                      •        Discuss the referral of patients and caregivers to support programs, 211, and physicians specializing in addiction services

                      Release and Expiration Dates

                      Released:  August 29, 2024
                      Expires:  August 29, 2027

                      Course Fee

                      $50 Pharmacist

                      ACPE UAN

                      0009-9999-24-040-H03-P

                      Session Code

                      21NP17-TXX24

                      Accreditation Hours

                      2.0 hours of CE

                      Additional Information

                       

                      How to Complete Evaluation:  When you are ready to submit quiz answers, go to the BLUE take test/evaluation button.

                      Accreditation Statement

                      The University of Connecticut School of Pharmacy is accredited by the Accreditation Council for Pharmacy Education as a provider of continuing pharmacy education.

                      Pharmacists and Pharmacy Technicians are eligible to participate in this application-based activity and will receive up to 2.0 CE Hours (or 0.2 CEUs)  for completing the activity ACPE UAN 0009-9999-24-040-H03-P, passing the quiz with a grade of 70% or better, and completing an online evaluation. Statements of credit are available via the CPE Monitor online system and your participation will be recorded with CPE Monitor within 72 hours of submission.

                      Grant Funding

                      There is no grant funding for this activity.

                      Faculty

                      Gillian M. Kuszewski, Pharm.D.
                      UConn Health Center
                      Farmington, CT

                      Faculty Disclosure

                      In accordance with the Accreditation Council for Pharmacy Education (ACPE) Criteria for Quality and Interpretive Guidelines, The University of Connecticut School of Pharmacy requires that faculty disclose any relationship that the faculty may have with commercial entities whose products or services may be mentioned in the activity.

                      • Gillian M. Kuszewski has no relationships with ineligible companies

                      Disclaimer

                      The material presented here does not necessarily reflect the views of The University of Connecticut School of Pharmacy or its co-sponsor affiliates. These materials may discuss uses and dosages for therapeutic products, processes, procedures and inferred diagnoses that have not been approved by the United States Food and Drug Administration. A qualified health care professional should be consulted before using any therapeutic product discussed. All readers and continuing education participants should verify all information and data before treating patients or employing any therapies described in this continuing education activity.

                      Content

                      Post Test

                      Pharmacist Post-test

                      1) Opioid overdose only occurs in low socio-economic groups? T/F

                      2) Which of the following is not a risk factor for Opioid Overdose?
                      a. History of opioid addiction (especially after abstinence)
                      b. Daily opioid doses less than 100mg of morphine equivalents
                      c. Comorbid mental illness
                      d. Concurrent use of benzodiazepines or alcohol

                      3) Which of the following is not a clinical presentation with an opioid overdose?
                      a. Slow breathing or respiratory arrest
                      b. Blue fingernails and lips
                      c. Dilated pupils
                      d. Vomiting or making gurgling noises

                      4) Naloxone is expensive and hard to administer? T/F

                      5) Naloxone should be used when
                      a. Breathing status is normal or fast
                      b. Breathing status is slow
                      c. Not breathing or gasping
                      d. B and C

                      6) Naloxone is an opioid receptor antagonist at the mu, kappa and sigma receptors? T/F

                      7) Which of the following is TRUE when using intranasal naloxone?
                      a. Person needs to be breathing to use
                      b. Does not need to be assembled
                      c. Need to tilt person’s head backwards to prevent the medication from running out of the nose
                      d. The recipient will experience pain when it is given

                      8) Which of the following is FALSE when using intramuscular naloxone?
                      a. Can be administered into thigh or another large muscle
                      b. Can administer a second dose after 2-5 minutes
                      c. Wait 2 to 5 minutes before administering a second dose
                      d. Inject half the contents of the syringe, then wait 2 minutes and repeat

                      9) After receiving Naloxone, the patient never requires medical attention? T/F

                      10) Naloxone has duration of action of 20-90 minutes; therefore, the person can go back into overdose if long acting opioids were ingested? T/F

                      11) A pharmacist who is licensed and registered in the State of Connecticut, and who has been trained and certified regarding the proper prescribing of naloxone, may prescribe an opioid antagonist to which of the following people:
                      a. The drug addicted patient.
                      b. The drug addict’s mother or father.
                      c. A friend of the drug addicted person.
                      d. Any person who is concerned about the drug addicted person.
                      e. All of the above answers are correct.

                      12) When prescribing an opioid antagonist, the pharmacist:
                      a. May delegate a pharmacy technician to provide training regarding the administration of the opioid antagonist to the person to whom the opioid antagonist is dispensed as long as the pharmacy technician is under the direct supervision of the pharmacist and has been properly trained by the pharmacist.
                      b. Must show a video depicting the proper administration of the medication to the person to whom the opioid antagonist is dispensed and obtain a signature of the person to whom the opioid antagonist is dispensed to.
                      c. Must personally provide appropriate training regarding the administration of the opioid antagonist to the person to whom the medication is dispensed and maintain a record of such dispensing.
                      d. Is under no obligation to provide training regarding the administration of an opioid antagonist to the person to whom it is being dispensed although it is recommended that the pharmacist provide such training to avoid potential law suits.
                      e. Must first obtain permission from the patient’s doctor or practitioner prior to prescribing an opioid antagonist.

                      13) A pharmacist may only prescribe an opioid antagonist if the pharmacist has been trained and certified by a program approved by the Connecticut Medical Society and Department of Public Health.

                      True False

                      Handouts

                      VIDEO

                      HIV, Baby, and Me: Preventing Perinatal Transmission of HIV-RECORDED WEBINAR

                      Learning Objectives

                      Define perinatal transmission of HIV and its risk factors
                      Review different therapies of ARV during antepartum, intrapartum, and post-partum
                      Recognize the difference between infant prophylaxis/treatment
                      Review breastfeeding risks and recommendations in HIV+ patients

                      Activity Release Dates

                      Released:  May 30, 2024
                      Expires:  May 30, 2027

                      Course Fee

                      $17 Pharmacist

                      ACPE UAN Code

                       0009-9999-24-024-H02-P

                      Session Code

                      24EH24-TXF48

                      Accreditation Hours

                      1.0 hours of CE

                      Accreditation Statement

                      The University of Connecticut School of Pharmacy is accredited by the Accreditation Council for Pharmacy Education as a provider of continuing pharmacy education.

                      Pharmacists and Pharmacy Technicians are eligible to participate in this application-based activity and will receive 1.0 CE Hour  for completing the activity  (ACPE UAN 0009-9999-24-024-H02-P), passing the quiz with a grade of 70% or better, and completing an online evaluation. Statements of credit are available via the CPE Monitor online system and your participation will be recorded with CPE Monitor within 72 hours of submission.

                      Grant Funding

                      There is no grant funding for this activity.

                      Faculty

                      Elaine Hoang, PharmD
                      PGY-1 Resident
                      Emerson Hospital
                      Concord, MA

                      Kirthana R. Beaulac, PharmD, BCIDP
                      Antimicrobial Stewardship Pharmacist
                      Emerson Hospital
                      Concord, MA

                      Faculty Disclosure

                      • Drs. Hoang and Beaulac do not have any relationships with ineligible companies.

                       

                      Disclaimer

                      The material presented here does not necessarily reflect the views of The University of Connecticut School of Pharmacy or its co-sponsor affiliates. These materials may discuss uses and dosages for therapeutic products, processes, procedures and inferred diagnoses that have not been approved by the United States Food and Drug Administration. A qualified health care professional should be consulted before using any therapeutic product discussed. All readers and continuing education participants should verify all information and data before treating patients or employing any therapies described in this continuing education activity.

                      Content

                      Post Test Pharmacist

                      1. A 24-year-old female living with HIV is interested in having children and is concerned about perinatal transmission. Her HIV viral load is currently undetectable by adherence to antiretroviral therapy (ART). Is it possible for HIV mothers to breastfeed their babies, assuming the babies do not contract HIV during childbirth?

                      A. Yes, as long as the mother’s viral load is undetectable at <50 copies/mL
                      B. Yes, as long as the mother’s viral load is undetectable at <200 copies/mL
                      C. No, the baby can still contract HIV even if the mother’s viral load is undetectable at <200 copies/mL

                       

                      2. Maria, a 29-year-old woman living with HIV has been on a stable ART regimen for the past two years. During her recent check-up, she reported experiencing significant nausea and fatigue from her medication. She is currently in her first trimester of pregnancy and is considering stopping her ART due to these side effects. What should be the primary course of action for Maria's healthcare provider to ensure both her health and the health of her unborn child?

                      A. Encourage Maria to discontinue her ART temporarily while she consults with a nutritionist to address her side effects, assuming that her HIV will remain under control during this period.
                      B. Assess and manage Maria's current side effects and explore alternative ART options or supportive treatments that can alleviate her symptoms, ensure continued viral suppression, and minimize risks to her pregnancy.
                      C. Reassure Maria that side effects are temporary and advise her to continue with the current ART regimen without making any changes, regardless of her concerns or symptoms.

                       

                      3. Samantha, a 30-year-old woman, is newly diagnosed with HIV and is currently in her first trimester of pregnancy. She has not started any ART and refused to take any medication. A couple of weeks later, after listening to the pharmacist's consultation, Samantha is now concerned about choosing a regimen that will be both effective and safe for her and her unborn child. Which of the following ART regimens would be the most appropriate initial choice for Samantha based on current guidelines and safety considerations?

                      A. Tenofovir disoproxil fumarate (TDF) + emtricitabine (FTC) + abacarvir
                      B. Abacavir + lamivudine
                      C. Tenofovir disoproxil fumarate (TDF) + lamivudine + dolutegravir

                       

                      4. Emily, a 34-year-old woman living with HIV, is pregnant and is currently adherent to ART. During her recent check-up, her healthcare provider confirmed that her HIV viral load is undetectable. However, she is still worried about the possibility of HIV transmission to her baby during pregnancy phases and wants to understand the implications of her undetectable viral load for her baby’s health. Which of the following statements accurately reflects the risk of HIV transmission to her baby during pregnancy, childbirth, and breastfeeding?

                      A. With an undetectable viral load, Emily is at a high risk of transmitting HIV to the baby during her pregnancy phases because it’s hard to know if her condition is under control.
                      B. There is no risk of HIV transmission to the baby during pregnancy, childbirth, or breastfeeding, provided that ART is consistently taken and the viral load remains undetectable.
                      C. Emily can transmit HIV to her baby during pregnancy, but the risk is low if her viral load remains undetectable throughout her pregnancy.

                       

                      5. A 23-month-old boy living with HIV is starting a new regimen next month. The new regimen is an INSTI-based regimen with the anchor drug being dolutegravir plus FTC/TAF in FDC (Descovy). What verification(s) is/are required before filling this order?

                      A. Mother’s viral load is <50 copies/mL
                      B. Patient’s viral load is between 50 to 200 copies/mL
                      C. Weight + Route of administration

                       

                      6. What is the key difference between opt-in and opt-out HIV screening?

                      A. Specificity
                      B. Stages of infection
                      C. The assumption of Consent-longest…can we just say “consent”?

                       

                      7. A postpartum patient with HIV is in her 6-week follow-up visit. She is adhering well to her ART but expresses concern about her contraceptive options and the feeding of her newborn. Which of the following recommendations is the best course of action for her situation?

                      A. Recommend that she exclusively uses barrier methods for contraception to avoid any potential interaction with her ART.
                      B. Inform her that donor human milk is a safe option for her baby, provided it is obtained from a reputable milk bank and properly pasteurized.
                      C. Suggest that she avoid all forms of hormonal contraception due to potential drug interactions with her ART regimen.